Compact 80-1250

Compact: presentation
an international reference
053100
Compact NS circuit breaker 1 terminals 2 cover 3 toggle and position indicator 4 push-to-trip button 5 trip unit 6 test kit connector
With the Compact system, Merlin Gerin is today Europes leading manufacturer of moulded-case circuit breakers. The Compact range covers all ratings from 15 to 1250 A: c Compact NS, from 15 to 630 A; c Compact C, from 800 to 1250 A. A number of versions: c 1, 2, 3 or 4 poles; c fixed, plug-in or withdrawable; c a comprehensive range of trip units. Circuit breakers designed for all applications: c 1000 V AC models; c models for DC systems; c source changeover systems.
4 5 6
applications
E26988 E20999 E44356 E44357
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
M G
push to trip
push to trip
c protection of low-voltage distribution networks v installation in power distribution switchboards v installation on symmetrical rails
E32454
c protection of motor starters

E21272
c protection of incoming devices of industrial control panel
c earth fault protection
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
c source changeover
c switch-disconnectors
Merlin Gerin
E27836
E27837
ratings and breaking capacities

The rating plates on the front face of the circuit breakers indicate the breaking capacity: N: normal H: high L: very high.
compact
compact
E27838
compact
NS 250 N
Ui750V Uimp8kV
NS 250 H
Ui750V Uimp8kV
NS 250 L
Ui750V Uimp8kV
Ue (V)
220/240 380/415 440 500 525 660/690 250
Icu (kA)
85 36 35 30 22 8 50
Ue (V)
220/240 380/415 440 500 525 660/690 250
Icu (kA)
100 70 65 50 35 10 85
Ue (V)
220/240 380/415 440 500 525 660/690 250
Icu (kA)
150 150 130 70 50 20 100
Ics = 100 % Icu
Ics = 100 % Icu

cat A
Ics = 100 % Icu

cat A
IEC 947-2
IEC 947-2
UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA
IEC 947-2
cat A
rated current (A)

E32456
ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms) at 380/415 V (IEC 947-2)
E22051
discrimination
push to trip
Even when equipped with standard trip units, Compact circuit breakers offer the best guarantee of electrical power availability when faults occur. In most cases, discrimination between protective devices is ensured for all types of faults (overloads, low and high short-circuit currents).
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
Merlin Gerin
modular system
E24603
16 15
12
A wider range of add-on modules makes it possible to adapt the Compact system to a maximum number of configurations. Trip units, auxiliaries and installation and connection accessories are the same for all models within each of following ranges: c Compact NS80 and NSA125/160 c Compact NS100 to NS250, c Compact NS400 to NS630, c Compact C801 to C1251. The common modules for Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers and switchdisconnectors are shown opposite. The same principle applies to Compact NS400 to NS630 and Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers. Fewer catalogue numbers means immediate availability of parts for all solutions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Breaking unit. Trip unit. Vigi earth-fault protection module. Insulation monitoring module. Voltage presence indicator. Ammeter. Voltage releases MN or MX. Multifunction auxiliary switch. Direct rotary handle. Extended rotary handle. Motor mechanism. Plug-in base. Connection of plug-in and withdrawable configuration auxiliary circuits. Connection accessories. Short terminal shields. Long terminal shields.
1 7 9 10 13 8 11
14. 15. 16.
2 2 4 3 6 14
System of add-on modules for Compact NS100N/H/L to NS250N/H/L.
Merlin Gerin
simplified installation
Compact circuit breakers make it possible to standardise switchboards, meaning faster installation and fewer errors. All type L Compact circuit breakers (150 kA) are housed in the same frame as the type N and type H models with the same ratings.
Compact circuit breakers can be easily installed side-by-side in a minimum amount of space.
4 sizes from 80 to 1250 A

053100
046751
Compact
80 A
045345
100 to 250 A
046893
400 to 630 A
800 to 1250 A
041650
connection
Numerous connection possibilities, including front and rear connections for bare cables, cable lugs or bars, as well as plug-in or withdrawable versions, are available using a full set of accessories that can be rapidly added to the circuit breaker.
Connection parts for Compact NS.
042788
plug-in and withdrawable versions
Plug-in and withdrawable versions for: c fast removal or insertion of the circuit breaker without exposure to live parts; c standby outgoing circuits ready for wiring and circuit breaker installation at a later date; c for visible break disconnection.
Withdrawable Compact NS250N on a chassis.
E32455
prefabricated trunking
Compact NS circuit breakers can be installed in junction boxes of the Telemecanique Canalis range of prefabricated trunking (see corresponding catalogue).
Merlin Gerin
interchangeable trip units
Each Compact device provides different types of protection depending on the associated trip unit: c standard protection, c protection of networks supplied by generators, c protection of long cables, c protection of DC networks, c protection of motor-starters, c service connection circuit breaker (for special subscriber contracts).
041638
Compact NS100... 630

041625
Thermal-magnetic trip unit TM.

041641
On Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers, the thermal-magnetic and electronic trip units are interchangeable and may be rapidly fitted to the circuit breakers. It is therefore easy to change the protection of a given circuit following a modification in an installation. On Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers, the electronic trip units are interchangeable plug-in modules. Trip unit STR53UE offers a large number of protection settings.
Electronic trip unit STR22SE.
Compact NS250H.
046893
051166
Compact C801... 1251
Electronic trip unit STR35SE.
Electronic trip units allow perfect adaptation of the protection to each circuit in the electrical distribution network, and, at the same time, simplify the selection, installation and operation of the devices: c wider range of settings, so that a single trip unit can provide several types of protection, c easier checking during assembly or on site, c new functions offered by the trip unit, such as load monitoring and local indications.
Compact C1251H circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin
other functions
045212
indication and measurement
Four indication and measurement functions may be mounted directly on Compact NS circuit breakers: c voltage presence indicator for the circuit breaker terminals, particularly useful on switchboard incoming units, c display of current readings, c remote transmission of current readings, c earth fault indication for earth fault detection on TNS systems or assistance in locating earth faults on TT systems.
Compact NS250L with ammeter module.
options for trip unit STR53UE
Compact NS trip unit STR53UE.
On Compact NS400/630 circuit breakers, trip unit STR53UE offers: c specific indications for different faults (overloads, short-circuits, etc.), ... and a number of optional functions: c built-in ammeter; c earth-fault protection; c zone selective interlocking; c transmission of all information concerning circuit-breaker operation to a monitoring, control or automated distribution centre, via Dialpact modules (see below).
Digipact: electrical installation management

E37615
053102
Modbus / JBus
DC150 data concentrator
management internal Digipact bus
Compact circuit breakers incorporate or may be equipped with Digipact communications modules. From a remote location (standard personal computer PC or programmable logic controller PLC), the operator can: c display the status of circuit breakers; c control the circuit breakers; c access information provided by the electronic trip units. It is also possible to check the status of the UA150 automatic source-changeover controllers. For more information: see Digipact catalogue.
PM150 power meter
CLS150 indication and local control module
circuit breaker or other power-circuit actuator
Multi 9 control device and ATB 1S interface
UA150 automatic source-changeover controller
Merlin Gerin
common accessories
044314
electrical auxiliaries
Auxiliary switch and MX release for Compact NS.
c auxiliary switches: v Compact NS: just one model, the same for all Compact NS80 to NS630 and NSA125/ 160 circuit breakers, provides four different functions (OF, SD, SDE and SDV) depending on where it is fitted in the circuit breaker, v Compact C: two models, the same for all Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers, provide remote indications of circuit breaker status and electrical faults (e.g. 30F + 1SD), c the MN or MX voltage releases are common for all models within each of following ranges: v NS80 and NSA125/160, v NS100 to NS630, v C801 to C1251. c auxiliary switches for Compact NS are also available in communicating version and can be installed in place of the standard switches (see Digipact catalogue).
044313
047313
motor mechanism
Compact NS250N with motor mechanism.
A motor mechanism can be fitted to the front face of Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit breakers. Remote control of the opening, closing and reset functions is then possible via 2 or 3 impulse or maintained signals. If necessary, the circuit breakers can still be operated locally via the controls on the front face. The motor mechanism modules for each range have a common size. The motor mechanism module for Compact NS is also available in communicating version (see Digipact catalogue).
Vigi earth-fault protection module
Vigi modules can be added to Compact NS circuit breakers to provide earth-fault protection. The Vigi modules fit directly on the circuit breaker terminals. The addition of a Vigi module has no effect on the other performance characteristics of the circuit breaker.
044333
Compact NS250H with Vigi earth-fault protection module.
Merlin Gerin
LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
Compact 80 to 1250 A functions and characteristics

page Compact range and its applications general characteristics circuit breakers for: low-voltage distribution circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V earth fault protection motor protection industrial control panels switch-disconnectors installation connection auxiliaries accessories source changeover systems 10 14 16 36 38 40 50 54 58 60 64 72 76
Compact: functions and characteristics
applications
circuit breakers for protection of low voltage distribution networks

rated current (A)
E20999
page 16
250 630 320 800
046893
12.5 12.5 12.5 60 100 160 250 400
400 1000
500 1250
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
Compact NS100 Vigicompact breaking N 25 capacity (kA rms) H 70 380/415 V L 150

E43842 E43843
045345
NS160 36 70 150
NS250 36 70 150
NS400 45 70 150
053100
NS630 45 70 150
C801 50 70 150
C1001 50 70 150 page 36
C1251 50 70
for AC networks up to 1000 V :
Compact NS400 N 1000 V Compact C1251N 1000 V protection page 22
The interchangeable thermal-magnetic or electronic trip units of the Compact NS are designed to protect the following types of electrical installations: c Standard installation (supplied by a transformer);
push to trip push to trip
c Installations supplied by a generator; c DC installations; c Long cable lengths for IT and TN; c Motors and motor starters.
circuit breakers for motor protection

E26988
page 40
0.37 37 1.1 220 110250 160670
051162
motor rating power (kW)

push to trip
Compact NS80 breaking N capacity (kA rms) H 70 380/415 V L
046751
NS100/160/250 25/36 70 150
041624
NS400/630 70 150
045198
C801/C1001/C1251 50 70
10
Merlin Gerin
circuit breakers for protection of industrial control panels

E44356
page 50
250... 630
rated current (A)
12.5 100 12.5 12.5 ... 12.5 ... 60... 100 160 250 400
push to trip
Compact (CEI947-2 / UL508 / CSA22-2) breaking capacity N (kA rms) 380/480 V H rated current (A)
NSC100 18 15-100
054556
NS100
041624
NS160 NS250 NS400 35 65 42 65 60-600

054580
045198
NS630 42 65
25 35 65 65 15-250
re
r fe
to
de
dic
e at
ca
ta
log
Compact (UL 489 / CEI947-2 / CSA22-2) breaking capacity N (kA rms) 480 V H L
NSE100 18
054561
NSF150 35 65
054569
NSF250 35 65
NSJ400 NSJ600 35 65 100 35 65 100
circuit breakers and relays for earth fault protection

E44357
page 38
rated current (A)
100630
push to trip
M G
Compact Vigicompact
NSC100 N
054556
NS100 N/H/L NS160 N/H/L NS250 N/H/L separate toroids
044333
NS400 N/H/L NS630 N/H/L
circuit breakers associated
all Compact NS equiped by a voltage release (MN or MX)
Merlin Gerin
044322
051352
e ef
o rt
de
dic
e at
ca
ta
log
Vigirex
earth fault relays
11
applications (cont.)
source-changeover
N R
page 76
rated current (A) manual sourcechangeover system automatic sourcechangeover systems 12.5 12.5 12.5 160 100 160 250 400 by toggle by rotary handle by keylock
053042
250 630
320 800
400 500 1000 1250
E32454
push to trip
push to trip
053060
Compact
NS100 to NS250
All NS100 to NS250 type N/H/L/NA fixed or plug-in devices.
NS400 to NS630
All NS400 to NS630 type N/H/L/NA fixed or plug-in devices.
C801 to C1251
All C801 to C1251 type N/H/NI and C801 to C1251 type L fixed devices.
053058
12
Merlin Gerin
switch-disconnectors
rated current (A)
E21272
page 56
100160250 400630 8001250
86081
push to trip
push to trip
push to trip
Compact Vigicompact
NSC100NA NS100NA NS160NA NS250NA 406380
86087
NS400NA NS630NA
86083
C801NI C1251NI
rated current (A)
100125...160
250400...630 1000...1600... 2500
f re
er
to
de
t ica
ed
ca
ta
log
Interpact
INS40 INS63 INS80 50...63
052164
INS100 INS125 INS160 125...160
052168
IN250 IN400 IN630 250...400
035053
IN1000 IN1600 IN2500 630
rated current (A)
re
fe
o rt
d de
ica
d te
ca
ta
log
Fupact switches
UC50 UD63
084642
UC125 UD125 UD160
UD250T UD400T
UD630T
Merlin Gerin
13
general characteristics
conformity with standards

E18567
MERLIN GERIN compact NS160 H

Ui 750V. Uimp 8kV.
Ue (V) 220/240 380/415 440 500/525 660/690 250 Icu (kA) 100 70 65 50 10 85
Ics = 100% Icu cat A IEC 947.2

Standardised characteristics indicated on the rating plate Ui: rated insulation voltage Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage Icu: ultimate breaking capacity, for various values of the rated operational voltage Ue cat: utilisation category Icw: short-time withstand current Ics: service breaking capacity In: rated current : suitable for isolation
Compact circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with the following international recommendations: c IEC 947-1: general rules; c IEC 947-2: circuit breakers; c IEC 947-3: switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors, etc; c IEC 947-4: contactors and motors starters c IEC 947-5.1 and following - control circuit devices and switching elements; automatic control components. In that these recommendations are applied in most countries, Compact circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with European (EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-2) and the corresponding national standards: c France NF; c Germany VDE; c U.K BS; c Austrialia AS; c Italy CEI. They also comply with the specifications of the marine classification companies (Veritas, Lloyds Register of Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, etc). Compact circuit breakers are also designed for the protection of machine tools in that they comply with French standard NF C 79-130 and with the recommendations issued by the CNOMO organisation. Concerning the United States UL, Canadian CSA, Mexican NOM and Japanese JIS standards, please consult us.
tropicalisation
Compact and derived circuit breakers comply with NF C 63-100 standard level 2 conditions (95% relative humidity at 45C or 80% at 55C, hot and humid climate conditions). They also comply with the following standards: c IEC 68-2-30 damp heat; c IEC 68-2-2 dry heat; c IEC 68-2-11 salt spray; c IEC 68-2-1 low temperatures.
environmental protection
Compact circuit breakers take into account current concerns for environmental protection. Most components are recyclable and parts are marked as specified in applicable standards.
ambient temperature
c Compact circuit breakers can be used at temperatures ranging from -25C to 70C. Above 40C (or 65C for circuit breakers used to protect motor feeders), always take into account the derating coefficients indicated in the documentation; c wherever possible the circuit breakers should be put into service at their normal ambient operating temperature, however this can be done at temperatures between -35C and -25C as long as this condition does not last for an extended period; c in their original pack, Compact circuit breakers may be stored at temperatures ranging from -50 to +85C.
pollution degree
Compact circuit breakers are certified for operation in pollution-degree III environments as defined by IEC standard 947 (industrial environments).
discrimination
In most cases, discrimination is total between two Compact NS circuit breakers equipped with standard trip units (or between Compact NS and Multi 9 circuit breakers). The table opposite indicates the combinations providing total discrimination for N-type circuit breakers equipped with standard trip units.
E22037
D1
upstream Compact rating (A) downstream circuit breaker rating (A) multi 9 C60N 1025 3240 63 Compact NS80H 2.56.3 12.5 2580 NS100N 16100 NS160N 125160 NS250N 200250
NS160N NS250N NS400N 80 100 125 160 200 250 400
NS630N 630
c c c c
c c
c c c c c c
c c c c c c c
c c c c c c c
c c c c c c c c
c c c c c c c c c
c total discrimination: only the circuit breaker immediately upstream from a fault trips.
D2
14
Merlin Gerin
suitability for isolation positive contact indication

044 334
All Compact circuit breakers are suitable for isolation as defined in IEC standard 947-2: c the isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF position); c the operating handle cannot indicate the "off" position unless the contacts are effectively open; c padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open. Installation of a rotary handle or a motor mechanism does not alter the reliability the position indication system.
The isolation function is certified by tests guaranteeing: c the mechanical reliability of the position indication system; c the absence of leakage currents; c overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.
E18569
installation in class II switchboards

All Compact circuit breakers, even when fitted with a rotary handle or a motor mechanism, may be installed through the door of class II switchboards (as per IEC standard 664).
Installation requires no special operations because the Compact provides class II insulation between the front face and all internal circuits.
degree of protection
(as per standards IEC 529)
E18570
bare circuit breaker with terminal shields with toggle
IP40
push to trip
E28439
with direct rotary handle

ON I
standard / VDE
IP40
push to trip
O OFF
E21277
circuit breaker installed in switchboard with toggle
IP 40
push to trip
E28440
with direct rotary handle

ON I
standard / VDE MCC CNOMO
IP40 IP43 IP54
push to trip
O OFF
E28441
with extended rotary handle

ON I
IP55
push to trip
O OFF
ON I
OFF
E28442
with motor mechanism

2
IP40
push to trip
1 manu /auto
O
push OFF
I
push ON
Merlin Gerin
15
protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)
circuit breakers for power distribution switchboards

E20999
Compact circuit breakers

number of poles
electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2

rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) In Ui Uimp Ue 40C
push to trip
AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 P) 500 V (2 P in series)
ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)
Icu
push to trip
push to trip
DC
045345
service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles)
Ics
(% Icu)
mechanical electrical
440 V - In/2 440 V - In 240 V 480 V 600 V
electrical characteristics as per standard Nema AB1

breaking capacity (kA)
Compact NS250H
protection (see following pages)

protection against overcurrents (A) earth fault protection Ir interchangeable trip units setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay
048286
installation and connection

fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)
indication and measurement auxiliaries

auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries
Compact NS630L
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems
installation and connection accessories

bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheons
dimensions and weights

dimensions L x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
(*) 2P only for N-types (**) for operational voltage up to 500 V
2/3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC

Merlin Gerin
16
NS100
2 (*), 3, 4 100 750 8 690 500
NS160
2 (*), 3, 4 160 750 8 690 500
NS250
2 (*), 3, 4 250 750 8 690 500
NS400
3, 4 400 750 8 690 500
NS630
3, 4 630 750 8 690 500
N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100% A c 50000 50000 30000 85 25 10
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c
L
150 150 130 100 100 75 100 100 100% A c
N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 40000 40000 20000 85 35 20
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c
L
150 150 130 70 50 20 100 100 100% A c
N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000 85 35 20
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c
L
150 150 130 70 50 20 100 100 100% A c
N
85 45 42 30 22 10
H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100% A c
L
150 150 130 100 100 75
N
85 45 42 30 22 10
L
150 150 130 70 50 35
100% A c 15000 12000 6000 85 42 20 c 160...400 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
100% A c
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100%** 100%** A A c c 15000 8000 4000 100 65 35
100%** A c
100 65 35
200 130 50
100 65 35
200 130 50
100 65 35
200 130 50
100 65 35
200 130 50
85 42 20 c 250...630 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
200 130 50
c 12.5...100 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1

Merlin Gerin
140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8
140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8 17
Compact: functions et characteristics
circuit breakers for power distribution switchboards, single-pole and two-pole circuit breakers
E29210

number of poles

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220 V 277 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 pole) 500 V (2 poles)
Icu
DC service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles) Ics (% Icu)
86099
440 V (277 V for 1P) - In/2 440 V (277 V for 1P) - In/2
electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1

breaking capacity (KA) 240 V 277 V 480 V 600 V interchangeable trip units setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay
protection (see next pages)

single-pole Compact NS160H
protection against overcurrents (A) earth fault protection
Ir
86101
installation and connections


auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator voltage transformer module ammeter module
control auxiliaries
two-pole Compact NS100N

bare-cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

dimensions: W x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
18
Merlin Gerin
NS100
1 2
NS160
1 2
NS250
1
100 750 8 277 250
100 750 8 690 500
160 750 8 277 250
160 750 8 690 500
250 750 8 277 250
N
25 25
H
40 40
N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
N
25 25
H
40 40
N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
N
25 25
25 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
40 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
25 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
40 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
25 100% A c 10000 10000 5000
n/2 n/2
25 25
40 40
85 25 10
100 65 35
25 25
40 40
85 25 10
100 65 35
25 25
16...100
16...100
125...160
125...160
160250
c c
c c
c c
c c
c c
c c c c 35 x 161 x 86 0.7
c c c c 70 x 161 x 86 1.2
c c c c 35 x 161 x 86 0.7
c c c c 70 x 161 x 86 1.2
c c c c 35 x 161 x 86 0.7
Merlin Gerin
19
circuit breakers for power distribution switchboards (cont.)

046893

number of poles
electrical characteristics as per CEI 947-2 and EN 60947-2

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V
Icu
DC
Compact C1251H
service breaking capacity short-time withstand current utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (cycles C-O)
Ics Icw
(% Icu) kA rms t (s)
The Compact range also includes a circuit breaker for 1000 V AC distribution networks (see page 0023).
440 V - In/2 440 V - In 240 V 480 V 600 V
electrical characteristics as per standard Nema AB1


protection against overcurrents (A) eart fault protection Ir interchangeable trip unit setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries

bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheons
(*) rated current In at 40C for plug-in/withdrawable units: - C1001N/H: 1000 A - C1001L: 910 A - C1251N/H: 1160 A

dimensions W x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 3/4 poles, fixed, FC 3/4 poles, fixed, FC
Merlin Gerin
20
C801
3, 4 800 750 8 690
C1001
3, 4 1000 (*) 750 8 690
C1251
3, 4 1250 (*) 750 8 690 750
N
85 50 42 40 25
H
100 70 65 50 40
L
150 150 150 100 60
N
85 50 42 40 25
H
100 70 65 50 40
L
150 150 150 100 60
N
85 50 42 40 25 50 (1P) 50 (2P) 50 (3P) 25 (3P) 50% 15 1 B c 15000 3000 1500 85 42 30 c 500...1250 c c c c (*) c c
H
100 70 65 50 40
50% 12 1 B c 12000 3000 1500 85 42 30 c 320...800 c c c c c c
50% 12 1 B
50% 6.4 1 A 6400
50% 15 1 B c 15000 3000 1500 85 42 30 c 400...1000 c c c c (*) c c
50% 15 1 B
50% 8 1 A 6400
50% 15 1 B
100 65 42
150 100 65
100 65 42
150 100 65
100 65 42
c c c c c c c c 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 13 / 17

Merlin Gerin
c c c c c c c c 210 / 280 x 374 x 262 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 25 / 33 13 / 17 210 / 280 x 374 x 262 25 / 33
c c c c c c c c 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 13 / 17 21
protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact C801 to C1251
E23659
320
400 STR 25 DE STR 35 GE STR 35 SE STR 55 UE
500
630
800
1000
1250
standard protection,
N H L
protection of networks supplied by generators,
protection with discrimination on short-circuits,
NH L N
STR 45 AE STR 45 BE P21 / P41
protection with total discrimination,
protection of DC networks.
electronic trip unit STR25DE

E24039
E23820
1
STR 25DE
Io
test
60 70 80 90
105 % Ir
.63
.8
Ir
Ir
.9
I
.95 3
5 6 8 10
.5
xIn
I
.85 .8
xIo
2 1.5
xIr
5
0 Ir I I
electronic trip units STR35SE/GE

E24040
E23821
1
STR 35SE
Io
t
Ir
.5 1
60 70 80 90
105 % Ir
.63
.8
test
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1
120s Im tm I
xIn
.85 .8
xIo
2 1.5 .3 .2 .1 0
on
3 4 5
xIr
It
2
off
1,5 Ir
i
C 1251NH 12
C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L A x In 15 8
tm
Legend 1 "long time" protection threshold 2 "long time" protection time delay 3 "short time" protection threshold 4 "short time" protection time delay 5 "instantaneous" protection threshold 6 option (see page 34) 7 overload indication 8 test connector
Ir
Im
30
Merlin Gerin
electronic trip unit STR45AE

E24037
E23823
1 2
60 70 80 90
fault
STR 45AE
Io t
Ic1
.5 1
105 % Ir
.63
.8
Ir
test
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 0 .9
Ih
.3
.4
3
.5 .2
tr
xIn
Ih th Im tm I
A
.85 .8
120 60 30 15
xIo
1 240
2 1.5 .3 .2 .1
xIr
xIn
.6 .4 .3 .2
.95 .3 .2
.4
4 5
480
on
I2t
off
xIr
.1
on
I2t
.1
off
i
18
+
tr
at 1.5Ir
Ic1
TFR
C 801NH C 1001NH C 1251NH

A x In
tm
th
20
23
Ir
Im
electronic trip unit STR45BE

E24036
E23824
1 2
60 70 80 90 105 % Ir
STR 45BE
Io
test
.63
.8
Ir
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1
Ih
.3
.4
3
.5 .2 .4
.5
xIn
Ih th
tr
.85 .8
Im tm
120 60
xIo
1 240
2 1.5 .3 .2 .1
xIr
xIn
.6 .4 .3 .2
30 15 480
.3 .2 .1
on
0
on
.1
I2t
off
I2t
off
+
tr
at 1.5Ir
tm
th
Ir
Im
electronic trip unit STR55UE

E24038
E23822
1 2
STR 55UE
fault
60 70 80 90
105 % Ir
Io
.63
.8
t
Ic1
Ir
test
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 4
6 8
A B
Ih
.3
.4
3
.5
.5
tr
xIn
Ih th Im tm I
C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L A 10 8 B 15 8
.85 .8
xIo
1 240
2 1.5 .3 .2 .1
xIr
8 3 10 2 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 Ic1 .9
xIn
.2 .4 .95 .3 .2
xIn
.6
120 60 30 15
.4 .3 .2
4 5
480
on
TFR
C 1251NH 10 12
+
tr
I2t
off
xIr
.1
on
I2t
.1
off
at 1.5Ir
tm
th
Ir
Im
protection
c "long time" protection against overloads; c "short time" protection against shortcircuits of low intensity; c "instantaneous" protection against shortcircuits of high intensity; c residual earth fault protection as an option (see page 34). Trip units do not have a predefined rating. The "long time" protection threshold depends only on the circuit breaker current rating and on the "long time" protection setting (see page 32).
Merlin Gerin
other functions
Overload indications Load indication (LED) in front (7) allowing to avoid tripping: c lit at 90% of Ir setting; c flashing at 105% or more of Ir setting. Test Test connector in front (8) to check circuit breaker operation, using a mini test kit or a calibration test kit (see page 73). Indication and measurement options (6) (see page 34).
31
protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact C801 to C1251 (cont.)
trip units
for Compact C801...1251N/H C801...1001L
STR25DE
c c adjustable (4 settings or "fine setting" version: 32 settings) 0.4...1 x In
STR35SE
c c adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In
overload protection (long time)

tripping threshold Ir
thermal memory OFF position neutral protection
tripping time (s) (min...max)
4P 3d 4P 4d 4P 3d + Nr type at 1.5 x Ir at 6 x Ir at 7.2 x Ir
no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In fixed 96...120 6.0...7.5 4.2...5.2
no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In fixed 96...120 6.0...7.5 4.2...5.2
short-circuit protection (short time)

tripping threshold (A) time delay (ms) Im accuracy max. overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time const I2t positions adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15% fixed 0 i 60 adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15% adjustable (4 settings) 0 i 60 i 140 i 60 i 140 i 230
i 230 i 350
short-circuit protection (instantaneous)

tripping threshold (A) I C801N/H C1001N/H C1251N/H C801L C1001L no fixed 15 x In 15 x In 12 x In 8 x In 8 x In
other functions
overload indications test connector earth fault protection option (T) fault indications option (F) load monitoring option (R) communication option (COM) zone selective interlocking (Z) c c c c
(*) For Compact C801L and C1001L, current settings must not exceed eight times the circuit breaker rating (C801L: 6300 A, C1001L: 8000 A)
Tripping thresholds are indicated for 2 or 3 poles on load. OFF position LT (long time) protection deactivated for motor-starter protection. Thermal memory Conductor cooling time following tripping taken into account by LT protection.
Constant I2t positions Inverse-time tripping (ST short-time protection) to improve discrimination (particularly with downstream fuses). Neutral protection In the event 4P 4d or 4P 3d + Nr devices and the corresponding trip units are supplied separately, a current sensor must be installed on the fourth pole inside the circuit breaker.
Overload indication LED in front of trip unit: c lit at 90% of Ir setting; c flashing at 105 % or more of Ir setting. Option F offers a five threshold indication (60, 70, 80, 90, 105%). Test Test connector to check circuit breaker operation using a mini test kit or a calibration test kit (see page 73). Indication and measurement options (see page 34).
32
Merlin Gerin
STR35GE
c c adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In
STR45AE
c
STR45BE
c
STR55UE
c c adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In c c no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In 192...240 12...15 8.3...10.4 384...480 24...30 17...21
adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In
adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In
no protection 1 x Ir 500 A fixed 12...15 0.75...0.94 0.50...0.65
no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In adjustable (6 settings) 12...15 24...30 0.75...0.94 1.50...1.88 0.52...0.65 1.04...1.30
no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In 48...60 3.00...3.75 2.06...2.60 96...120 6.0...7.5 4.2...5.2
adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15% adjustable (4 settings) 0 i 60 i 140 i 60 i 140 i 230
adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir 15% i 230 i 350
adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15%
adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15%
c fixed 15 x In 15 x In 12 x In 8 x In 8 x In fixed 20 x In 23 x In 18 x In no adjustable 2...15 x In 2...15 x In 2...12 x In 2...8 x In 2...8 x In
c c
c c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c c c
Merlin Gerin
33
protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact C801 to C1251 (cont.)
options for electronic trip units STR45/55
E23825
Earth fault protection (T)
Im
3 2 1.5 .3 .2 .1
5 6 3
6 8
A B
Ih
.3
.4
xIr
8 2 10 1,5 .3 .2 .1
.5 .2 .4 .3 .2 .1
on
xIn
.6 .4 .3 .2 .1
0
on
I2t
off
I2t
off
The earth fault protection is of the residual current type. The circuit breaker trips, after an adjustable time delay th, at an adjustable threshold In that depends on the rated current In. On request, the earth fault protection may be of the "W" type (source ground return) or of the neutral protection type. The thermal memory is identical to that of the LT protection, with a time constant of 20 seconds. For distributed neutral systems, option T requires installation of the 4th pole sensor downstream the circuit breaker.
E24042
Ih th
tm
th
0
Load monitoring (R)
E24041
3 2 1.5 .3 .2 .1 0
on
6 3 8 10 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 2 1,5 .9
8
A B
xIr
.95
.8 .7 9
Two adjustable threshold (only one, Ic1, if option R is combined with option T), that depends on the LT setting, control the optodecoupled outputs (transistors) or send a signal via the communication outputs. These two thresholds (Ic1 and Ic2) are used for applications such as load shedding and reconnection, interlocking systems and alarms.
E23826
Ic2
Ic1
I2t
off
xIr
.5
xIr 1
Ic1
Ic2
tm
0
Fault indications (F)
E24043
60 70 80 90
fault
105 % Ir
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 3
Ih
8 .3
A
.4
.85 .8
xIo
2 1.5
xIr
8 2 10 1,5
.2
In addition to indications for standard faults (toggle, SD and SDE auxiliary switches), this option differentiates between the three possible causes of tripping via three LEDs: c overload (LT); c short-circuit (ST + INST); c earth fault. A three-LED load monitoring function indicates 60, 70 and 80% of the LT thresholds in addition to the standard 90 and 105% indications. Option F is not available on STR45BE trip units. It requires an external power supply.
Communication (COM) The following information is transmitted to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules: all data concerning the currents passing through the CTs, all trip-unit settings, including those of options T and R,load-shedding orders, fault indications provided by option F and an alarm indication when the internal temperature is 10C below the circuit breaker self-protection threshold.
Zone selective interlocking (Z) A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a pilotwire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault, the control unit applies the set time delay only if it receives a signal from a downstream circuit breaker. If not, it trips instantaneously (tripping time as 0.1 shorttime setting). In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. The thermal stresses in the installation are minimised while maintaining time discrimination throughout the entire installation. Opto-electronic outputs The use of opto-transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the control unit and the circuits wired by the user.
Possible combinations c option Z; c options Z, R and F; c options Z, T, R and F; c options Z, F and COM; c options Z, R, F and COM; c options Z, T, F and COM; c options Z, T, R, F and COM.
34
Merlin Gerin
earth fault protection (T)

tripping threshold Ih Ih = settings accuracy th = settings max. overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time 0.20.6 x In 0.2 - 0.25 - 0.3 - 0.35 - 0.4 - 0.45 - 0.5 - 0.6 15% 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 60 140 230 350 140 230 350 500 self powered
time delay th
power supply
load monitoring (R)

Ic1 threshold Ic1 = settings accuracy closing opening Ic2 = settings (1) accuracy closing opening 0.8...1 x Ir 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.88 - 0.9 - 0.93 - 0.95 - 0.98 - 1.0 8% tr/2 (tr = LT protection time delay) 10 s 0.5...1 x Ir 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1.0 8% tr/4 (tr = LT protection time delay) 10 s 100 mA opto-decoupled triac outputs, 120 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz or a signal via the communication output when the trip unit is equipped with the COM option. self powered (2)
time delay Ic2 threshold
time delay transmission
power supply
fault indications (F)

3 LEDs on front bar graph, 3 LEDs accuracy reset power supply indicate cause of fault: Ir, Im/I, Ih 60, 70, 80% of Ir 6.6% automatic when circuit breaker is reset 24 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz or CC
communication (COM)
type of data transmitted I1, I2, I3 Ineutral, Imax, all trip-unit settings, rating plug identification (UL and JIS versions), load monitoring, fault indications, causes of malfunction, internal temperature. self powered (2)
power supply
(1) For the Ic2 minimum setting, the Ir setting and/or the load must be u 0.5 In:
load and/or setting 0.4 x In 0.5 x In 0.6 x In

(2) Minimum operating current 0.22 x In. Ir: tripping threshold of overload protection.
Ic2 setting 0.81.0 x In 0.61.0 x In 0.51.0 x In (complete range)
magnetic trip units P21/P41

Magnetic trip units for Compact C1251N, 3 poles version, designed particularly for the protection of DC networks. These trip units are not interchangeable: the circuit breaker is supplied fully assembled. All electrical characteristics and circuit breaker enhancements (auxiliaries and accessories) are indicated on page 20.
E29212
P21
3P
t(s)
4800 6000 9600 7800
I(A)
integrated trip unit for Compact C1251N tripping threshold Im (A) accuracy
P21 adjustable 1600...3200 20%
P41 3200...6400 20%
Merlin Gerin
35
protection of low-voltage distribution networks 1000 V circuit breakers

circuit breaker NS400 1000 V
053182
Compact circuit breaker

number of poles CT (A) (current transformer)
NS400 1000 V
3 150 250 400
electrical characteristics
rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) service breaking capacity rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) service breaking capacity suitable for isolation utilisation category pollution degree Ue Icu Ics AC 50/60 Hz AC - 1000 V (% Icu) 1150 10 100% 150 1250 8 1000 10 100% c A III 1150 1150 10 10 100% 100% 250 1250 8 1000 10 100% c A III 400 1250 8 1000 10 100% c A III

In 40C Ui Uimp Ue AC 50/60 Hz Icu AC - 1000 V Ics (% Icu)
protection
protection against overcurrents
NS400 1000 V
electronic trip unit STR23SP instantaneous
c 9 In
c 9 In
c 9 In
earth fault protection

fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis) c c consult us consult us consult us c c c

auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module c
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems c c c c c c consult us consult us consult us standard c c 3 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC c c c

bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields escutcheon

dimensions L x H x D (mm) (1) weight (kg) (1) with terminal shields. 140 x 480 x 110 13
36
Merlin Gerin
circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V

051353
Compact circuit breaker

number of poles CT (A) (current transformer) rated current (A) In 40C 50C 60C
C1251N 1000 V
3 400 400 400 400 1000 8 1000 20 50% 15 1 c B III 800 800 800 800 1000 8 1000 20 50% 15 1 c B III 1250 1250 (1) 1150 (1) 1050 (1) 1000 8 1000 20 50% 15 1 c B III
rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) (2) service breaking capacity short-time withstand current suitable for isolation utilisation category pollution degree
C1251N 1000 V
Ui Uimp Ue AC 50/60 Hz Icu AC - 1000 V Ics (% Icu) Icw kA rms t (s)
protection
protection against overcurrents interchangeable electronic trip unit STR25DE STR35GE/SE/ME (3) STR55UE (3) c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems c c c c c c c c 3 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheon

dimensions L x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 210 x 374 x 172 13
(1): For withdrawable version do not use a current setting higher than: - 1160 A at 40C, - 1080 A at 50C, - 1000 A at 60C. (2): Defined for a power factor cos = 0.3.
(3) instantaneous CT400/800 CT1250 12 x In 12 x In fixed: STR35 15 x In adjustable: STR55 2 to: 15 x In
Merlin Gerin
37
protection of low-voltage distribution networks earth fault protection

Vigicompact circuit breakers
044333
For Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit breakers, earth fault protection is obtained by fitting a "Vigi" earth fault module directly on the circuit breaker terminals. The addition of the Vigi module does not affect circuit breaker characteristics (see pages 10 to 13); c conformity with standards; c protection degrees, class II insulation front face; Dimensions and weights dimensions L x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 3 poles 4 poles 3 poles 4 poles
c suitability for isolation as defined by IEC 947-2; c electrical characteristics; c trip unit characteristics; c installation and connection methods; c indication,measurement and control auxiliaries; c installation and connection accessories.
NS100 - NS160 105 x 236 x 86 140 x 236 x 86 2.5 3.2
NS250
NS400 - NS630 135 x 355 x 110 180 x 355 x 110 8.8 10.8
Vigicompact NS250N
2.8 3.4
Vigi earth fault modules

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E21007
310 150 60 0
avant test dilectrique enlever ce couvercle before dielectric test remove this cover
1 2 3 4 5
t(ms)
T R
vigi
NS 250 200 / 440 V - 50 / 60 Hz
vigi MH
3 1 0,3 10
N 1 3 5
In(A)
2 4 6
6 7
sensitivity setting time-delay setting (for discrimination with earth fault protection) lead seal preventing access to settings test button for routine tripping checks by internally simulating an earth fault reset button (resetting is required following a trip due to an earth fault) rating plate slot for SDV auxiliary switch
HS 0,03 ( t = 0 )
Compliance with standards c IEC 947-2, appendix B; c IEC 255-4 and IEC 801-2 to 5, covering protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages, lightning strikes, switching of devices on the network, electrostatic discharges, radiofrequency interference; c IEC 755, class A, immunity to DC components up to 6 mA; c VDE 664, operation down to - 25C.
Remote indications Vigi modules may be equipped with an SDV auxiliary switch (see page 64) to remotely indicate tripping due to an earth fault.
Power supply Vigi modules are self-supplied internally by the network voltage and therefore do not require any external source. They continue to function even when supplied by only two phases.
earth fault protection modules Vigi ME

number of poles for Compact NS100 N/H/L NS160 N/H/L NS250 N/H/L NS400 N/H/L NS630 N/H/L 3. 4 (*) c c
Vigi MH
3. 4 (*) c c c
Vigi MB
3. 4 (*)
c c
earth fault protection characteristics

sensitivity In (A) time delay intentional delay (ms) total breaking time (ms) rated voltage (V) AC 50/60 Hz fixed 0.3 fixed < 40 < 40 200 to 440 adjustable 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 adjustable 0 60 (**) 150 (**) 310 (**) < 40 < 140 < 300 < 800 200 to 440-440 to 550 adjustable 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 - 30 adjustable 0 60 150 310 < 40 < 140 < 300 < 800 200 to 440-440 to 550
(*) Vigi 3P modules may also be used on 2P circuit breakers (**) If the sensitivity is set to 30 mA, the tripping is not delayed
38
Merlin Gerin
combination of Compact circuit breaker Vigirex earth fault protection relay
This solution can be used with all Compact circuit breakers. For Compact NS100 to NS630, the Vigirex residual current relays can be used when: c special time delay or tripping threshold values are required; c there are major installation constraints (circuit breaker already installed and connected, limited space available, etc.). Vigirex relay characteristics Residual current operated relay with separated toroid: c sensivity adjustable from 30 mA to 250 A; c eight time-delay settings (0 to 1s); c closed toroids (30 to 300 mm diameter); c split toroids (46 to 110 mm diameter); c options : v trip alarm by a failsafe contact, v pre-alarm contact and indicating light (threshold: 0.5 x In), v 400 Hz network, etc.
Conformity with standards c IEC 947-2, appendix B; c IEC 255-4 and IEC 801-2 to 5, covering protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages, lightning strikes, switching of devices on the network, electrostatic discharges, radiofrequency interference; c IEC 755, class A, immunity to DC components up to 6 mA; c VDE 664, operation down to - 25C. For complete information on the Vigirex range, consult the corresponding Merlin Gerin documentation.
push to trip
M G
E18577
residual current measurement toroid Vigirex earth fault detection relay MN or MX auxiliary release for earth fault tripping.
Merlin Gerin
39
motor protection
E26988

number of poles
push to trip

rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) In Ui Uimp Ue Icu 65C
AC 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 pole) 500 V (2 poles)
DC The circuit breakers presented here: c provide protection against short-circuits; c are suitable for isolation as defined by IEC 947-2 standard. For a complete protection of the motor and its control device, overload protection may be ensured by either: c the circuit breaker; c a separate Telemecanique thermal relay. The control device may be of the direct online type (with or without reversing) or of the "star-delta" type. Combinations are governed by IEC 947-4 standard. service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles) Ics (% Icu)
440 V - In/2 440 V - In

breaking capacity (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V
protection
overload and short-circuit protection short-circuit protection (separate thermal relay) earth fault protection rating (A) interchangeable trip units rating (A) interchangeable trip units add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay
protection coordination (as defined by IEC 947-4)

Whatever the power of the motor, the coordination between circuit breaker, contactor and relay can be of either type 1 or 2 (see the complementary technical information chapter page 195). Selection depends on operational requirements concerning continuity of service and the technical skills of servicing personnel. All type 2 Merlin Gerin/Telemecanique combinations have been tested under the conditions defined by standards, and they are certified ASEFA/LOVAG.


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit function voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) locking systems


dimensions: L x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 40
Merlin Gerin
NS80
3
NS100
3, 4
NS160
3, 4
NS250
3, 4
80 750 8 690
100 750 8 690
150 750 8 690
220 750 8 690
H
100 70 65 25 25 6
N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100% A c 50000 50000 30000
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A
L
150 150 130 100 100 75 100 100 100% A
N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 40000 40000 20000
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A
L
150 150 130 100 100 75 100 100 100% A
N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A
L
150 150 130 70 50 20 100 100 100%
100% A c 20000 10000 7000
100 65 10
85 25 10
100 65 35
200 130 50
85 35 20
100 65 35
200 130 50
85 35 20
100 65 35
200 130 50
1.5...80
24100 c 2.5...100 c c c
24...150 c 2.5...150 c c c
24...220 c 2.5...220 c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
built-in c
c c c c
c c c c
c c c c
90 x 120 x 80 1.0
Merlin Gerin
105 x 161 x 86 1.6
105 x 161 x 86 1.6
105 x 161 x 86 1.9 41
motor protection (cont.)
E26988

number of poles
push to trip

rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) In Ui Uimp Ue Icu 65C
AC 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V
DC
The circuit breakers presented here: c provide protection against short-circuits; c are suitable for isolation as defined by IEC 947-2 standard. For a complete protection of the motor and its control device, overload protection may be ensured by either: c the circuit breaker; c a separate Telemecanique thermal relay. The control device may be of the direct online type (with or without reversing) or of the "star-delta" type. Combinations are governed by IEC 947-4 standard.
service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles)
Ics
(% Icu)
440 V - In/2 440 V - In

breaking capacity (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V
protection
overload and short-circuit protection short-circuit protection (separate thermal relay) earth fault protection rating (A) interchangeable trip units rating (A) interchangeable trip units add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay
protection coordination (as defined by IEC 947-4)

Whatever the power of the motor, the coordination between circuit breaker, contactor and relay can be of either type 1 or 2 (see the complementary technical information chapter page 195). Selection depends on operational requirements concerning continuity of service and the technical skills of servicing personnel. All type 2 Merlin Gerin/Telemecanique combinations have been tested under the conditions defined by standards, and they are certified ASEFA/LOVAG.


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related function voltage presence indicator voltage transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) locking systems


dimensions: L x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
(*) Ics = 100% Icu for Ue < 500 V (**) Rated current In at 65 C for withdrawable Compact C1251N/H: 960 A
42
Merlin Gerin
NS400
3
NS630
3
C801
3
C1001
3
C1251
3
320 750 8 690
500 750 8 690
750 750 8 690
875* 750 8 690
1000** 750 8 690
N
85 45 42 30 22 10
H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85
L
150 150 130 100 100 75
N
85 45 42 30 22 10
H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85
L
150 150 130 70 50 35
N
85 50 42 40 40 25
H
100 70 65 50 50 40
N
85 50 42 40 40 25
H
100 70 65 50 50 40
N
85 50 42 40 40 25 50 (1P) 50 (2P) 50 (3P) 25 (3P) 50% B c 10000 3000 1500
H
100 70 65 50 50 40
100% A c 15000 12000 6000
100% A
100% A
100%* A c 15000 8000 4000
100%* A
100%* A
50% B c 10000 3000 1500
50% B
50% B c 10000 3000 1500
50% B
50% B
85 42 20
100 65 35
200 130 50
85 42 20
100 65 35
200 130 50
85 42 30
100 65 42
85 42 30
100 65 42
85 42 30
100 65 42
320 c
320 c 320
320 c 320
500 c
500 c 500
500 c 500
320...800 c 320...800 c c c c c c c
400...1000 c 400...1000 c c c c c c c
500...1250 c 500...1250 c c c c c c c
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 6
c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 6
c c c c c c c c 210 x 374 x 172 13
c c c c c c c c 210 x 374 x 172 13
c c c c c c c c 210 x 374 x 172 25
Merlin Gerin
43
motor protection trip units selection (cont.)

For motor protection, Compact circuit breakers may be fitted with: c magnetic trip units, wich provide shortcircuit protection; c electronic trip units, specifically designed to provide: v short-circuit protection, v overload protection, v phase-failure protection.
220 160 320 250 500 800 560 1000 670 1250
P (kW) (400 V, 50 Hz) Ir (A)
0.37 1.5
1.1 2.5
3 6
18.5 40
48
37 80
100
160
110 205
E26530
Compact NS80H-MA Compact NS100 NS250
MA MA STR22ME MA STR43ME STR35ME (LR OFF) STR55UE
Compact NS400 NS630
Compact C801 C1251
trip units trip units

rating (A) 20 to 70C NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L C801N/H/L C1001N/H/L C1251N/H
STR22ME
10, 12.5, 20, 25, 40, 50, 80,100 150 c c c c c 220
STR43ME
120 200 320 500
STR35ME
800
STR55UE
1000 1250
1000 1250 800
c c c c c c c c c c c
protection overload (long time)

tripping Ir threshold (A) tripping class (IEC 947-4) tripping time (s) (minimaxi) to 1.5 x Ir to 6 x Ir to 7.2 Ir built into the trip unit tripping time for phase failures (s) adjustable (10 settings) adjustable (40 settings) 0.6...1 x In 0.4...0.8 x In 10 10A 10 20 fixed 120320 615 410 c between 3.5 and 6 s adjustable 144198 270357 433595 5.87.3 10.913.1 17.421.8 45 7.39.1 1215 c 4 s 10% adjust. (32 settings) adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In 10 10A 10 20 fixed 96120 67.5 4.25.2 30
adjustable 4860 96120 192240 384480 33.7 67.5 1215 2430 2.12.6 4.25.2 8.310.4 1721
phase-failure (complied with the standard IEC 947-4-1)
short-circuit (short time)

tripping threshold (A) Im or Isd accuracy max. overcurrent time before tripping (ms) total breaking time (ms) fixed 13 x Ir 20% fixed 10 60 adjustable (8 settings) 6...13 x Ir 15% fixed 10 60 adjust. (8 settings) 1.5...10 x Ir 15% adjustable 0 60 140 230 60 140 230 350 adjustable (8 settings) 1.5...10 x Ir 15% adjustable 0 60 140 230 60 140 230 350
short-circuit (instantaneous)
tripping threshold (A) Ii fixed 15 x In fixed 13 x Ir maxi fixed = In x ... 15 15 12 8(type L) adjustable = In x ... 2...15 2...15 2...8(type L) 2...12
other functions
SDTAM module motor overload light indications module built-in ammeter (I) 44 c c c c (standard) c (standard) c c
Merlin Gerin
electronic trip unit STR22ME for Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers
E26984
E26985
1
1 7 8
Ir In=50A
Ir
37.5 40 35.5 42.5 45 47.5 30 50
ImSTR 22 ME
7,2Ir 7,0s
u1,05 Ir IEC 947.4 / cl.10
3 4 5
test
33.5 31.5
Ir
13 Ir
Ir
13Ir
protection
c LT (long time) overload protection with adjustable Ir threshold (1), in compliance with tripping class 10 as defined by IEC 947-4 (2); c single-phasing protection (trips in 3.5 and 6 s); c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection: v fixed tripping threshold (13 x Ir) (3), v fixed time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, with fixed threshold (15 x In) (5). trip unit STR22ME rating (A) threshold settings (A) 10 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 12.5 7.5 7.9 8.4 8.9 20 12 12.6 13.4 14.2 25 15 15.7 16.7 17.7 40 24 25.5 27 28.5 50 30 31.5 33.5 35.5 80 48 51 54 57 100 60 63 67 71 150 90 95 101 107 220 132 140 148 157
c single - phasing protection. The single phasing complies with the recommendations of standard IEC 947-4-1. It becomes operational whenever a phase current imbalance of 40% or more is present.
7.5 9.4 15 18.7 30 37.5 60 75 113 166
8 10 16 20 32 40 64 80 120 177
8.5 10.6 17 21.2 34 42.5 68 85 127 187
9 11.2 18 22.5 36 45 72 90 135 198
9.5 11.9 19 23.7 38 47.5 76 95 142 209
10 12.5 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 220
other functions
Indications Load indication by LED in front (7): c off when: I < 1.05 x Ir; c flashing when: I u 1.05 x Ir. Test Test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories. Contactor tripping module SDTAM (early thermal fault signal, optional): c opens the contactor in the event of an overload. It is thus possible to differentiate between tripping due to overloads and shortcircuits;
c may also be used to signal a thermal fault; c must be reset manually (locally or remotely); c compatible with the following control voltages: v 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC, v 110 to 240 V AC / DC; c fits in place of the MN or MX auxiliary voltage releases.
Merlin Gerin
45
E26987
electronic trip unit STR43ME for Compact NS400 to NS630 circuit breakers
E32566
1 2
STR 43 ME
Io
.63 .56 .5 .8 .71 .8
%Ir
>Ir
>Isd
test
fault
Ir
.88 .85 .8 .90 .93 .95 .98 1
Isd
9 10 8 7 6 11 12 13
P > Ir
A
> Im > Ih
tr tsd
3 4
Ir Isd li
x In
x Io
x Ir
test
tr
+
20 20 10 10 10A
Ir
I1
I2
I3
10A
class
IEC 947-4-1
Ir
Isd
Ii
protection
c LT (long time) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual rms current: v adjustable threshold (1) using five Io base settings (0.5 to 0.8), and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging from 0.8 to 1, v adjustable tripping time (2), in compliance with tripping classes 10 A, 10 and 20 as defined by IEC 947-4; c the STR43ME offers two motor cooling time constants, associated with the motor starting class: v short cooling time constant (the same as the heating time constant), providing maximum continuity of service and satisfactory motor protection, v long cooling time constant (four times the heating time constant), providing maximum motor protection,
c single - phasing protection. The single phasing complies with the recommendations of standard IEC 947-4-1. It becomes operational whenever a phase current imbalance of 40% or more is present; c ST (short time) short-circuit protection: v adjustable threshold Isd (3), v fixed time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, with fixed threshold (5).
other functions
Overload indications (%Ir) LED flashes when the current exceeds the long-time threshold Ir. Fault indications LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused tripping: c overload (LT protection) or abnormal component temperature (>Ir); c short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (>Isd); c single-phasing (LED on the right); c microprocessor malfunction (all three (>Ir), (>Isd) and single-phasing LEDs go on); Battery powered. Spare batteries are supplied in an adapter box. When a fault occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault goes off after about 10 minutes to conserve battery power.The information is however stored in memory and the LED can be reilluminated by pressing the battery/LED test pushbutton (6). The LED automatically goes off and the memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset.
Test c test connector in front (8), for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73) to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories. c test button (6) for (%Ir), (>Ir), (>Isd) and (single-phasing) LEDs and battery. Self-monitoring The circuit breaker trips for: c microprocessor faults; c abnormal temperatures.
46
Merlin Gerin
options for trip unit STR43ME

ammeter (I)
E33990
A
Ir I1 I2 I3
A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of I1, I2, I3 an the long time threshold setting Ir. LEDs indicate the phase or setting for which the current is displayed. Ammeter display limits: c minimum current u 0,2 x In (lower currents are not displayed) ; c maximum current i 10 x In.
contactor tripping module (SDTAM)
c opens the contactor in the event of an overload. It is thus possible to differentiate between tripping due to overloads and shortcircuits; c may also be used to signal a thermal fault; c must be reset manually (locally or remotely; c compatible with the following control voltages: v 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC, v 110 to 240 V AC / DC; Transmission of data to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules. Transmitted data: c settings; c phase currents (rms values); c highest current of the three phases; c I; c I + COM;
c fits in place of the MN and MX auxiliary voltage releases.
communication (COM)
c overload condition alarm; c cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit, etc.).
possible combinations
c SDTAM; c SDTAM + I; c SDTAM + I + COM.
Merlin Gerin
47
electronic trip units for Compact C801...C1251

electronic trip unit STR35ME
E27366 E27368
1
STR 35ME
on off
OFF
60 70 80 90
105 % Ir
Io
.8 .63 .5
t
Ir
test
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1
3 4 5
xIn
off
120s Im
.85 .8
xIo
2 1.5 .3 .2 .1 0
on
xIr
off LR inoprant LT inoprative Ir = In
tm I 1,5 Ir
A
I2t
off
i
C 1251NH 12
A x In
C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L 15 8
tm
Ir
Im

E24038 E23822
1 2
60 70 80 90
fault
STR 55UE
Io t
Ic1
.5 1
105 % Ir
.63
.8
Ir
test
Ir
.9
Im
.95 3
5 6 4
6 8
A B
Ih
.3
.4
3
.5
tr
xIn
Ih th Im tm I
C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L 10 8 15 8
.85 .8
xIo
1 240
2 1.5 .3 .2 .1
xIr
8 3 10 2 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 Ic1 .9
xIn
.2 .4 .95 .3 .2
xIn
.6
120 60 30 15
.4 .3 .2
4 5
480
on
TFR
A B
C 1251NH 10 12
+
tr
I2t
off
xIr
.1
on
I2t
.1
off
at 1.5Ir
tm
th
Ir
Im
protection (STR35ME)
The trip units do not have a specific rating: c LT (long time) overload protection: v adjustable threshold Ir (1), with an OFF position to disable the LT protection, v fixed time delay, in compliance with tripping class 10 as defined by IEC 947-4-1; c ST (short time) protection against mediumintensity short-circuits: v adjustable threshold Im (3), v adjustable time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) protection against high-intensity short-circuits, with fixed threshold I (5).
protection (STR55UE)
The trip units do not have a specific rating: c LT (long time) overload protection: v adjustable threshold Ir (1), v adjustable time delay (2), in compliance with tripping classes 5, 10, 20 and 30 as defined by IEC 947-4-1; c ST (short time) protection against mediumintensity short-circuits: v adjustable threshold Im (3), v adjustable time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) protection against high-intensity short-circuits, with adjustable threshold I (5).
other functions (STR35ME and STR55UE)

Overload indication A LED in front (7) indicates the load level (current flowing through the circuit breaker with respect to the Ir setting): c lit when load u 90% Ir; c flashing when load > 105% Ir. Test Test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73).
48
Merlin Gerin
characteristics of short-circuit protection devices with separate overload protection

046751
Compact NS80H-MA
This circuit breaker is specially designed for the protection of motors rated up to 37 kW: c due to its high current-limiting capacity, it effectively protects motor starters (type-2 coordination as defined by IEC 947-4, with contactors); c small size for easy installation in motor control centre (MCC) switchboards.
Functions c short-circuit protection using an integrated magnetic trip unit MA with adjustable settings; c suitability for isolation. Connections Front connection to integrated connectors for bare cables with cross-sections from 1.5 to 70 mm2.
Compact NS80H-MA
short-circuit protection (magnetic)

rating (A) tripping threshold (A) In Im (65C) 1.5 2.5 6.3 adjustable from 6...14 x In 12.5 25 50 80
041624
Compact NS100...NS630 with trip unit MA

For the protection of motors from 1.1 to 250 kW (400 V), Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit breakers must be equipped with a special trip unit MA with adjustable thresholds. This assembly ensures: c short-circuit protection (magnetic trip unit with adjustable thresholds); c suitability for isolation. For the Compact NS400 to NS630 circuit breakers, trip unit MA is not interchangeable. The circuit breaker and trip unit are supplied already assembled.
Compact NS250H
045198
trip unit for Compact NS100...NS630

rating (A) for Compact circuit breaker In N/H/L (65C) 2.5 6.3 12.5 25 NS100 c c c c NS160 c NS250 NS400 NS630 adjustable from 6...14 x In 50 c c 100 150 220 320 500 c c c c c c c c adjustable from 9..14 x In 9..14 x In
H/L
Compact NS400H-MA

tripping threshold (A) Im
Compact C801...C1251
For the protection of motors from 160 to 670 kW with Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers, equipped with an STR35ME or an STR55UE trip unit, it is possible to disable the LT protection. The circuit breakers ensure: c short-circuit protection (short time or instantaneous); c suitability for isolation.
Electrical characteristics c Compact NS80/630, see page 40; c Compact C801/1251, see page 42.
Merlin Gerin
49
Compact functions and characteristics
protection of industrial control panels
E44356

number of poles
electrical characteristics as per CEI 947-2 and EN 60 947-2

push to trip
rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) ratde impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V)
In Ui Uimp Ue
40C
AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 pole) 500 V (2 poles in series)
Icu
054556
DC service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles) Ics (% Icu)
440 V - In/2 440 V - In 240 V 480 V 600 V
electrical characteritics as per UL 508

Compact NSC100N
041625

protection against overcurrents (A) earth fault protection Ir interchangeable trip units setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

fixed / front connection adaptator for 60 mm busbars

auxiliary switches early-make or early-break contact electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
Compact NS250H
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended)

bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheons DIN rail plate

dimensions W x H x D (mm) weights (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC
(**) for operational voltage up to 500 V
50
Merlin Gerin
NSC100N
3, 4 100 750 8 690 250
NS100
3, 4 100 750 8 690 500
NS160
3, 4 150 750 8 690 500
NS250
3, 4 220 750 8 690 500
NS400
3, 4 320 750 8 690 500
NS630
3, 4 500 750 8 690 IN E 500
9 19
N
42 18 18 10 10 5 (125 V) 5 (250 V) 100 A
c
N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100 A c 50000 50000 30000 85 25 10 c 12.5...100 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100 A c
N
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100 A c
N
H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100 A c
20000 10000 7000 42 18 10 built-in 16...100 c c c c c c c c c c c 90 x 120 x 80 120 x 120 x 80 1.0 1.3
85 100 I A 45 70 V A 65 42 30 50 22 35 10 20 85 85 100 100 A A c c 15000 12000 6000 85 42 18 c 160...400 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 85 65 18
LA
N
85 45 42 30 22 10 100 A c 15000 8000 4000 85 42 30 c 250...630 c c c c c c c c c
c
H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100 A c
85 65 10
85 65 10
85 65 18
85 65 30
c c
c
c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8
105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1
105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1
105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.9 2.3
140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8
Merlin Gerin
51
Compact : functions et characteristics
protection of industrial control panels (cont.)
The NSC100N circuit breaker is specially designed to protect incoming feeders and groups of outgoing circuits on industrial control panels.
c Overload and short-circuit protection; c Isolation with positive contact indication, making it possible to service machines safely by isolating them from all power sources; c Compliance with standards applicable worldwide including IEC 947.2 and UL 508 / CSA22-2 no.14; c NA switch-disconnector version; c Installation in universal and functional type enclosures.
Marking
The UL 508 / CSA 22-2 no.14 approval is for a "Manual Motor Controller: across the line starter or General Use". The products are 100 % rated.
E42651
In=220A Ir 166 177

157 148 187 198 140 209 132 220
STR 22 ME
7.2 Ir 7.0 s
> 1.05 Ir
IEC 947.4 / cl.10
A
Trip-unit marking
Ir
13Ir
220A 1ph 3ph hp Vac 115 15 40 230 50 75 460 50 150 575 50 200 100% rated
test
E42651
LISTED MAN. MOTOR. CTRL. 34XL NSC100N-NA

R
UL / CSA logo
UL / CSA logo
LISTED MAN. MOTOR. CTRL. 34XL NS100-160-250 N/H/NA

R
This MMC is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the short-circuit current rating of this MMC indicated here below, or the upstream protective device interrupting capability, whichever is less, when protected by any protective device for Group fusing or Group installation. SC current rating kA 50/60 Hz Vac 240 42 480 18 600 10 Vac 115 230 460 575 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph hp ratings (A) 16 1 2 2 5 5 10 7.5 10 15 5 20 1.5 10 7.5 10 3 3 10 20 15 3 3 7.5 10 25 2 20 15 32 2 10 30 5 5 10 5 20 30 30 40 3 7.5 10 15 7.5 10 30 40 20 15 25 50 3 40 10 30 60 10 20 25 63 5 40 70 5 50 60 15 25 30 10 80 7.5 10 60 40 75 15 30 30 75 50 100 40 100 10 15 20 30 tripping current 125% 100% rated temperature rating tightening torque 75C wire size Nm lb-inch 14 AWG to 3/0 AWG Cu 50 5.5 12 AWG to 4/0 AWG Al
breaking capacity
breaking capacity
Equipped with TMD/DE or STR trip unit This MMC is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the short-circuit current rating of this MMC indicated here below, or the upstream protective device interrupting capability, whichever is less, when protected by any protective device for Group fusing or Group installation. SC current rating kA 50/60 Hz NS100 NS160 NS250 Vac N H N H N H 85 85 85 85 85 85 240 25 65 35 65 35 65 480 10 10 10 10 18 18 600 tripping current 125% 100% rated temperature rating Terminal kit tightening torque reference 75C wire size 4P Nm 3P lb-inch 14 AWG to 3/0 AWG Cu 29242 29243 106 11.3 12 AWG to 4/0 AWG Al 4 AWG to 2 AWG Cu,Al 1 AWG to 350 kcmil Cu,Al 180 230 20 29259 26 29260
horsepower rating
cable cross section and tightening torques
device marking (circuit breaker with interchangeable trip unit)
cable cross section and tightening torques
device marking (circuit breaker with integreted trip unit)
installation in an enclosure
E44458
200
150
The Compact circuit breakers can be installed in a metal enclosure together with the automation devices (contactors, motor protection circuit breakers, indicating lights, etc.). The minimum dimensions required for installation are shown opposite.
Minimum enclosure dimensions for installation

300
NSC100N NS100 N/H NS160 N/H NS250 N/H NS400 N/H NS630 N/H
Height (mm) 300 457 457 457 -
Depth (mm) 150 130 130 130 -
Width (mm) 200 208 208 208 -
52
Merlin Gerin
UL508 / CSA22-2 no. 14 approved circuit breakers

EXXXXX
P (hp) (480 V, 3P) Ir (A)
3 6
10 16
15 25
20 32
30 40
30 48
40 63
50 70
60 80
75 100
125 160
150 205
150 220
250 320
400 500
Compact NSC100N Compact NS100 NS250 Compact NS400 NS630
TMD
STR22ME STR43ME / STR23SE / STR53UE
c The electronic trip units (type STR) are designed to provide : v short-circuit protection, v overload protection, v phase-failure protection (STR22ME et STR43ME); c Magnetic trip units (type TMD) are designed to provide : v short circuit protection, v overload protection; c Type NA devices are switch-disconnectors which must always be protected upstream in accordance with applicable installation standards.
Circuit breakers
NSC100N
Trip units
TMD NA STR22ME NA TMD STR22SE/GE STR43ME NA STR23SE STR53UE
Approvals
"Manual Motor Controller: Across the Line Starter & General Use" "Manual Motor Controller: Across the Line Starter" "Manual Motor Controller: General Use" "Manual Motor Controller: Across the Line Starter"
NS100/160/250 N/H
NS400/630 N/H
protection of Compact NSC100N and NA
c fixed-threshold thermal protection against overloads ; c fixed-threshold magnetic protection against short-circuits.
Compact NSC100NA switch-disconnector is supplied fully assembled.
trip units
ratings (A) In short-circuit protection (magnetic) tripping threshold (A) Im 40C settings threshold
TM16D to TM100D
16 fixed 600 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
600
600
600
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1250
protection of Compact NS100 to 630 N/H and NA
The characteristics of trip units for Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit breakers are indicated in the chapters entitled "Protection of low voltage distribution network" and "Motor protection". All auxiliaries can be added to the circuit breaker by the user: c Padlocking devices (in "off" position). c Rotary handle. c Status indication auxiliary contacts (on, off and tripped). c Shunt or undervoltage releases. c Early-make or early-break contact. All rotary handles can be padlocked in "off" position. Optional door interlock, recommended for MCC panels (motor control center).
auxiliaries
Early-make or early-break contact

These auxiliary contacts make it possible to de-energise the downstream auxiliary circuits of the control panel as well as the auxiliary circuits supplying the MN release if applicable.
Rotary handle
Available in direct or extended versions for mounting up to 590 mm behind front. Choice of: c Black front and black handle. c Yellow front and red handle (for machine tools or emergency stop as per IEC 204/ VDE 0013).
Merlin Gerin
53
switch-disconnectors
E21272
Compact switch-disconnectors
number of poles
electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-3

push to trip
conventional thermal current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) rated operational current (A)
Ith Ui Uimp Ue Ie
60C
AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440/480 V (1) 500 V 660/690 V DC 250 V (1P) 500 V (2P) mini (switch-disconnector only) maxi (with circuit breaker upstream protection) (2) 1s 3s 20 s mechanical electrical AC electrical AC
push to trip
push to trip
86087
making capacity
Icm (kA peak)
short-time withstand current
Icw (A rms)
suitability for isolation endurance (category A) (CO cycles)

Compact NS100NA
Compact NS100NA to NS250NA switchdisconnectors are obtained by mounting an NA switch-disconnector module on the basic NS100 to NS250 frames.
electrical DC positive contact indication pollution degree
AC22A 500 V AC22A 690 V AC23A 440 V AC23A 500 V DC23A 250 V DC23A 500 V
switch-disconnector protection
According to installation standards, an upstream protection is required. Nonetheless, due to reflex tripping, Compact NS100NA to NS250NA switchdisconnectors self-protect for all fault currents greater than 10 kA.
protection
earth fault protection add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

fixed/front connection installation on symetrical rail fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism toggle operated rotary handles (direct, extended) lateral rotary handle locking by padlocks or keylock manual/automatic source changeover system

bare-cable connectors, terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

(1) Suitable for 480 V NEMA. (2) Upstream protection: see chapter "complementary technical information" page 220. (3) Extended only.
dimensions W x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
2/3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC

Merlin Gerin
54
NS100NA
2, 3, 4 100 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 100 100 100 100 100 DC 22 A 100 100 2.6 330 1800 1800 690 c 50000 50000 30000(50000-In/2) 30000(50000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.5 2.0
Merlin Gerin
NS160NA
2, 3, 4 160 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 160 160 160 160 160 DC 22 A 160 160 3.6 330 2500 2500 960 c 40000 40000 20000(40000-In/2) 20000(40000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.0
NS250NA
2, 3, 4 250 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 250 250 250 250 250 DC 22 A 250 250 4.9 330 3500 3500 1350 c 20000 20000 10000(20000-In/2) 10000(20000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.8 2.2 55
AC 23 A 100 100 100 100 100 DC 23 A 100 100
AC 23 A 160 160 160 160 160 DC 23 A 160 160
AC 23 A 250 250 250 250 250 DC 23 A 250 250
switch-disconnectors (cont.)
E21272
Compact switch-disconnectors
number of poles
electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-3

push to trip
conventional thermal current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) rated operational current (A)
Ith Ui Uimp Ue Ie
60C
AC 50/60 Hz CC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440/480 V (1) 500 V 660/690 V DC 250 V 500 V mini (switch-disconnector only) maxi (with circuit breaker upstream protection) (2) 1s 3s 20 s mechanical electrical AC electrical AC
push to trip
push to trip
86083
making capacity
Icm (kA peak)
short-time withstand current
Icw (A rms)
suitability for isolation endurance (category A) (CO cycles)

Compact NS400NA
electrical DC positive contact indication pollution degree
AC22A 500 V AC22A 690 V AC23A 440 V AC23A 500 V DC23A 250 V DC23A 500 V
86081
protection
earth fault protection add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

fixed/front connection installation on symetrical rail fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module
Compact C1251NI
switch-disconnector protection
According to installation standards, an upstream protection is required. Nonetheless, due to reflex tripping, Compact NS400 and 630NA switchdisconnectors self-protect for all fault currents greater than 15 kA.
control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism toggle operated rotary handles (direct, extended) lateral rotary handle locking by padlocks or keylock manual/automatic source changeover system

bare-cable connectors, terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

(1) Suitable for 480 V NEMA. (2) Upstream protection: see chapter. "complementary technical information" page 220. (3) 8 seconds.
dimensions W x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC

Merlin Gerin
56
NS400NA
3, 4 400 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 400 400 400 400 400 DC 22 A 400 (1P) 400 (2P) 7.1 330 5000 5000 1930 c 15000 15000 6000(12000-In/2) 6000(12000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 5.2 6.8
Merlin Gerin
NS630NA
3, 4 630 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 630 630 630 630 630 DC 22 A 630 (1P) 630 (2P) 8.5 330 6000 6000 2320 c 15000 15000 4000(8000-In/2) 4000(8000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 5.2 6.8
C801NI
3, 4 800 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 800 800 800 800 800 DC 22 A 800 (2P) 800 (3P) 20 330 10000 10000 (3) 6300 c 10000 10000 1500(3000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2) yes III
C1251NI
3, 4 1250 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 DC 22 A 1250 (2P) 1250 (3P) 30 154 15000 15000 (3) 9450 c 10000 10000 1500(3000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2) yes III
AC 23 A 400 400 400 400 400 DC 23 A 400 (1P) 400 (2P)
AC 23 A 630 630 630 630 630 DC 23 A 630 (1P) 630 (2P)
AC 23 A 800 800 800 800 800 DC 23 A 800 (2P) 800 (3P)
AC 23 A 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 DC 23 A 1250 (2P) 1250 (3P)
c c c c c
c c c c c
c c c c c c c c c 374 x 210 x 172 374 x 280 x 172 13 17
c c c c c c c c c 374 x 210 x 172 374 x 280 x 172 13 17 57
installation
fixed circuit breaker

Compact circuit breakers may be mounted vertically, horizontally or flat on their back without any derating of characteristics. Designed for easy installation in the various types of switchboards of each market and country.
E18580 E21020
Connection See details page 0036

E21293
push to trip
push to trip
mounting on backplate
E49661
push to trip
front connection
E23958
mounting on rails
E18850
push to trip
push to trip
mounting on symmetrical rails
push to trip
mounting on a Prisma functional mounting plate
rear connection
circuit breaker on a plug-in-base

The plug-in configuration makes it possible to: c extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connections; c allow for addition of future circuits at a later date.
041632
mounting on a backplate
Parts of a plug-in configuration c Compact circuit breaker (FC version); c set of power connections that are added to the circuit breaker; c plug-in base for mounting on a panel or on rails; c insulating screen, to be used when the circuit breaker is mounted on a backplate with front connections; c safety trip, to be installed on the circuit breaker, that causes automatic tripping if the circuit breaker is ON before engaging or withdrawing it. The safety trip does not prevent circuit breaker operation, even when the circuit breaker is disconnected; c mandatory short terminal shields. Connections The plug-in base is equipped with terminals which, depending on their orientation, serve for front and rear connection. These terminals can be replaced with spreaders. For installation on a backplate with rear connections, these terminals must be replaced with long insulated terminals. All terminals may be fitted with bare-cable connectors.
Compact NS250H on a plug-in-base

E21019
E21018
E21017
mounting through a front panel
mounting on rails
Protection against direct contacts with power circuits c circuit breaker plugged in: IP 4; c circuit breaker removed: IP 2; c circuit breaker removed, base equipped with shutters: IP 4.
Accessories The insulating accessories can be used to: c protect against direct contact; c increase insulation between phases. See page 63. Connection of auxiliaries: page 68.
58
Merlin Gerin
circuit breaker on a withdrawable chassis

041879
Compact NS100 to NS630

The chassis is made up of two side plates installed on the base and two other plates mounted on the circuit breaker. Chassis functions All functions of the plug-in base, plus:
E21282
Mounting c on a backplate, through a front panel or on rails; c horizontally or vertically. Accessories c auxiliary switches for installation on the fixed part of the chassis, indicating the "connected" and "disconnected" positions; c toggle collar for circuit breakers with toggle through front panel, intended to maintain the degree of protection whatever the position of the circuit breaker (supplied with a toggle extension); c keylock which, depending of the bolt fitted, can be used to: v prevent insertion for connection, v lock the circuit breaker in connected or disconnected position; c telescopic shaft for extended rotary handles (see page 70). Connection of auxiliaries: See page 68 manual or automatic auxiliary connector. Door cutouts A set of escutcheons makes it possible to: c optimise cutouts. Only one cutout is required for circuit breakers: v with 3 or 4 poles, v with toggles or direct rotary handles; c ensure an IP 40 degree of protection. The set comprises: c an escutcheon for the front of the chassis, providing access for locking and chassis operation; c an escutcheon for circuit breaker operation with a view-port for visualisation of trip-unit settings. Mounting c rear mounting on a backplate or rails; c mounting via the bottom on a plate or rails. Power connections c to cables with crimped lugs; c to flat or edgewise bars. Connection of auxiliaries Using automatic auxiliary connectors.
connected Compact NS250H on a withdrawable chassis
disconnected
removed
c disconnected position: the power circuits are disconnected, the circuit breaker is simply "withdrawn" and may still be operated (on, off, push-to-trip); c circuit breaker may be locked using 1 to 3 padlocks (diameter 5 to 8 mm), to prevent connection; c the auxiliaries can be tested (with manual auxiliary connector).
051163
Compact C801 to C1251

The multi-function chassis for the Compact C801 to C1251 is particularly suitable for incoming circuit breakers: c connection and disconnection through a door using a crank stored in the base of the chassis; c 2 positions (connected and disconnected) indicated: v locally by a position indicator, v remotely via auxiliary switches (2 switches for the connected position and 2 switches for the disconnected position); c opening and closing of the circuit breaker through the front panel. Locking systems c chassis locking in connected or disconnected position, by 3 padlocks and 2 keylocks that may be accessed through front panel; c door locking to prevent opening it when the breaker is in the connected position; c racking interlock to prevent insertion of the crank when the door is open.
Compact C801H on a withdrawable chassis

E16676
11
10 9 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
door interlock (optional) two auxiliary switches for the connected position (optional) connected/disconnected position indicator disconnected (connected) position locking using one to three padlocks racking crank storage disconnected (connected) position locking (optional) racking interlock (optional) two auxiliary switches for the connected position indication (optional) lock preventing circuit breaker removal shutters for the auxiliary connection block (optional) IP 40 shutters (optional)
Merlin Gerin
59
connection
Compact NS80
E23949
The Compact NS80 is equipped as standard with connectors for bare cables. Terminal shields can be fitted.
E29145
L
OFF
S
push to trip
L (mm) S (mm2)
NS80H 16 1,5...70
Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed front connected

connection to bars or cables with lugs
The Compact NS100 to NS630 are equipped as standard for direct connection to insulated bars or cables with lugs: terminals and snap-in nuts with screws c Compact NS100: M6; c Compact NS160/250: M8; c Compact NS400/630: M10.
E18601 E18600 E21276
Complementary terminal extensions (rightangle terminal extension, straight terminal extension, edwgewise terminal extension, speaders) for all connection requirements. On the Compact NS630, connections generally require spreaders (52.5 pitch).
E18599
E21293
push to trip
E23954
Right-angle terminal extension For NS100 to 630
Straight terminal extension For NS100 to NS250
Edwgewise terminal extension For NS400 to NS630
Spreaders For NS100 to 630
cable connectors Cable connectors for Compact NS will accept either copper or aluminium cables. lugs Lugs are available for either copper or aluminium cables. They are supplied with phase barriers and are compatible with long terminal shields.
E27797 E30907
push to trip
c Special lugs for connection of copper cables with CSA: v 120, 150 or 185 mm2 (NS100 to NS250), v 240 or 300 mm2 (NS400 to NS630). Crimping by hexagonal necking or punching. c Special lugs for connection of aluminium cables with CSA: v 150 or 185 mm2 (NS100 to NS250), v 240 or 300 mm2 (NS400 to NS630).Crimping by hexagonal necking.
E23955
Lug for copper cable
Lug for aluminium cable
Compact
push to trip
NS100 35 i 25 i 10 >6
NS160/250 35 i 25 i 10 >8
NS400/630 45 i 32 i 16 > 10
E18578
pole pitch (mm) L (mm) d (mm) (mm)
d L
d L
60
Merlin Gerin
E18599
Spreaders Increase the pole pitch. Can be fitted onto the breaker or the plug-in base terminals. Not compatible with terminal shields on Compact NS100250. Specific terminal shields on Compact NS400/630. NS100 45 i 25 i 10 >6 NS160/250 45 i 25 i 10 >8 NS400/630 52.5 i 40 i 20 > 12
E23956
push to trip
pole pitch (mm) L (mm) d (mm) (mm)

E18872
70 i 60 i 20 > 12
connection to bare cables

E21294
push to trip
E22041
c 1-cable connectors for Compact NS100 to NS250: snap directly onto the circuit breaker terminals or may be added, using clips, onto the right-angle terminal extensions, the rear connections or the terminals of the plug-in base; c all connectors for Compact NS400/630: screw onto the circuit breaker terminals, the right-angle terminal extensions or the terminals of the plug-in base;
Copper or aluminium cable
E29145
L S
E22040
NS100/160 L (mm) S (mm2) 20 Cu 1.5...95 Al 1.5...95 NS400/630 cables L (mm) S (mm2) 1 20 35...300
NS250 20 10...185 25...185
2 3060 70...240
E23957
push to trip
c distribution connectors for Compact NS100 to NS250: fit onto the circuit breaker terminals. Flexible phase barriers are supplied along with the distribution connectors, they can be replaced by long terminal shields For 6 cables with a CSA of 1.5 to 35 mm2 each.
c The distributor "Polybloc" for Compact NS100 to NS250 connects directly to the breaker terminals. It allows 6 flexible or rigid cables i 10 mm2 per pole. The outgoing connections are the screwless spring loaded type.
E18598
E24076
Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed rear connected

E21013 E18579
For connection of bars or cables with lugs (or bare cables, using standard bare-cable connectors with clips). 2 lengths are available. Rear connections, both lenghts are available long and short, are easily installed on the circuit breaker terminals. The same connection may be installed flat, edgewise or at a 45 angle. All combinations are possible, including different lengths on a single circuit breaker. The circuit breaker is mounted on a backplate.
2 lengths
E21281
push to trip
4 positions
Merlin Gerin
61
connection (cont.)
Compact C801 to C1251 fixed front connected

connection to bars
M10x40
The Compact C8011251 are fitted as standard with terminals comprising threaded studs for direct connection to bars. Pole pitch: 52.5 mm.
E23961
E23962
E23963
11 11 12,5 = = 25 50 25 50 12,5 12,5
E23980
E23981
Spreaders increase the pitch for easier connection. The spreaders can themselves be fitted with bare-cable connectors or rightangle terminal extensions, but are not compatible with terminal shields. Pitch: 120 mm
connection to bare cables

E23968
1
E23969
2
E24097 E23970
58
M10
38 S
3 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 185 mm2
4 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 240 mm2
Copper or aluminium cables
connection to cables with lugs

E23973 E23974
M10x40 M12
The additional connectors are suitable for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs (CSA i 300 mm2).
E26808
int. max. = 23
12 < 13
110 max.
E23971
= = 40
Compact C801 to C1251 fixed rear connected

connection to bars
E23965
Connection to flat or edgewise bars, depending on how the terminals are installed.
M10x40
E23964
E23961
11 11 12,5 = 25 = 12,5 12,5
M10x40 50
25
50
connection to cables with lugs

M12
M12
E23975
E23976
M10x40
M10x40
62
Merlin Gerin
E18618
Terminal shields Sealable insulating accessories used for protection against direct contact with power circuits: c degree of protection: IP 40; c supplied with sealing accessories. Terminal shield selection c for fixed circuit breakers (front connection): long terminal shields; c for fixed circuit breakers (rear connection): short terminal shields; c for plug-in circuit breakers: mandatory short terminal shields; c for voltage > 440 V, mandatory terminal shields; c for voltage > 525 V, special connection kit including terminal shields and insulating screens; c for Compact NS400630 with spreader: special terminal shields for spreader. Long terminal shields for plug-in bases These insulating accessories are used to: c protect against direct contact with power circuits, degree of protection: IP 40.5; c increase insulation between phases. Insulating accessories for plug-in bases include: c an adapter offering the same connection possibilities as for the circuit breaker; c long terminal shields or special phase barriers.
E18606
insulation accessories
Phase barriers (Compact NS) c safety accessories for maximum insulation at the power connection points; c clip easily onto the circuit breaker; c usable with all other connection accessories, except terminal shields; c special version for plug-in bases.
E26033
Rear insulating screens (Compact NS) Safety accessories for ensuring insulation between power connections and the backplate. May be used with terminal shields or with phase barriers.
Merlin Gerin
63
auxiliaries
auxiliary switches
Changeover contact Auxiliary switches remote the circuit breaker operating status and can thus be used for indications, electrical locking, relays, etc. Functions c OF (open/closed): indicates the position of the circuit breaker contacts; c SD (trip indication): indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: v an overload, v a short-circuit, v an earth fault, v the operation of a voltage release or of the "push-to-trip" button, the operation of plug-in base or chassis when breaker is on. Resets when the circuit breaker is reset; c SDE (fault indication): indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an overload, a short-circuit or an earth fault. Resets when the circuit breaker is reset; c SDV (Vigi fault indication): indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an earth fault. Resets when the Vigi module is reset; c CAM (early-make or early-break function): indicates the position of the rotary handle. Used in particular for advanced-opening safety trip devices; c connected/disconnected: indicates the position of a withdrawable breaker. c switching of very low loads: All the above auxiliary switches are also available in "low-level" versions capable of switching very low loads (e.g. for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits). Standards Auxiliary switches comply with IEC 947-5. Installation c functions OF, SD, SDE and SDV: v the switches clip into slots behind the front of the circuit breaker (or the Vigi module for the SDV function); v for Compact NS80630, one model serves for all indication functions depending on where it is fitted in the circuit breaker. The SDE function on a circuit breaker equipped with a thermal-magnetic trip unit requires the SDE actuator; c CAM: to be fitted in the rotary handle module. Depending on how it is installed, it ensures either the CAO (early-break) or the CAF (early-make) function; c "connected/disconnected" function: 2 parts to be fitted on the chassis and the withdrawable circuit breaker. Communication Auxiliary switches for Compact NS are also available in communicating version and can be installed in place of the standard switches (see Digipact catalogue). Connection See page 68. Electrical characteristics for Compact NS100 to NS630 conventional switches rated thermal current (A) 6 minimum load 10 mA with 24 V AC utilisation category (IEC 947-5-1) AC12 AC15 operational current (A) 24 V 6 6 48 V 6 6 110 V 6 5 220/240 V 6 4 250 V 380/415 V 6 3 440 V 6 3 660/690 V 6 0.1 "low-level" switches 5 1 mA with 4 V AC AC12 AC15 5 3 5 3 5 2.5 5 2 5 5 1.5 1.5
044314
for Compact NS100 to NS630
86089
for Compact C801 to C1251
DC DC12 2.5 2.5 0.8 0.3
DC14 1 0.2 0.05 0.03
DC DC12 5 2.5 0.8 0.3
DC14 1 0.2 0.05 0.03
Electrical characteristics for Compact C801 to C1251 rated thermal current (A) 2 function OF, SD SDE operational current (A) AC DC 220 V 380 V 24 V 48 V 110 V 220 V 5 1.4 2.8 1 0.3 0.1 5 1.4 2
CAM 5 1.4 2.8 1 1 0.1
connected disconnected 5 2
0.15
0.15
64
Merlin Gerin
voltage releases
044313
A voltage release can be used to trip the circuit breaker via a control signal. Undervoltage release (MN) c trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage drops below a tripping threshold; c tripping threshold between 0.35 and 0.7 times the rated voltage; c circuit breaker closing is possible only if the voltage exceeds 0.85 times the rated voltage. Circuit breaker tripping by an MN release meets the requirements of IEC 947-2 standard. Time-delay unit for an MN release Eliminates nuisance trippings due to voltage dips i 200 ms c used in conjunction: v with a 250 V DC MN release, control voltage: 220/240 V AC, v with a 48 V DC MN release, control voltage: 48 V AC.
Shunt release (MX) Trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage rises above 0.7 x Un. Impulse type u 20ms or maintained control signals. Operation c when the circuit breaker has been tripped by a release (MN or MX), it must be reset either locally or by remote control; c MN or MX tripping has priority over manual (or motor mechanism) closing. In the presence of a standing trip order, such on action does not result in any closing, even temporary, of the main contacts; c endurance: v 50% of the rated mechanical endurance of the circuit breaker for Compact NS100630, v 1000 cycles for Compact C8011251. Installation and connection c the releases snap in behind the front cover; c connection using wires with a CSA of up to 1.5 mm2, to integrated terminals blocks. NS100 to NS630 AC DC < 10 VA < 5 VA < 50 < 10 W <5W < 50 C801 to C1251 AC DC < 150 VA < 8 VA < 50 < 150 W <5W < 50
for Compact NS100 to NS630
048504
Electrical characteristics for Compact consumption

for Compact C801 to C1251
pick-up (MX) seal-in (MN, MNR)
response time (ms)
Merlin Gerin
65
auxiliaries (cont.)
motor mechanism for Compact NS100 to NS630

When equipped with a motor mechanism module, Compact NS circuit breakers feature very high mechanical endurance as well as easy and sure operation: c all circuit breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including trip unit settings and indications; c suitability for isolation is maintained and padlocking remains possible; c double insulation front face. Applications c local motor-driven operation, centralised operation, automatic distribution control; c normal/standby source changeover or switching to a replacement source to optimise energy costs; c load shedding and reconnection to optimise energy costs; c synchrocoupling. Automatic operation c on and off by two impulse type or maintained control signals; c automatic spring charging following voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with standard wiring; c mandatory manual reset following tripping due to an electrical fault.
E21006
Manual operation c transfer to manual mode using switch (9) with possibility of remote mode indication; c on and off by 2 push-buttons; c recharging of stored-energy system by pumping the lever 9 times; c padlocking in off position. Installation and connection c all installation (fixed, plug-in/withdrawable) and connection possibilities are maintained; c connection of the motor mechanism module behind its front cover to an integrated terminal block, for cables with a CSA up to 2.5 mm2. Accessories c keylock for locking in off position. c operations counter for the Compact NS400 and NS630, indicating the number of on and off cycles. The counter must be installed on the front of the motor mechanism module. Communication The motor mechanism module for Compact NS is also available in communicating version (see Digipact catalogue).
047313
Compact NS250H with motor mechanism
Characteristics motor mechanism response time (ms) rate (cycles/minute max.) control voltage (V) opening closing DC AC 50/60 Hz consumption DC (W) AC (VA) opening closing opening closing MT100 to MT630 < 600 < 80 4 24/30 - 48/60 110/130 - 250 48 (50 Hz) - 110/130 220/240 - 380/440 i 500 i 500 i 500 i 500
MERLIN GERIN
compact
NS400 H
Ui 750V. Uimp 8kV. Ue Icu (V) (kA) 220/240 380/415 440 500/525 600/690 100 70 65 40 35
2 2
cat B Icw 6kA / 0,25s. Ics = 100% Icu IEC 947-2

UTE VDE BS UNE NEMA CEI
I ON
charged
In = 400A
Electrical endurance (circuit breaker + motor mechanism module, thousands of operations, at 440 V).
manu auto
O
push OFF
I
push ON
E21300
50 40 30 NS100 NS160
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
20 15 10
contact position indicator (suitability for isolation). outgoing circuit identification labels. spring status indicator (charged, discharged). locking device (keylock). locking device (off position) using 1 to 3 padlocks, diameter 5 to 8 mm, not supplied. manual spring charging lever. I (on) push-button. O (off) push-button. manual/auto mode selection switch; the position of the switch can be indicated remotely. operations counter (Compact NS400/630).
NS250 NS400 NS630 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,7 1 I/In
6 4 0,1
66
Merlin Gerin
motor mechanism for Compact C801 to C1251

The motor mechanism fits on the front face of Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers. Two types of mechanism are available: c standard, type T; c rapid closing for synchrocoupling, type TS. All circuit breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including trip unit settings and indications. Suitability for isolation and double insulation of the front face are maintained. Applications c local motor-driven operation, centralised operation, automatic distribution control; c normal/standby source changeover or switching to a replacement source to optimise energy costs; c load shedding and reconnection to optimise energy costs; c synchrocoupling (with type TS). Automatic operation c on and off by two impulse type or maintained control signals; c automatic spring charging following voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with standard wiring; Characteristics motor mechanism response time (ms) rate (cycles/minute max.) control voltage (V) opening closing DC AC 50/60 Hz consumption DC (W) AC (VA) opening closing opening closing T801/1001/1251 500 400 2 24 - 48/60 - 110/125 220/250 110/127 - 220/240 380/415 - 440/480 500 500 110 to 240 V 380 to 480 V 750 1000 750 1000 TS801/1001/1251 (for synchrocoupling) 1500 60 2 24/30 - 110/125 110/127 - 220/240 400 220 110 to 240 V 400 220 c mandatory manual reset following tripping due to an electrical fault. Manual operation (type T) c transfer to manual mode when the transparent cover is opened; c opening, closing and resetting by a 3-position toggle; c padlocking in "off" position. Installation and connection c all installation (fixed, withdrawable) and connection possibilities are maintained; c connection of the motor mechanism module behind its front cover to an integrated terminal block, for cables with a CSA up to 2.5 mm2. Accessories c keylock for locking in off position (with type T); c SDE switch for remote resetting.
86090
Compact C1001L with motor mechanism type T
Electrical endurance (circuit breaker + motor mechanism in thousands of cycles FO IEC 947-2, at 440 V with a power factor of 0.8). Endurance at 660 V equals 70% of endurance at 440 V.
E24044
20 15 10 6 4 3 2 1,5 1 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 1 I/In
Merlin Gerin
67
auxiliaries (cont.)
auxiliary function possibilities

E28443 E28444 E21295
OF1
SD
SDE
OF2
OF1
OF2
OF3
SD
SDE
MN/MX
OF
SD
MN/MX
commande rotary rotative
tlcommande motor ou mechanism commande or rotative rotary handle
MN/MX
ou mechanism
commande or rotative
tlcommande motor
E26034
MN/MX
OF+SD
ou or
3OF+SD
rotary handle
SDE SDV
SDV
handle
tlcommande motor ou mechanism commande or rotative rotary handle
NS80H-MA
NS100/160/250
NS400/630
C801/1251
connection of auxiliaries: Compact NS80 to NS630

Each auxiliary device is fitted with numbered terminal blocks for cables with the following maximum CSA: c 1.5 mm2 for auxiliary switches and the voltage release; c 2.5 mm2 for the motor mechanism module.
E18585
fixed configuration
Auxiliary circuits exit the device through a knock out in the front cover.
E18586
plug-in and withdrawable configurations

E21397
bloc 1
OF1 SD MN/MX
bloc 2
OF2/SDV SDE/MT MT
Automatic auxiliary connectors Auxiliary circuits exit the circuit breaker via one to three automatic auxiliary connectors (nine wires each). These are made up of: c a moving part, connected the circuit breaker via a support (one support per circuit breaker); c a fixed part, mounted on the plug-in base, equipped with connectors for bare cables with CSA up to 2.5 mm2. Automatic auxiliary connector selection See opposite. For Compact NS400/630: connection wires for the options installed with trip unit STR53UE also exit via the automatic auxiliary connectors. Manual auxiliary connector for withdrawable configurations Withdrawable circuit breakers may be equipped with one to three plugs with nine wires each. In "disconnected" position, the auxiliaries remain connected and can therefore be tested by operating the circuit breaker.

E21398
bloc 3 bloc 1
OF1 SD MN/MX OF3/SDV COM OF2 SDE/MT T MT
bloc 2

E18587
9-wire manual auxiliary connector
68
Merlin Gerin
connections of auxiliaries: Compact C801 to C1251

E24051
fixed configuration
Front connection of auxiliaries External wires connect directly to the auxiliary through a knock-out in the front cover. Each terminal is identified by a number.
Rear connection terminal block
Rear connection of auxiliaries Wires connect: c directly to the auxiliary through the back of the breaker; c to a terminal block fixed on the back of the Compact (6.35 mm tabs). This terminal block is identical to the fixed part of the auxiliary connectors.
E24050
E24049
E24054
withdrawable configuration
E24053

fixed part moving part Auxiliary connector: moving part fixed part
Auxiliary connections are made via an auxiliary connector with 3 or 6 terminals, depending on the auxiliary. Connectors are equipped with numbered terminals and comprise: c a moving part, fixed to the Compact, for connection of colour-coded internal wiring; c a fixed part, mounted on the chassis. This part provides the terminal block for external connections (6.35 mm tabs). Test connector for auxiliary circuits This connector can be used to test auxiliaries on withdrawable circuit breakers in the disconnected position.
Merlin Gerin
69
auxiliaries (cont.)
rotary handles
045349
direct rotary handle

Degree of protection: IP 40. Operation c the direct rotary handle maintains: v suitability for isolation, v indication of three positions O (off) I (on) and tripped, v access to the "push-to-trip" button, v visibility of and access to trip unit settings; c the circuit breaker may be locked in the off position by one to three padlocks, diameter 5 to 8 mm (not supplied).
Installation Replaces the circuit breaker front cover. Secured by screws. Models c standard with black handle; c VDE with red handle and yellow front for machine-tool control. Variations for Compact NS100630 Accessories transform the standard direct rotary handle for the following situations: c motor control centre (MCC) switchboards: v door opening prevented when circuit breaker is on; v circuit breaker closing inhibited when door open; v degree of protection : IP 43; c machine-tool control, complies with CNOMO E03.81.501N, degree of protection IP 54. Installation The extended rotary handle is made up of: c a unit that replaces the front cover of the circuit breaker (secured by screws); c an assembly (handle and front plate) on the door that is always secured in the same position, whether the circuit breaker is installed vertically or horizontally; c an extension shaft that must be adjusted. The distance between back of circuit breaker and door are: v Compact NS100/250: 185 to 600 mm, v Compact NS400/630: 210 to 625 mm, v Compact C801/1251N/H: - short shaft: 195 to 330 mm, - long shaft: 275 to 525 mm, v Compact C801/1251L: - short shaft: 285 to 420 mm, - long shaft: 365 to 615 mm. Variation for Compact NS100630 For withdrawable configurations, the extended rotary handle is also available with a telescopic shaft with two stable positions. Variation for Compact C8011251 This option comprises the same elements, except that: c the handle is fitted on a different front plate; c only the short model of the extension shaft is available.
Compact NS250L with direct rotary handle
044316
extended rotary handle

Makes it possible to operate circuit breakers installed inside switchboard from the front. Degree of protection: IP 55. Operation c the unit maintains: v suitability for isolation; v indication of the three positions O (off), I (on) and tripped; v visibility of and access to trip unit settings when the door is open; c door opening prevented when circuit breaker is on; c the circuit breaker may be locked in the off position by one to three padlocks, diameter 5 to 8 mm (not supplied). Locking prevents opening of the switchboard door. Models c standard with black handle; c VDE with red handle and yellow front for machine-tool control.
Compact NS250L with extended rotary handle
accessories
Shaft support Intended for the extended rotary handle (short shaft) of Compact C8011251. Automatically supplied with orders for long shafts. Eliminates vertical play at the end of the shaft. Facilitates closing of switchboard doors equipped with several rotary handles. Early make/break switches See page 64. Locking and interlocking systems See opposite page.
70
Merlin Gerin
locking and interlocking systems

locking systems
c locking in the off position guarantees isolation as per IEC 947-2 standard; c padlocking systems can receive up to three padlocks with diameters ranging from 5 to 8 mm (padlocks not supplied).
E18613
E18621
E18620
ON I
push to trip
push to trip
pr
of
al
ux
O OFF
locking of the toggle using a removable device
locking of the toggle using a fixed device
locking of the rotary handle using a padlock or a keylock
control device toggle
direct rotary handle MCC rotary handle extended rotary handle motor mechanism
function lock in off position lock in off or on position lock in off position lock in off position lock in off position, door opening prevented lock in off position, motor mechanism locked out
means padlock padlock padlock keylock padlock padlock keylock padlock keylock
required accessories removable device fixed device
NS100630 c c c c c c
C8011251 c
locking device + keylock
c c
keylock c c
c c c c (1)
locking device (keylock incorporated)
(1) Keylocks cannot be installed on automatic source changeover systems.
interlocking systems
E21287
Interlocking prevents the simultaneous closing of two circuit breakers. control device toggle rotary handle (direct or extended) means double bolt mechanical device mechanical interlocking 2 keylocks and 1 key NS100630 c c c C8011251
c c
push to trip
push to trip
c two double-bolt mechanical devices can be used to interlock three circuit breakers installed side-by-side, in which case one circuit breaker is in the on position and the two others in the off position.
ON I
ON I
ON I
ON I
reset tripped
c interlocking with keys may be easily implemented by equipping each of the Compact, either fixed or withdrawable, with a direct rotary handle and a standard keylock, but with only one key for the two keylocks. This solution enables two geographically distant circuit breakers to be interlocked.
E21399
O OFF
tripped
O OFF
O OFF
reset
O OFF
Merlin Gerin
71
accessories
indications and measurement

048287
voltage presence indicator

For Compact NS100630 Function Detects and indicates that circuit breaker terminals are supplied with power. Installation c in the long or short terminal shields, via the knockouts, upstream or downstream from the circuit breaker; c degree of protection: IP 40. Voltage presence indicator cannot be installed on circuit breakers equipped with a motor mechanism.
Electrical characteristics Operates on all networks with voltages ranging from 220 to 550 V AC.
Compact NS630L with voltage presence indicator
041892
current transformer module

For Compact NS100630 Function Measures phase currents for display by an ammeter or a Dialpact EI or EP module (not supplied). Installation c directly on the downstream circuit breaker terminals; c degree of protection: IP 40; c class II insulation of the front face from the power circuits; c connection to an integrated terminal block for 6 cables with 2.5 mm2 CSA.
Electrical characteristics c transformer with 5 A secondary winding; c accuracy class 3 for the following output power consumptions: v rating 100 A: 1.6 VA; v rating 150 A: 3 VA; v rating 250 A: 5 VA; v ratings 400/630 A: 8 VA.
Compact NS160H with current transformer module
ammeter and Imax ammeter modules

For Compact NS100630 Function c ammeter module Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter) the current of each phase (selection of phases by 3-position switch in front); c Imax ammeter module Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter) the maximum current that has flown in the middle phase (resettable in front).
Installation c same for both types of ammeter modules; c directly on the downstream circuit breaker terminals; c circuit breaker may be installed either vertically or horizontally as the ammeter may be installed in its module in any of four directions (90 angles); c degree of protection: IP 40; c class II insulation of the front face from the power circuits. Electrical characteristics c ammeter module: v accuracy: class 4.5; c Imax ammeter module: v accuracy: 6%, v maximum currents are displayed only if they last at least 15 minutes.
045212
Compact NS250L with ammeter module
72
Merlin Gerin
insulation monitoring module

For Compact NS100630 Function Detects and indicates an insulation drop on a load circuit (TN-S or TT systems). c operation is identical to that of a Vigi module (see page 34), but without circuit breaker tripping; c indication by a red LED in front; c an auxiliary switch may be installed for remote insulation-drop indications. Installation c directly on the downstream circuit breaker terminals; c degree of protection: IP 40; c double insulation of the front face.
Compact NS250H with insulation monitoring module
Electrical characteristics c settings: 100, 200, 500 and 1000 mA; c accuracy: -50 +0%; c time delay following drop: 5 to 10 s; c network voltage: 200 to 440 V AC and 440 to 550 V AC.
041896
electronic trip unit test kits

The two systems presented below are compatible with Compact and Masterpact circuit breakers.
047035
mini test kit

The mini test kit is a portable unit requiring no external power supply (five 9 V alkaline batteries, not supplied), used to check operation of the electronic trip unit and circuit breaker tripping. It connects to the test connector on the front of the trip unit.
mini test kit
052172
portable test kit

The calibration test kit is used to check the operation of the trip unit by measuring the actual trip time: c long-time protection; c short-time protection; c instantaneous protection; c earth-fault protection; Power supply: 110, 220 V AC 50/60 Hz. This test kit is common to the Compact NS, C, CM and Masterpact ranges.
portable test kit
Merlin Gerin
73
accessories (cont.)
front panel escutcheons

for fixed or plug-in Compact NS
E23935 E21265
22 O OFF O OFF
arged disch arged disch
5...8 5...8
O O
OFF push h OFF pus
II
ON push h ON pus
push to trip
E23938
ON I
E23936
push to trip
O OFF
Toggle cover c degree of protection IP 43; c filts on the front of the circuit breaker.
E22039
Front panel escutcheons for toggle and Vigi module Secures to the panel, from the front.
Front panel escutcheon for motor mechanism module or rotary handle Secures to the panel by four screws, from the front. For motor-driven circuit breakers with a Vigi module installed through the door, use the toggle collar (see below) for the Vigi module.
80 40 0 120
Front panel escutcheon for ammeter module Secures to the panel by 4 screws, from the front.
E21267
for withdrawable Compact NS
Toggle collars for toggle and Vigi module
push to trip
The toggle collars make it possible to maintain degrees of protection whatever the circuit breaker position (connected, disconnected). c front panel escutcheons are obligatory (identical to those for rotary handle and for ammeter module); c toggle collars secured by 2 screws on the circuit breaker; c front panel escutcheons secured on the switchboard; c toggle extension is supplied with the toggle collar. For the insulation monitoring module, use the same elements as for the Vigi module. Front panel escutcheons for motor mechanism, rotary handles, ammeter modules Same as for the fixed circuit breaker with the same equipment (see above).
for Compact C801...1251

E26032
extended escutcheon
Standard escutcheon For fixed configurations with toggle control. Secures to the panel. Toggle collar For withdrawable configurations with toggle control. Secures to the circuit breaker. Supplied with toggle extension. Escutcheon for chassis operation May be combined with a toggle collar or an escutcheon with view port, for access to the chassis controls through the panel. Degree of protection: IP 40.
escutcheon with view port
Escutcheon with view port The trip unit settings are visible through the view port with the door closed. For fixed or withdrawable configurations, two models : c toggle control (supplied with a toggle collar that secures to the circuit breaker and a toggle extension); c rotary handle (secures to the panel). Degree of protection IP 40.
escutcheon for chassis operation
74
Merlin Gerin
outgoing circuit identification

E18595
P D E P. P O M
.P DE P
push to trip
Compact NS circuit breakers come with labels designed for handwritten indications. It is also possible to use pre-printed Telemecanique labels, catalogue no. AB1-: c Compact NS80: 8 characters; c Compact NS100250: 8 characters; c Compact NS400630: 16 characters.
label holder
E23853
Outgoing circuit identification for Compact C801C1251. It can be installed with two self-tapping screws in the two holes provided on the front of the Compact. This option includes the elements required to fit lead seals to prevent: c front removal; c rotary handle removal; c opening of the motor mechanism module; c access to auxiliaries; c access to trip unit settings; c access to earth fault protection settings; c trip unit removal; c terminal shield removal; c access to power connections. Description Individual enclosures house a Compact or Vigicompact (2P, 3P or 4P). All fixed front connections are possible, except right-angle and edgewise terminal extensions. Spreaders may be mounted only in enclosures designed for Compact or Vigicompact NS250 or NS630. There are two models for individual enclosures: c heavy-duty sheet-metal enclosures, with: v a metal case, v a door with keylock and a knockout for the rotary handle, v a CNOMO rotary handle (see page 70), v a mounting plate for the circuit breaker, v a removable plate (without holes), for cable passage through the bottom; c insulating heavy-duty enclosures, with: v an insulating case, v a screwed, transparent cover, sealable, with a knockout for the rotary handle, v an extended rotary handle (see page 70), v a mounting plate for the circuit breaker, v 2 removable plates (without holes), for cable passage through the bottom and/or the top. Dimensions Sheet-metal enclosures L x H x D Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250/400 Compact NS630 Vigicompact NS250/630 Compact C801/1251 Insulating enclosures Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250 Compact NS400/630 Vigicompact NS250/630 300 x 400 x 200 400 x 500 x 200 400 x 600 x 200 600 x 800 x 275 600 x 1000 x 275 LxHxD 270 x 360 x 235 270 x 540 x 235 360 x 720 x 235
sealing accessories
E18596
individual enclosures
Merlin Gerin
75
source-changeover systems
E26806
QN
QR
A source-changeover system is an essential element in ensuring service continuity and energy management. It switches between: c source N which normally supplies the installation; c source R (replacement) which can be either another feeder or a generator set.
The system comprises two devices (circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors) that are interlocked mechanically and, for automatic source-changeover systems, electrically. Interlocks prevent connection to both sources at the same time, even momentarily. The two devices may be controlled manually (manual source-changeover system) or automatically (automatic source-changeover system).
manual source-changeover systems

interlocking of circuit breakers with toggle control
Two models: c for Compact NS100...250 (three or fourpole); c for Compact NS400...630 (three or fourpole). Padlocking systems can receive 1 or 2 padlocks with diameters ranging from 5 to 8 mm. Both circuit breakers should be fixed version or plug-in version. Interlocking of three circuit breakers Two identical systems can be used to interlock three circuit breakers installed sideby-side, in which case one circuit breaker is in the on position and the two others in the off position.
E21287
push to trip
push to trip
interlocking of circuit breakers with rotary handles

ON I
ON I
ON I
ON I
reset tripped
Two models: c for Compact NS100...630 (three or fourpole); c for Compact C801...1251. Padlocking of the rotary handles is possible with the circuit breakers in off position.
E21399
O OFF
tripped
O OFF
O OFF
reset
O OFF
interlocking with keys

E26766
ON
ON I
rese
O
OFF
O OFF
For circuit breakers equipped with rotary handles or a motor mechanism. This solution enables interlocking between two circuit breakers that are geographically distant or that have significantly different characteristics. Use: c a keylock adapter (different for each device); c two identical keylocks with a single key.
interlocking by base plates

E33943
Two models: c for Compact NS100...250; c for Compact NS100...630. Details: see page 79.
The base plates described below are designed for two Compact circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors. They provide mechanical and electrical interlocking of the two devices. The Compact circuit breakers may be fixed or plug-in type with or without earth-fault protection or indication/measurement modules. The "Normal" and "Replacement" devices must have the same number of poles.
push to trip
push to trip
76
Merlin Gerin
automatic source-changeover systems

053042 053060
automatic source-changeover systems
Controller
source-changeover system
The source-changeover system is made up of: 1 - circuit breaker QN equipped with a motor mechanism and auxiliary switches, connected to the "Normal" source. 2 - circuit breaker QR equipped with a motor mechanism and auxiliary switches, connected to the "Replacement" source. 3 - installation and interlocking base plate. 4 - electrical interlocking unit IVE. automatic control of the system can be provided by adding: 5 - auxiliaries control plate ACP 6 - controller BA or UA accessories: 7 - coupling accessory (downstream connection).
E32699
without controller
053058
In this case, the automatic control system to initiate changeovers between the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources under predefined conditions must be provided by the customer.
QR QN
3 1
with controller
E32700
In this case, conditional changeovers between the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources are initiated by a Merlin Gerin controller.
IN N GER MERLI
GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 9
0 . OFF
GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 660V 92-1 AC3-IEC2 9
0 . OFF
660V 92-1 AC3-IEC2
N R N
UN ON / ON / OFF fault
stop
UN =
UR
0,5s
I /O 1 UN =
0,5s
Test
I /O
OFF fault
Test
manu
test
R N
IN N GER MERLI
N R
UR
UN =
UN ON / ON / OFF fault auto I /O fault OFF I /O UN = 1
5 6
stop
manu
test
STOP
generat
or
R N
coupling accessory
E32701
B US
This accessory can be used on a sourcechangeover system, with or without controller, to simplify connection to the installation.
7
Merlin Gerin
77
automatic source-changeover systems (cont.) circuit breaker selection

possible circuit breaker combinations for "Normal" and "Replacement" circuits
E27106
rating (A)
12.5100 12.5160 12.5250 160400 250630 320800 4001000 5001250
"Normal" N
NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630 C801 C1001 C1251 N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/NI L N/H L N/H/NI
"Replacement" R
NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630 C801 C801 C1001 C1001 C1251 N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/NI L N/H L N/H/NI
characteristics of automatic source-changeover systems

Compact
number of poles
NS100 to NS250
NS400 to NS630
C801 to C1251
identical for "Normal" and "Replacement" circuit breakers (3 or 4 poles) all trip units possible (and may be different for the two circuit breakers) c c c c c c c c 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 24 to 250 V 24 to 250 V 500 VA 500 VA 500 W 500 W 800 ms 800 ms 5000 5000 -25C to +70C (50C for 440 V / 60 Hz) 220 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 1000 VA 500 W 4000 ms 5000
protection
overcurrent protection earth-fault protection by Vigi module (1) earth-fault protection by Vigirex relay switch-disconnector version
electrical characteristics
control voltage AC DC AC DC
maximum consumption
minimum transfer time mechanical endurance (N-R-N cycles) operating temperature

same for "Normal" and "Replacement" device: fixed or plug-in.
control, indication and measurement auxiliaries

available auxiliary switches electronic trip-unit functions voltage presence indicators current transformer or ammeter insulation monitoring module auxiliary trip units motor mechanism rotary handle connectors terminals rear connections terminal shields or phase barriers escutcheons OF + SD (+ SDV) c c c (2) c (2) MN or MX obligatory c c c (3) c c 2 x OF + SD (+ SDV) c c c (2) c (2) MN or MX obligatory c c c (3) c c OF + SD MN or MX obligatory c c c c
(1) A Vigi module can only be mounted on one of the two devices, (2) Vigi module or current transformer or ammeter or insulation monitoring module, (3) Long rear connections only.
78
Merlin Gerin
automatic source-changeover systems (cont.) base plate selection

base plates for the circuit breakers and mechanical interlock
The base plates described below are designed for two Compact circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors. They ensure mechanical interlocking of the two devices. When combined with an electrical interlocking unit (IVE), they prevent simultaneous closing of the two devices, even momentarily. Installation: vertical or horizontal on rails. Motor-driven Compact circuit breakers can also be operated manually: c manual/auto mode selection; c indication of pole positions; c isolation and locking; c push-button control (Compact NS only); c access to the front of trip units. Following tripping due to an electrical fault (thermal, magnetic, earth), manual reset is obligatory.
E32702
base plate for Compact NS100...630

For fixed, front-connected or for plug-in Compact NS circuit breakers, with or without earth-fault protection or measurement modules (see page 66). Two models: c for Compact NS100...250; c for Compact NS400...630: v this base plate can be fitted as standard with two fixed Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers, v a conversion kit is available to fit two plugin Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers, v both fixed and plug-in versions of Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers can be fitted if they are equipped with terminal spreaders. Dimensions: c Compact NS100...250: 350 x 300 mm; c Compact NS400...630: 440 x 390 mm.
base plate for Compact C801... 1251

For fixed Compact C. One model only for Compact C801...1251 N/H/L/NI; Dimensions: c Compact C801...1251: 655 x 480 mm.
Coupling accessory
E26283
Designed to simplify connection of bars or cables with lugs downstream from the source-changeover system. Downstream pitch: c or Compact NS100...250: 45 mm; c for Compact NS400...630: 52.5 mm.
terminal block and electrical interlocking unit IVE

Fixed to the base plates, the terminal block and electrical interlocking unit IVE is used to connect the operating mechanism. Inputs: opening, closing and reset orders for each circuit breaker. c inputs: opening, closing and resetting control signals for each device; c outputs: position of SDE auxiliary switches on the "Normal" and "Replacement" circuit breakers. Control voltage: two models c 24 to 250 V DC (Compact NS); c 48 to 415 V, 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz (Compact NS and Compact C).
E32703
The IVE control voltage must be the same as the motor mechanism voltage.
Merlin Gerin
79
automatic source-changeover systems (cont.) controller option selection

Used together with the auxiliaries control plate ACP, controllers BA and UA initiate the automatic changeover operations according to the status of the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources.
E32704
Installation Two possibilities: c mounted directly on the auxiliaries control plate (ACP).
MERL
multi P25M 9
IN GERIN
0 . OF
MERL
multi P25M 9
IN GERIN
0 . OF
660V C292-1 AC3-IE
660V C292-1 AC3-IE
Test
Test
RIN IN GE MERL
N R
UR
UN =
UN ON / ON / OFF fault auto I /O fault OFF I /O UN = 1
stop
manu
test
STO P
genera
tor
R N
c mounted on the front of the switchboard. The distance between the controller and the auxiliaries control plate must not exceed 2 metres. The interconnection wiring must be done by the customer.
E32705
MERL
multi P25M 9
IN GERIN
0 . OF
MERL
multi P25M 9
IN GERIN
0 . OF
660V C292-1 AC3-IE
660V C292-1 AC3-IE
Test
RIN IN GE MERL
N R
UR
UN =
UN ON / I ON / OFF fault auto /O fault OF I UN = 1
F/O
stop
manu
test
STO P
genera
tor
R N
customer connection
auxiliaries control plate ACP

The auxiliaries control plate ACP includes: c two P25M circuit breakers supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources. These circuit breakers have an infinite breaking capacity; c two relay contactors for the BA or UA controller; c the terminal block for connection to the controller. Power supply: Power is supplied by the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources. The control voltage for the auxiliaries control plate must be the same as for the IVE unit and the motor mechanisms. Control voltages c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz; c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz. Installation: The auxiliaries control plate ACP must be wired to the circuit breaker base plate by the customer.
053060
80
Merlin Gerin
B US
Test
B US
controller
053058
Controller UA
controller
compatible circuit breakers
BA
UA
All Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit breakers c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c
4-position switch
automatic operation forced operation on "Normal" source forced operation on "Replacement" source stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off)
automatic operation
monitoring of the "Normal" source and automatic changeover generator set control load shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits changeover to the "Replacement" source if one of the phases of the "Normal" phase is absent
test
by opening the P25M circuit breaker supplying the controller by pressing the test button on the front of the controller
indications
circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off, fault trip, automatic mode indicating contact automatic mode indicating contract c c c c c c c c c c
other functions
selection of type of "Normal" source (single-phase or three-phase) voluntary transfer to "Replacement" source (e.g. energy management commands) during peak-tariff periods (energy management commands), forced operation on "Normal" if "Replacement" source not operational supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to "Replacement" source only if contact closed. (ex: UR frequency control) setting of maximum startup time for the replacement source c
power supply
control voltages (1) 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz c
options
communication option
(1) The same voltage must be used for the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, then the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used.
Merlin Gerin
81
automatic source-changeover systems controller option selection (cont.)

controller BA
BA/ACP
Controller BA can be used with Compact circuit breakers to implement a straightforward automatic source-changeover system (switching from one source to another depending on the presence of voltage UN on the "Normal" source). Electrical characteristics Power is supplied from the auxiliaries control plate ACP. The same voltage must be used to supply the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used. Operation c a four-position switch can be used to select: v automatic operation, v forced operation on source N, v forced operation on source R, v stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off); c adjustment of time delays in front: v t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, v t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds; c circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off, fault trip; Control voltages c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz; c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.
MERLIN GERIN
compact / masterpact
BA automatism 220/240 V 50/60 Hz
UN ON/I OFF/O
UR ON/I
UN = 0
2 4 t1 1 8 s 15 0.5 0.1 30
0.5s
0.5s
OFF/O
t2 s
15 30 8 60 120 4 0.1 240
fault stop manu reset auto
fault
UN = I
c integrated terminal block for connection of the following signals: v inputs: - order for voluntary transfer to source R (e.g. energy management commands), - supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to "Replacement" source only if contact closed (ex: UR frequency control), v outputs: - indication of operation in automatic mode. Connection to the terminal block: see page 174. c controller BA can be tested by opening the P25M circuit breaker on the N circuit, thus simulating a failure of UN. See detailed transfer steps on page 83.
E30184
Front face of controller BA
Time delay settings: QN: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Normal" source, QR: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Replacement" source, t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears, t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored.
82
Merlin Gerin
c 4-position switch in "stop" position

E21108 E27107
c 4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)

E30187
c 4-position switch in "N " position (forced operation on "Normal" source)
off
QN et QR open
operat. on source N
N I
R O
4-position switch N et UN prsente
"auto"
UN fail (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received UR present and supplementary control contact NR closed duration a 1 s QN opens t > 0,5 s
QR opens
reset
end of reset t > 0,5 s QN closes
QR closes "stop" QR closed
QN closed N I R O
operat. on source N
It is not necessary to set controller BA to "stop" position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to "auto".
operat. on source R
N O
R I
action on 4-position switch
UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped
QR opens
E32708
c 4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)
t > 0,5 s
4-position switch in "R" position UR present and supplementary control contact NR closed QN closes QN opens
QN closed t > 0,5 s
QR closes
QR closed
N O R I
operat. on source R
Merlin Gerin
83
controller UA
053059
Controller UA can be used with Compact circuit breakers to implement a sourcechangeover system offering the following automatic functions: c switching from one source to another depending on the presence of voltage UN on the "Normal" source; c control of an engine generating set; c shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits; c switching to the "Replacement" source in the event of a failure on one of the phases of the "Normal" source. Electrical characteristics Power is supplied from the auxiliaries control plate ACP. The same voltage must be used to supply the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used.
2 4 t1 1 8 s 15 0.5 0.1 30 5 10 t3 2 15 s 20 1 0.5 30
Control voltages c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz; c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.
E30183
MERLIN GERIN
compact / masterpact
UA automatism 220/240 V 50/60 Hz
UN ON/I OFF/O
UR ON/I OFF/O
t2 s t4 s
UN = 0
5 10 2 15 20 1 0.5 30 15 30 8 60 120 4 0.1 240
fault stop manu reset auto
fault
UN = I
test
240 300 160 360 480 120 60 600
t5 s
R
STOP
generator
Front face of controller UA
Time delay settings: QN: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Normal" source, QR: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Replacement" source, t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears, t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored, t3: time delay before QR closes once QN has opened and the load has been shed, t4: time delay before QN closes once QR has opened and the load has been reconnected, t5: time delay for confirmation of presence of UN before stopping the generator set.
Operation c a four-position switch can be used to select: v automatic operation, v forced operation on source N, v forced operation on source R, v stop (circuit breakers open and manual operation); c adjustment of time delays in front: v t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, v t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds, v t3 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, v t4 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, v t5 from 60 to 600 seconds; c circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off, fault trip; c test button on the front of the controller to check the transfer from the "Normal" source to the "Replacement" source and the return to the "Normal" source;
c integrated terminal block for connection of the following signals: v inputs: - order for voluntary transfer to source R (e.g. energy management commands), - supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to "Replacement" source only if contact closed (ex: UR frequency control), v outputs: - control of engine generator set, - load shedding of non-priority circuits, - indication of operation in automatic mode; c 3 switches provide the following functions: v selection of the type of "Normal" source, i.e. single-phase or three-phase; v enable or disable voluntary energy management transfer if the "Replacement" source is not operational; v selection of the maximum tolerated starting time for the engine generator set ("Replacement" source): 120 s or 180 s.
Batibus option for controller UA A communication function can be used to check the following from a remote location: c status of the circuit breakers (open, closed or fault trip); c voltage presence on the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources; c presence of an order forcing operation on the "Replacement" source (e.g. for energy management purposes); c values of settings and configurations, c status of the non-priority circuits (whether subject to load shedding or not).
In automatic mode, this communications option also offers the possibility of remote forced operation on the "Replacement" source.
84
Merlin Gerin
c 4-position switch in "stop" position

E30185 E27107
c 4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)

E30187
c 4-position switch in "N" position (forced operation on "Normal" source)
stop
QN and QR open
operat. on source N
N I
R genset off O
4-position switch in "N" and UN present QR opens and load shedding
"auto"
UN fails (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received duration a 1 s genset startup UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s and supplementary control contact NR closed QN opens and load shedding QN closed operat. on source N QR closes
reset
t > t4
end of reset
QN closes
"stop" t > t3
N I
R genset off O
It is not necessary to set controller UA to "stop" position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to "auto".
QR closed
operat. on source R
N O
R genset on I
E30186
c 4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)
UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped QR opens and load reconnection
4-position switch in "R" and UN present
genset startup t > t4 UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s and supplementary control contact NR closed QN closes QN opens and load shedding QN closed t > t3 genset remains on QR closes UN present for t > t5 and no voluntary switching order received QR closed genset off operat. on source R UR absent action on 4-position switch
N O R genset on I
Merlin Gerin
85
controller detection thresholds

controller BA / UA UA BA / UA detection undervoltage phase failure voltage presence threshold 0.35 Un i voltage i 0.7 Un 0.5 Un i voltage i 0.7 Un voltage u 0.85 Un
electrical characteristics for controller output contacts

rated thermal current (A) minimum load utilisation category (IEC 947-5-1) operational current (A) 24 V 48 V 110 V 220/240 V 250 V 380/415 V 440 V 660/690 V 8 10 mA with 12 V AC AC12 AC13 AC14 8 7 5 8 7 5 8 6 4 8 6 4 5 4 -
AC15 6 5 4 3 -
DC DC12 8 2 0.6 0.4
DC13 2 -
86
Merlin Gerin
Compact 80 to 1250 A installation, connection and wiring diagrams

page installation possible mounting positions and supports 88 safety perimeters 90 weights 92 implementation 93 Compact NS80H-MA 94 Compact NSC100 96 fixed Compact 98 fixed Vigicompact 104 fixed Compact with Visu module 106 plug-in and withdrawable Compact 110 plug-in and withdrawable Vigicompact 118 motor mechanism modules 120 rotary handles 122 indication and measurement modules 126 front accessories 128 manual source changeover systems 130 connection Compact NS fixed, front connection Compact NS fixed, rear connection Compact NS withdrawable, front connection Compact NS withdrawable, rear connection Compact C fixed, front connection Compact C withdrawable, rear connection fixed Compact or Vigicompact plug-in and withdrawable Compact or Vigicompact wiring diagrams legend Compact NS80H-MA and NSC100N Compact NS100 to NS250 Compact NS400 to NS630 Compact NS motor mechanism Compact C801 to C1251 Compact C motor mechanism automatic source-changeover systems: c Compact NS100 to NS630 c Compact C801 to C1251 automatic source-changeover systems: c Compact NS and C motor protection early-make switch (CAF) 138 141 142 143 144 145 146 150 154 155 156 157 158 164 166 174 180 182 188 194
87
Compact: installation
possible mounting positions and supports
possible positions
E23922
fig A
E23923
fig B
fixed or withdrawable breaker

Note: fig B, C, D and E impossible for C801N/H/L to C1251N/H on universal chassis.
push to trip
fig C
E23924 E23925
fig D
fig E
E23926
88
push to trip
push to trip
Merlin Gerin
possible supports
E23922
plain plate
E23928
slotted plate
fixed or withdrawable breaker
push to trip
push to trip
rails
E23927
push to trip
Merlin Gerin
89
safety perimeters
Circuit breakers must be installed at certain distances from panels, bars and other circuit breakers. Taken together, these distances form the safety perimeter for the circuit breaker. The diagrams and the table below indicate the required distances when installing Compact circuit breakers. These distances come from tests defined by standard IEC 947-2.
They are related to the ultimate breaking capacities at voltages from 220 V to 690 V. For voltages less than 500 V, terminal shields or phase barriers are recommended. For voltages from 500 V to 600 V, terminal shields or phase barriers are mandatory. For voltages greater than 600 V, the insulation kit is mandatory.
The distances are calculated from the circuit breaker case and not from the terminal shields or phase separators. Always respect these recommendations. In addition, if the installation is not subjected to type tests, always: - connect the circuit breaker using insulated bars, - isolate the busbars using barriers that respect the safety perimeters indicated below.
minimum distance
between circuit breakers between circuit breaker and top, bottom or side plate
E50701
between connections and front or rear panel

panneau front panel frontal F
E23942
A1 A2
E50700
D1
D2
C1 C2
bare or painted metal plate; insulated plate or insulated bar
if F < 8 mm: insulation screen mandatory
dimensions (mm) Compact circuit breaker NS80H-MA NSC100N NS100/250 U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V 1000 V U i 500 V U > 500 V
insulated plate, insulated bar or painted metal C1 D1 D2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 70 100 100 100 100 100 250 180 250 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 70 70 100 100 100 200 70 70
bare metal plate C2 5 10 (1) 20 (1) 5 10 (1) 20 (1) 5 10 (1) 20 (1) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 D1 35 35 35 35 35 35 60 60 100 90 130 130 130 130 130 300 200 300 D2 35 35 35 35 35 35 60 60 100 30 70 70 130 130 130 200 70 70 A1 (3) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A2 (4) 10 20 40 10 20 40 10 20 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
NS400/630
C801/1251N/H
C801/1001L (2)
C1251N C1251N DC
(1) To be multiplied by 2 with phase bariers. (2) For voltages greater than or equal to 400 V, terminal shields are mandatory. (3) For NS100/250 with short or long terminal shields or phase separators. For NS400/630 with short or long terminal shields. (4) For NS100/250 without terminal shields.
90
Merlin Gerin
between circuit breakers: installation example

E50704
painted metal plate tle peinte
Direct wire connection; breakers with terminal shields.
Cable lug connection; breakers with terminal shields.
Insulated bar connection; breakers with terminal shields.
Rear connection or plug-in base; breakers with short terminal shields.
minimum dimensions (mm) Compact circuit breaker NS80H-MA/NSC100N NS100N/H/L/NS630N/H/L C801/1001/1251N/H/L CM1250N/H/CM3200N/H
A 0 0 250 300
Compact NS400 1000 V fixed, front connection

E50781
Supply via the top or the bottom. Connection by cables or bus bars.
E50782
insulation
side panel F 30
40
insulation kit
40
F
B=0
Insulation kit as standard
bare or painted metal plate; insulated plate or insulated bar
30
For connections using cable lugs, F = 100 mm. For connections using bare cable connectors or busbars, F = 150 mm.
Merlin Gerin
91
weights (kg)
The following table gives the individual weights (in kg) of the circuit breakers and their main accessories. These values can be added together to calculate the total weight of any given configuration. circuit breaker 1.09 1 1.3 0.5 1.45 1.79 2.05 2.57 0.5 1.45 1.85 2.10 2.58 1.94 2.2 2.78 6.19 8.13 13 17 25 33 plug-in base chassis Vigi module Visu module motor mechanism
NS80H-MA NSC100N NS100N/H NS100N NS100N/H/L NS160N/H NS160N NS160N/H/L NS250N NS250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C801/C251N/H C801/C1001L
3P/3t 3P/3t 4P/4t 1P/1t 2P/2t 3P/2t 3P/3t 4P/4t 1P/1t 2P/2t 3P/2t 3P/3t 4P/4t 3P/2t 3P/3t 4P/4t 3P/3t 4P/4t 3P 4P 3P 4P
1.5 1.7
0.8 0.8 1.05
2.2 2.2 2.2
0.87 0.87 1.13
2.8 2.8 2.8
1.2 1.2 1.2
0.8 0.8 1.05 0.8 0.8 1.05 2.4 2.8
2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 18 19 20 21
0.87 0.87 1.13 0.87 0.87 1.13 2.8 3
2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 8 8 16 18
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.8 2.8 5.7 (T); 4 (TS) 5.7 (T); 4 (TS) 5.7 (T); 4 (TS) 5.7 (T); 4 (TS)
92
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS and C implementation

reverse feeding
E23947
Compact NS and C circuit breakers can be fed either by the upstream or downstream side, without any reduction of performance.
push to trip
materials and electrodynamic stresses on conductors

E23948
Compact NS and C circuit breakers can be connected either with bare copper, tinned copper or tinned aluminium conductors (rigid or flexible bars, cables).
to busbar
In case of short circuit current, thermal and electrodynamic stresses will be applied to these conductors. It is necessary to size them properly and to maintain them correctly with supports. It should be noted that for any electrical device (contactor, circuit breaker...) the electrical connecting points should not be considered as mechanical supports.
outgoing cables
securing cables and flexible bars
The following table gives the maximum distance between cable ties as a function of the prospective short circuit current. type of cable ties "PANDUIT" type width: 4.5 mm max load: 22 kg white "SAREL" type width: 9 mm max load: 90 kg black double ties
Never exceed a distance of 400 mm between cable collars mechanically secured to the frame of the switchboard. short circuit current (kA rms) 10 14 19 21 27 36 45 100
max distance between cable ties (mm) 200 100 50 350 200 100 70 50
Note: for cables u 50 mm2, use cable ties of 9 mm width.
Merlin Gerin
93
Compact NS80H-MA
dimensions
E21875 E21874
mounting
on backplate
30 15
E21876
on rails
30 15 32
103 120 X 60 206
E21873
100 48,5
100
X
48,5
(a) Y
64,5 70 80 84 100 Z
(a) a long terminal shields
45 90
front panel cutouts

cutout A
E21881 E21882 E21883
cutout B
E21884
cutout C
60,5 26
68,5 30
68,5 30
B/C 71 81 Z
Y 14,5 29
Y 46 92
connections
front connection, direct connection
E21879 E21880 E21878 E21877
X
18
97 48,5
LIN MER
N GERI
OFF
1,5 50 mm2
push to trip
32 Z
29,2 29,2
94
Merlin Gerin

dimensions
E21888 E21887
front panel cutout

E21886
7,5
65,5 X 28,5
60
tripped
ON I
4,2
E21885
X
X
O OFF
68,5 30
60
Y 47,5
82,5 112 Z
Y
45
80 90
85 Z
86
43

dimensions
E21890 E21889
front panel cutout

75 37,5 7,5
E21891
45
7,5
50
60 4,2 X 60 75
4,2 X 4,2 36 Y
37,5
mini 175 maxi 590

cut shaft at length = P11 109
72
Y
MCC type rotary handle

dimensions
120 69,2 7,5
E21894 E21892
front panel cutout
E21893
4,2 120
X
X 60
100
45,8
1 to 3 maxi
Y 51,7 100
116 2
E22046
h
Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin
95
Compact NSC100
dimensions
Compact NSC100
3 poles
E43398 E43399 E43400
4 poles
103 120 X 60 90 206

X
X
(a)
(a) Y
15
70 80 84 100 Z
Y 45 90
(a) long terminal shield.
45 120
Vigicompact NSC
3 poles
E43401
4 poles
E43403
101,2
E43402
103 120
X 60 90 206
(a)
(a) Y 75
15
70 80 84 100 Z
Y 45 210
(a) long terminal shield.
240

dimensions
E31295
front panel cutout

75 37,5
E31296
5
E43404
45
83
60
3
50
75 37,5
X
X 60 Y
Z mini 122 maxi 147
X
4,2 36
72
Note: The X-axis is the axis of symmetry of the rail.
96
Merlin Gerin
connections
Compact NSC100
E43405
30
30
E43406
34,5
48,5 X 48,5
18
Y 90
45
34,5 83 Z
1,5
70 mm2
Vigicompact NSC
connection via the bottom
4 poles
E43407
connection via the top

4 poles
30 30
30
30 input
60,8 30
E43408
30
30
30
30
30 input
60,8 30
30
output
ouput
Merlin Gerin
97
fixed Compact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
E21504
2 poles or 3 poles
E21502 E21503
4 poles
H1 X H
H3
H5
H7
X
H2
H4
H6
Y (a) (b) (c)
Y P1 P2 P4 Z
L L1
L L2
mounting
on backplate
2 poles or 3 poles
E21507
4 poles
K1 K1 K
E21508
K1
K1
K1 K2
K1 K
G1 G
X T
G5
G4
T4 (d)
on rails
2 poles or 3 poles
E21511 E21512
on DIN-rail
4 poles
E49738
with adapter
K2 K
G50 G51
U (e)
K1 K
G49
G1 G T
X
G48 G47
98
Merlin Gerin
front panel cutouts

for fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
cutout A
E21600 E21601 E21603
cutout B
E21604
cutout C
X C
C1
C3
X
C2
C3 C2
B/C P5 P6
Y R R1
Y R2 R4(3P) R5(4P)
with escutcheon
E21608 E21609 E21602
with toggle cover
C7
X C6
X C21 C20
P6 Z
Y R6 R7
Y R12 R13
Front panel accessories: see page 128

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C 29 41,5 G5 140 227 H5 321 480 P4 111(1) 168 R13 86 126 C1 76 116 G47 95 C2 54 92,5 G48 75 C3 108 184 G49 13,5 C6 43 53 G50 23 C7 104 146 G51 17,5 C20 34 46,5 H 80,5 127,5 L 52,5 70 R4 108 143 C21 86 126 H1 161 255 L1 105 140 R5 143 188 G 62,5 100 H2 94 142,5 L2 140 185 R6 29 46,5 G1 125 200 H3 188 285 P1 81 95,5 R7 58 93 G4 70 113,5 H4 160,5 240 P2 86 110 R12 43 63
H6 178,5 237 P5 83 107 T 6 6
H7 357 474 P6 88 112 T4 22 32
K 17,5 22,5 R 14,5 31,5 U(e) i 32 i 32
K1 35 45 R1 29 63
K2 70 90 R2 54 71,5
(1) : P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L. (a) Short terminal shields. (b) Long terminal shields (available for 52.5 mm pitch spreaders (NS400/630): L1 = 157.5 mm, L2 = 210 mm). (c) Phase barriers. (d) Only for rear connected circuit breakers. For 2 pole circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. (e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (Compact NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin
E22046
99
single-pole and two-pole Compact NS100 and NS160 single-pole Compact NS250
dimensions
1 pole
E29213
2 poles
H1 X H
H3
H7
X
E29214
E29215
H2
H6
(a) (b)
L3
Y L3 L4
P1 P2 P4 Z
L5
mounting
on backplate
1 pole
E29216
2 poles
K1 K
K1 K
E21506
G1
G5 X G T G4
X
T4 (c) Y
Y
1P
2P
on rails
1 pole
E29217
2 poles
U (d) K1 K
E21510
G1
X G T
100
Merlin Gerin
front panel cutouts

E21600
E21601
E29218
E21604
X C
C1
C3 C2
C3 C2
B/C P5 P6
Y R R1
R4(1P) R5(2P)
Y R2
with escutcheon
E21608 E21609
C7
X
X C6
P6 Z
Y R6 R7

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250 Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250 Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250 C 29 C1 76 C2 54 C3 108 C6 43 C7 104 G 62.5 G1 125 G4 70 G5 140 H 80.5 H1 161 H2 94
H3 188
H4 160.5
H6 178.5
H7 357
K 17.5
K1 35
L3 17.5
L4 70
L5 35
P1 81
P2 86
P4 111
P5 83
P6 88
R 14.5
R1 29
R2 19
R4 38
R5 73
R6 29
R7 58
T 6
T4 22
U(d) i 32
E22046
h
(a) Short terminal shields. (b) Phase barriers. (c) Only for rear connected circuit breakers. (d) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors.
Merlin Gerin
101
fixed Compact C801 to C1251
dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28880 E28878 E28879
4 poles
H1
H3
H5
X H H2 H4
(a)
P1 P2 P3 P4
Y L1
(b) L2
C801L to C1001L
3 poles
E28881 E28878 E28879
4 poles
H1
H3
H5
X H H2 H4
(a)
P1 P2 P3 P5
Y L1
(b) L2
P6 Z
(a) Short terminal shields for rear connection (compulsory for drawout type). (b) Long terminal shields for front connection.
102
Merlin Gerin
mounting
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles
E28882
3 poles
E28883
4 poles
K4 K3 K2 K1 (c) (d)
K10 K3 K9 T1 K1
E28884
E28885
T1 U
K2 K1
T1
T1
K9 K1
G4
X G
G1
G3
G6 G1
X G
G2
G5
Y K4
K3
Y K10
K3
G4 Y K6 K7
K5
Y K11
K5 K7
(c) For rear connection only. (d) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only.
K8
K12
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
C1 C2 164.5 235
C3 C4 174.5 255
C12 57
C13 104
C14 61
G 125
G1 240
G2 135
G3 272
G4 73
G5 28
G6 H 104.5 187
H1 374
H2 200
H3 400
H4 235
H5 470
K1 35
K2 70
K3 100
K4 200
K5 86.5
K6 173
K7 105
K8 210
K9 140
K10 270
K11 173
K12 280
L 105
L1 210
L2 280
P1 110
P2 115
P3 122
P4(1) P4(2) P5(1) P5(2) P6 172 202 262 292 90
R1 125
R2 250
R3 R4 130.5 261
R9 43.5
R13 37
R14 74
T1 7
T5 5
T8 8
U 32
(1) Without extended toggle. (2) With extended toggle.
front panel cutouts

with escutcheon
E28921 E28922 E28923
R2 T5 R1
R14 R13
X
C14
C13
C4
C2
C12 T8(e) Y R9
C3
C1
P2
Y R3 R4
(e) For push to trip button.

Merlin Gerin
103
fixed Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
2 poles or 3 poles
E21515 E21513 E21514
4 poles
X H9 H11 H13 H15 H8 H10 H12 H14
(a) (b) (c) Y

P1 P2 P4
Y L L L2
L1
mounting
on backplate
2 poles or 3 poles
E21518
4 poles
E21519
K1
K1 K1 K
K1
K1 K1 K2 K
G7
G1 X G
G9 X
G6 T T4 (d)
G8
on rails
2 poles or 3 poles
U (e) K1 K
E21520 E21521
4 poles
K2 K
G7
G1 X G X
G6 T
104
Merlin Gerin
front panel cutouts

for fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
cutout A
E21795
cutout B
E21796
R1 R C1 C C4
E21605
X C3 C2
C5 R1 B Y Z P5 P6 R26 R1 R26 R4 (3P) R5 (4P) R2 Y
with escutcheon
E21800
R7 R6
E21610
C7
X C6 C18
C19
P6 Z
R27 R11

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C 29 41.5 C1 76 116 C2 54 92.5 C3 108 184 C4 C5 86 37 147.5 37 C6 43 53 C7 104 146 C18 71 132 C19 68 68 C20 34 46.5 C21 86 126 G 62.5 100 G1 125 200 G6 G7 137.5 200 200 300 G8 G9 145 215 213.5 327
H8 H9 155.5 236 227.5 355
H10 H11 169 263 242.5 385
H12 H13 235.5 396 340 580
H14 H15 253.5 432 337 574
K 17.5 22.5
K1 35 45
K2 70 90
L 52.5 70
L1 105 140
L2 140 185
P1 81 95.5
P2 86 110
P4 P5 111(1) 83 168 107
P6 88 112
R 14.5 31.5
R1 29 29
R2 54 71.5
E22046
R4 108 143
R5 143 188
R6 29 46.5
R7 58 93
R11 58 58
R12 43 63
R13 86 126
R26 14.5 32
R27 29 47
T 6 6
T4 22 32
U(e) i 32 i 32
(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L.
h
(a) Short terminal shields (b) Long terminal shields (c) Phase barriers (d) Only for rear connected circuit breaker, for 2P circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. (e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin
105
fixed Compact NS100 to NS250 with Visu module
dimensions
E21698 E21696
196 52,5 35 35 35
E21697
171 122 110 91
3 poles
4 poles
196 140 52,5
471 453 343,7 (G)
221 291
X
93,7 (GG) 160,5 178,5
Z1
24 Z2
(*) 314 FC 316.5 RC 322.5 with connector (**) 80.5 FC 83 RC 89 with connector
Y Y 52,5 105 140 52,5
mounting
on rails
3 poles
E21701
70 35 17,5
E21702
4 poles
70 17,5
32
6 281
98,5 X 62,5
356
137,5
front panel cutout

E21699
115
E21700
191 50
94
111,5
X 29
76
86
37
Y 14,5 29
106
Merlin Gerin
fixed Compact NS400 to NS630 with Visu module
dimensions
E21866
280 78,75 52,5 52,5 52,5
E21867
170 122 110 98
E21868
3 poles
4 poles
280 210 78,75
675 527,5 (G) 4 347,5 461 X 240 142,5 (GG) X

X 4
168 Z
(*) 492.5 FC 493.5 RC 512.5 right angle extension 536.5 edgewise terminal extension 532.5 spreaders 525 with 2 holes connector. (**) 127.5 FC 128.5 RC 147.5 right angle extension 171.5 edgewise terminal extension 167.5 spreaders 160 with 2 holes connector
Y
Y
140 (157,5*) (210**)
70 (78,5*) (105**)
185 (210*) (280**)
70 (82,5*) (117,5**)
(*) Long terminal shields, 52.5 mm spacing.
mounting
on rails
E21871
32
26,25
E21872
3 poles
105
4 poles
105 26,25
6 440
160
4 X
540
4 X
100 200
Y 45
22,5
Y 90
22,5
front panel cutout

E21869 E21870
273 75,25
143
178 116 41,5
63
147,5 37
Y 29 32
115
Merlin Gerin
107
fixed Compact C801 to C1251 with Visu module
dimensions
3 poles
E28888 E28886 E28887
4 poles
H14
X H
P1 P27 Z
Y L1 L11
Y L2 L11
mounting
3 poles
E28889
4 poles
K38 K37
E28890
K38 T4 K37 K9 K1
T4 U
K2 K1
T1 G35
T1
X T1
G34 G
T1
Y K4
K3
K10
K3
108
Merlin Gerin
front panel cutout

E28932
R31 R30
E28931
C32
C31
X C13 C30
R13 R14
P2
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
C13 104
C30 58
C31 211
C32 188
G 125
G34 240
G35 520
H 187
H14 642
K1 35
K2 70
K3 100
K4 200
K9 140
K10 270
K37 115
K38 390
L 105
L1 210
L2 280
L11 410
P1 110
P2 115
P27 200
R13 37
R14 74
R30 100
R31 370
T1 7
T4 10
U 32
Merlin Gerin
109
plug-in and withdrawable Compact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
plug-in
E21524
2 poles or 3 poles
Z
4 poles
E21523
( )
H17 X H16
E21522
K1
K1
K1
G11 G23 G25 G27 X G10 G22 G24 G26 X
( )
P7 P8 P10 P9
Y L1
P4
L L2
chassis
E21586
2 poles or 3 poles
4 poles
H19 X
E21584
E21585
H18
( )
( )
Z P7 P8 P9
Y L6 L7 L8
Y L6 L9 L10
P2 P4
P12
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory
mounting
through a panel M (plug-in base)
2P, 3P
E21525
through a panel M (chassis)

K2 K
E21587
K1 K
E21526
4P
3P
K1 K
E21588
4P
K2 K
G11 X
G13 X G12
G11 X
G13 X G12
G10
G10
Y K5 K6 K7
Y K5
Y K11 K12 K13
Y K11
on rails (plug-in base or chassis)

E21533
E21534
3P
K21 K20
4P
K22 K20
G21
G20 Y T
110
Merlin Gerin
on a backplate N (plug-in base or chassis)

Front connections 2 poles or 3 poles
E21589
4 poles
E21590
K1 K
K2 K
Mandatory to fit insulating screen between the base and the backplate (supplied with plug-in base).
G15 X G14
X
Rear connections (inside) 2 poles or 3 poles

K1 K K T6
E21591 E21592
Rear connections (outside) 4 poles

E21593
2 poles or 3 poles
E21594
4 poles
K2 K K
K2 K K
K1 K K
G16 X G14
G18 G15 X T G17 G14 X
G15 X G19
K1
Y K1
K1 K1
Y K1
T5
K1
Y K1
K1 K1
Y K1
front panel cutouts

plug-in
E21619
withdrawable with collar and front panel escutcheon

E21620
See fixed Compact page 99
C11
C17
P44 Z
Y R8 R9
Dimensions (mm)
type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C11 103 155 C17 G10 42.5 95 55 150 G11 190 300 G12 87 137 G13 174 274 G14 G15 77.5 155 125 250 G16 66 101 G17 132 202 G18 82 126 G19 164 252 G20 G21 37.5 75 75 150 G22 G23 111 222 170.5 341 G24 G25 193 386 283 566 G26 G27 H16 H17 208 416 102.5 205 293.5 587 157.5 315 H18 H19 103.5 210 140 280 K K1 17.5 35 22.5 45
Dimensions (mm)
type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L K2 70 90 K5 54.5 71.5 K6 109 143 K7 144 188 K11 74 91.5 K12 148 183 K13 183 228 K20 35 50 K21 70 100 K22 105 145 L 52.5 70 L1 105 140 L2 140 185 L6 92.5 110 L7 185 220 L8 216 250 L9 220 265 L10 251 295 P2 86 110 P4 111(1) 168
Dimensions (mm)
type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L P7 27 27 P8 45 45 P9 75 100 P10 64 86 P12 32 32 P44 123 147 R8 74 90 R9 148 180 U(2) i 32 i 32 T 6 6 T5 24 33 T6 30 33
(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L. (2) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin
111
plug-in and withdrawable Compact C801 to C1251
dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28893
4 poles
P10 P7 P8
E28891 E28892
P9
H7
X H6
P11
Y L4
L3
Y L5
L3
C801L to C1001L
3 poles
E28894
4 poles
P13 P12 P6 P9 P8
E28891 E28892
H7
X H6
P14
Y L4
L3
L5
L3
rear mounting
3 poles 4 poles
E28897
3 poles
T1 K14 K13
4 poles
E28898
K15 T1 K13
E28901
E28902
K14 K13 U
K15 T1 K13
T1
G11
(c) (d)
G10
X G8
X
G9
G13 G8
G7 Y
G7
G12
Y
G11 Y
(c) For rear connection only. (d) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only.
K18 K17 K16 K19
Y K20
K18 K16
K21
112
Merlin Gerin
bottom mounting
E28899 E28900 E28895
K22 U Z
T2 G14
T1
K22
T2 G14
G16 G15
G16 G15
Y
Y K23 K22
K24
E28896
K23
K24
K22
front panel cutout

with sas
R20 R19 R18 R17 R16 R15
E28924 E28925
with escutcheon
E28926
R2 T5 R1
T11
C22
C20 C21 C19 C23
C16 C15
C4
C2
C17
C3 C23
C1 C17
C24
C24
C18
C18
Z P47
T5 Y R22 R23 R24 R21
T5
Y R24
R23
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI key Ronis Profalux Castell
Merlin Gerin
C1 C2 164.5 235
C3 C4 174.5 255
C15 75
C16 137
C17 208
C18 45
C19 61
C20 109
C21 80
C22 147
C23 C24 185.5 94
G7 97.5
G8 G9 182.5 137
G10 274
G11 66
G12 36
G13 110
G14 9
G15 103
G16 170
H6 H7 254.8 462
K13 70
K14 140
K15 210
K16 103
K17 186
K18 93
K19 206
K20 256
K21 276
K22 108
K23 216
K24 286
L3 147
L4 277
L5 347
P6 90
P7 75
P8 43
P9 202
P10 335
P11 305
P12 165
P13 425
P14 395
P47 157
R1 125
R2 250
R15 44
R16 88
R17 61
R18 122
R19 66
R20 132
R21 125
R22 250
R23 R24 130.5 261
T1 7
T2 8,5
T5 5
T11 4
U 32
D 34 41 72 113
Compact C801 to C1251 withdrawable on horizontal standard chassis

dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
E28904
3 poles
P23
E28903
H12 H11 H10 Z P7 P21 P1 P22 P15

Y L10
(b)
L9
4 poles
E28907 E28906
H13
H10 Z
Y L10
Note: P22 = 337 mm with extended toggle.
(b)
L9
(b) Short terminal shields compulsory.
C801L to C1001L
E28905
3 poles
P23
E28903
H12 H11 H10 Z X
P6 P24 P25 P26
P1
P15
(b)
Y L10
L9
4 poles
E28908 E28906
H13
H10 Z
(b)
Y L10
L9

Merlin Gerin
114
3 poles
E28910 E28909
4 poles
K34 K33 T3
K30 K29 K28 K30
T3
G27 G25 G26 G24
G23 X G22
G31 G30 G26 G24
G32 G22
Note: Maximum thickness of the plate: 3 mm
Y K35 K36
mounting on rails
3 poles
T3 K32 K31
E28911 E28912
4 poles
T3
X G29 G28
X G33 G28
front panel cutouts

with sas
E28928
E28927
R29 R28 R27 R26 R25 R17
T11
C29
C27 C28 C26
C25
C19
Z P48
Y
Merlin Gerin
C19 61
C25 122
C26 44
C27 88
C28 66
C29 132
G22 77
G23 154
G24 93
G25 186
G26 103
G27 206
G28 70
G29 140
G30 256
G31 276
G32 224
G33 210
H10 120
H11 240
H12 290
H13 310
K28 137
K29 274
K30 66
K31 90
K32 180
K33 K34 226.5 453
K35 76.5
K36 150
L9 266
L10 532
P1 110
P6 90
P7 75
P15 42
P21 135
P22 307
P23 3
P24 165
P25 225
P26 397
P48 160
R17 61
R25 109
R26 75
R27 137
R28 80
R29 147
T3 6
T11 4
U 32
115
Compact C801 to C1251 withdrawable on vertical standard chassis

dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
E28915
3 poles
P23
E28913 E28914
4 poles
H9
H8
(b)
Z P7 P16 P1 P17
Note: P17 = 335 mm with extended toggle. (b) Short terminal shields compulsory.
Y
P15
L6
L8
L6
L7
C801L to C1001L
E28916
3 poles
P23
E28913 E28914
4 poles
H9
H8
P6 P18 P19 P20
(b)
P1 P15
Y L7
L6
L8
L6
3 poles
E28917
4 poles
K25
E28918
K26 T3 G11
K27 T3 K25
G17
G13
G21 G7
G9
G18
G11 Y K18 K17 K16 K19

Note: Maximum thickness of the plate: 3 mm
Y K18 K20 K16 K21
116
Merlin Gerin
mounting on rails
3 poles
E28919 E28920
4 poles
K9 K2
T3 U
T3
K15 K2
X G20 G19
front panel cutouts

with sas
R20 R19 R18 R17 R16 R15 T11
E28930 E28929
C22
C20 C21 C19
C16
C15
Y
Z P48
C15 75
C16 137
C19 61
C20 109
C21 80
C22 147
G7 G9 120.5 137
G11 66
G13 110
G17 274
G18 20.5
G19 90
G20 180
G21 250
H8 H9 207.5 415
K2 70
K9 140
K15 210
K16 103
K17 186
K18 93
K19 206
K20 256
K21 276
K25 52.5
K26 105
L6 146
L7 292
L8 362
P1 110
P6 90
P7 75
P15 42
P16 133
P17 305
P18 165
P19 223
P20 395
P23 3
P48 160
R15 44
R16 88
R17 61
R18 122
R19 66
R20 132
T3 6
T11 4
U 32
Merlin Gerin
117
plug-in and withdrawable Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
dimensions
plug-in
2 poles or 3 poles
E21537 E21535 E21536
4 poles
K1 K1
) (
K1
H17 X
G11 X G10
X
H16
( )
P7 P8 P9
Y L1
Z P4
L
L2
chassis: see page 110.

(*) Short terminal shields compulsory
mounting
through a backplate M (plug-in base)
2 poles or 3 poles
K1 K
E21526 E21525
through a backplate M (chassis)

3 poles
K2 K
E21587
4 poles
4 poles
K1 K
E21588
K2 K
G11 X
G13 X G12
G11 X
G13 X G12
G10
G10
Y K5 K6 K7
Y K5
Y K11 K12 K13
Y K11
on rails (plug-in base or chassis)

3 poles
E21533 E21534
4 poles
K21 K20
K22 K20
G21
G20 Y T
118
Merlin Gerin
front panel cutouts

plug-in: see page 105
E21623
chassis with extended and front panel escutcheons

E21813
R9 R8
C11
C17
C16
C13
P44 Z
R34
R33
Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L
C11 103 155
C13 82.5 82
C16 55 122.5
C17 42.5 42
G10 95 150
G11 190 300
G12 87 137
G13 174 274
G20 37.5 75
G21 75 150
H16 102.5 157.5
H17 205 315
K 17.5 22.5
K1 35 45
K2 70 90
K5 54.5 71.5
K6 109 143
K7 144 188
K11 74 91.5
K12 148 183
K13 183 228
K20 35 50
K21 70 100
K22 105 145
L 52.5 70
L1 105 140
L2 140 185
P4 111(1) 168
P7 27 27
P8 45 45
P9 75 100
P44 123 147
R8 74 90
R9 148 180
R33 74 74
R34 148 148
T 6 6
U(2) i 32 i 32
(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L. (2) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
E22046
h
Merlin Gerin
119
motor mechanism modules for Compact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
3 poles
E21599
4 poles
E21597
H22 X
H20 H21
E21598
H23 Y L L12 L11 L1
Y L L2
P33 P32 Z
front panel cutouts

with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi
E21813
R9 R8
E21612
E21614
E21621
C23
C11
C22 Y R14 R15

P45 Z
C17
C16
C13
Y P45 Z R34 R33
Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L
C11 103 155
C13 82 82
C16 56 122.5
C17 42.5 42
C22 29 41.5
C23 76 126
H20 62.5 100
H21 97 152
H22 45.5 83
H23 73 123
L 52.5 70
L1 105 140
L2 140 185
L11 91 123
L12 45.5 61.5
P32 178 250
P33 143 215
P45 145 217
R8 74 90
R9 148 180
R14 48.5 64.5
R15 97 129
R33 74 74
R34 148 148
E22046
h
120
Merlin Gerin
motor mechanism modules for Compact C801 to C1251

dimensions
T8011251
E28942 E28943 E28946
TS8011251
E28947
H22 X H21
X
H24
H23
P40 Z P39 P38
Y L1
P42 P41
Y L1
front panel cutouts

fixed circuit breaker with T8011251
E28944
withdrawable circuit breaker with T8011251

E28945
R12 R11
R12 R11
C9 C8
C11
C10
circuit breaker with TS8011251

Fitted behind front panel only
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
C8 70
C9 183
C10 79
C11 219
H21 76.5
H22 214
H23 76
H24 194
L 105
L1 210
P38 P39 P40 P41 263.5 234.5 158.5 220
P42 110
R11 R12 107.5 215
Merlin Gerin
121
rotary handles for Compact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
E21627
3 poles
E21625 E21626
4 poles
L12
H23 X H20
(a) sans ser (b) avec se (c) avec ser
60
DD
H24 X
60
DD
X
O
60
60
Y L15 L L11 L1
L2
Y L
P34 P35 (a) Z P36 (b) P37 (c)
(a) Without keylock (b) With Ronis keylock (c) With Profalux keylock
front panel cutouts

fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
Compact
E21613 E21614 E21615
Vigicompact
E21805
C23
X C22
C23
C22 Y R14 R15
C4
C5
P43 Z
P43
R26
Y R1
R14 R15
withdrawable circuit breaker

Compact
E21618 E21620 E21622
Vigicompact
E21813
R9 R8
C11
X
C11
C17
C17
C16
C13
P44 Z
Y R8 R9
Z P44
R34 Y R33
Front panel escutcheon compulsory.
Collar for Vigi module, front panel escutcheons for Vigi module and rotary handle compulsory.
122
Merlin Gerin
MCC type direct rotary handle

dimensions
E21633 E21632
L8
E21634
front panel cutout
L7 L12
H24 H10
X
X H9
G39
G38
1 33 maxi 1 to maxi P422

Y
Y K14 K15

dimensions
E21630 E21628
E21629
fixed or plug-in circuit breaker cut shaft at length: P38-126 (NS100/250) - P38-150 (NS400/630)
withdrawable circuit breaker cut shaft at length: P38-122 (NS100/250) - P40-150 (NS400/630)
L14 L13 L12
10
60
I
X
O
H24 H26 X H25
60
P38 Z
E21631
P40 Z
front panel cutout

45 L12
T7 H24 X T6 G36 G37 Y
(1) i 600 mm.
C4 C5 86 37 147.5 37 H25 37.5 37.5 P37 164 188 H26 75 75
C11 103 155 K14 50 72.5
C13 82.5 82 K15 100 145
C16 C17 55 42.5 122.5 42 L 52.5 70 P43 89 112 L1 105 140 P44 123 147
C22 29 41.5 L2 140 185 R1 29 29
C23 76 126 L7 69 85 R8 74 90
G36 36 36 L8 120 160 R9 148 180
G37 72 72 L11 91 123 R14 48.5 64.5
G38 41 51 L12 9.25 5 R15 97 129
G39 100 145 L13 37.5 37.5 R26 14.5 32
H9 60 83 L14 75 75 R33 74 74
H10 120 160 L15 55 66.5 R34 148 148
H20 28 40 P34 121 145 T6 4.2 4.2
H23 73 123 P35 155 179 T7 50 50
H24 9 24.5 P36 156 180
P38(1) P40(1) P42 u 185 u 248 125 u 209 u 272 149
Note Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin
123
rotary handles for Compact C801 to C1251

dimensions
E28933 E28934
60
H15 X
H16
X
32
H18 H17
L12
Y L1
P1 P28 P29
P31 P30
front panel cutout

front panel escutcheon compulsory
E28935
R2 T5 R1
C4
C2
C3
C1
Y R3 R4
124
Merlin Gerin
extended rotary handle with door locking

dimensions
E28936
front panel cutout

P33 P32
E28937
F P1 d(*)
L14
E28938
R7 R6 R5 T6 T3 C(*) X
60 C(*)
X
X 32
H20
C5 C6 R8 Y C7 T7(f)
H19
P35 Z P1 d(*) F1 P34
L12 L13
L
(f) Only required when mounting behind a door
extended rotary handle without door locking

dimensions
E28939 E28940
front panel cutout
E28941
R5 T8
60 C(*)
T9 C(*) X
X
32
Y R9 R10
P37 P1 F d(*)
L12
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
C(*) 13.5
C1 C2 164.5 235
C3 C4 174.5 255
C5 70
C6 35
C7 38.5
H15 13.5
H16 H17 200.5 77.5
H18 123
H19 53
H20 L 103.5 105
L1 210
L12 73.5
L13 63
L14 104
P1 110
P28 112
P29 P30 229.5 25
P31 54
P32 39
P33 86
P34 42
P35 64
P36 63.5
P37 19.5
R1 125
R2 250
R3 R4 130.5 261
R5 73.5
R6 47
R7 73
R8 30
R9 43.5
R10 87
T3 6
T5 5
T6 68
T7 6.5
T8 8
T9 35.5
F mini short shaft 209
long shaft 333
F maxi short shaft 333
long shaft 523
F1 mini short shaft 251
long shaft 375
F1 maxi short shaft 375
long shaft 565
(*) To compensate for the vertical play of the shaft as a fonction of distance d, dimension C is to be increased by: c 1 mm for 76 i d i 120; c 2 mm for 120 i d i 160; c 3 mm for 160 i d i 200.
Merlin Gerin
Vertical play can be eliminated by using the shaft bracket, to be fitted on the circuit breaker.
125
indication and measurement modules for Compact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
circuit breaker with ammeter module
E21517 E21516
circuit breaker with current transformer module
X H9 H11 H13 H15 H8 H10 H12 H14
X H9 H11 H13 H15 H8 H10 H12 H14
P1 P2 P48 P47
P1 P2 P4
mounting
on backplate
2 poles or 3 poles
E21518
4 poles
E21519
K1
K1 K1 K
K1
K1 K1 K2 K
G7
G1 X G
G9 X
G6 T T4 (d)
G8
on rails
2 poles or 3 poles
E21520 E21521
4 poles
K1 K K2 K
U (e)
G7
G1 X G X
G6 T
126
Merlin Gerin
front panel cutout

circuit breaker with ammeter module and voltage presence indicator
E21673 E21674
C29 C30 X C C28 C27 C1
P6
Y R R1 R16 R17
E21677
E21678
C29 C30 C23 C22 C28 C27
P43 Z
Y R16 R17 R14 R15
C 28 41.5
C1 76 116
C22 28 41.5
C23 76 126
C27 56.5 56.5
C28 124 185.5
C29 30 30
C30 78.5 122
G 62.5 100
G1 125 200
G6 137.5 200
G7 200 300
G8 145 213.5
G9 215 327
H8 155.5 227.5
H9 236 355
H10 169 242.5
H11 263 385
H12 235.5 340
H13 396 580
H14 253.5 337
H15 432 574
K 17.5 22.5
K1 35 45
K2 70 90
P1 81 95.5
P2 86 110
P4 111(1) 168
P6 88 112
P43 89 112
P47 137 162
P48 128 154
R 14.5 31.5
R1 29 63
R14 48.5 64.5
R15 97 129
R16 46.5 64.5
R17 93 93
T 6 6
T4 22 32
U(e) i 32 i 32
(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS 250N/H/L.
(d) Only for rear connected circuit breaker, for 2P circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. (e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin
Short terminal shields compulsory for drawout type.
127
front accessories for Compact NS100 to NS630
extended escutcheons
for toggle
E21635
E21636
E21637
for Vigi module

E21638
Circuit breaker with toggle or rotary handle

E21640 E21639 E21464
Circuit breaker with motor mechanism
52,4
91
35
63 53
toggle cover
E21653 E21654 E21655
M8
A3
D3

for toggle
E21641 E21642 E21643
M2
M3
A1
D1
D2
for Vigi module

E21644 E21645 E21646
79
64
69
3,5
6,5
128
Merlin Gerin

for extended escutcheon, motor mechanism module or rotary handle
E21647 E21648 E21649
M6
M7
A2
D1
D2
for Vigi module with extended escutcheon or ammeter module

E21650 E21651 E21652
93,5
80,5
157
3,5
6,5
Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L
A 91 123
A1 69 102
A2 157 189
A3 94 35
D 35 134
D1 3.5 3.5
D2 6.5 6.5
D3 40 60
M 73 123
M2 115 155
M3 102 142
M6 114 164
M7 101 151
M8 94 134
Merlin Gerin
129
manual source-changeover system Compact NS100 to NS630

manual source-changeover system with rotary handles
dimensions
E21660 E21659
front panel cut-outs

185 9* 24,6** 175
X
E21661
75 150
87,5
Y 9,25 325
133* 157** Z
9,25
61,5
185 295 46,5
(*) Compact NS100/250 (**) Compact NS400/630
manual source-changeover system with toggles

dimensions
3 poles
E21685 E21683 E21684
4 poles
Y
P5 Z
Y L16 L18 L
L16 L17

3 poles to the left
E21686 E21687
4 poles to the left
C3 C2
C3 C2
R2
R19
R2
R18
R19
R2
C2 54 92.5
C3 108 184
L 52.5 70
L16 140 185
L17 245 325
L18 280 370
R2 54 71.5
R18 89 116.5
R19 140 185
P5 83 107
130
Merlin Gerin
manual source-changeover system Compact C801 to C1251

manual source-changeover system with rotary handles
dimensions
E28956 E28958

R34 R33
E28957
R32
H27
X H26 H25
C34
C33
Y Y Y L12 L17 L19 L12 L18
P44 P43
P32
mounting on blackplate
3 poles
E28959 E28960
4 poles
K14 K13 K14 K13
T1 U
T1 U
K15 K13
K15 K13
X G
G1
X G
G1
K39
K39
C33 81.5
C34 170
G 125
G1 240
H25 86.5
H26 180
H27 200.5
K13 70
K14 140
K15 210
K39 290
L12 73.5
L17 290
L18 133.5
L19 530
P32 39
P43 229.5
P44 184
R32 128.5
R33 290
R34 520
T1 7
U 32
Merlin Gerin
131
automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS100 to NS250

base plate
dimensions, 3 poles or 4 poles
Fixed device
T9
E33349 E33350 E33351
Plug-in device
( )
T10
H43
H45
H22 H20 X H23 H21
H42 H44
P54
H46 L31 Y K25 L32 Y

P50 P52 Z P33 P32
P7 P8 P9
(*) Short terminal shields obligatory.
mounting
Vertically mounted devices
E33357 E33356
Horizontally mounted devices
G51 X
K35
G50
K25
Y
Y
K25 K35 K36
U G50 G51
Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L
G50 138 180
G51 285 360
H20 62.5 100
H21 97 152
H22 45.5 83
H23 73 123
H42 60 60
H43 120 120
H44 145 189
H45 300 378
H46 30.5 68.5
K25 156 210
K35 246.5 318.5
K36 300 400
L31 110.5 150.5
L32 354 466
P7 27 27
P8 45 45
P9 75 100
P32 178 250
P33 143 215
P50 23 23
P52 85 99
P54 21 21
T9 9 9
T10 6 6
U i 32 i 32
132
Merlin Gerin

base plate
dimensions, 3 poles or 4 poles
E33360
T9
T10
T10 H45
H43 H42
O I I O I I
H43
H42 H44
H46 L31 Y K25 L32 Y
Fixed device
E33361 E33362
Plug-in device
( )
H22 H20 X H23
P54
Z
Z P50 P52 P33 P32
P7 P8 P9
(*) Short terminal shields obligatory.
mounting
Vertically mounted device
E33368

E33367
G51 X
K35
G50
K25 K36
K25 K35 K36
U G50 G51
Note: Dimensions see page 132

Merlin Gerin
133
automatic source-changeover system Compact C801 to C1251

base plate
dimensions 3 poles or 4 poles
Fixed device
E33372 E33371
H28 H43 H42 H29
G41 G57 X
G40 G56
K45 L21
Y K46 L20 L23
P45 Z
P46 P38
mounting
Vertically mouted devices
E28952

T10
E28953
T10
G38 Y
G41 G40
G36
Y Y
U K45 K44 K46
G37 U X K42 K41
G36 286
G37 187
G38 625
G40 179
G41 350
G56 204
G57 400
H28 480
H29 241
H42 60
H43 120
K41 204
K42 400
K44 286
K45 187
K46 625
L20 286
L21 202
L23 655
P38 263.5
P45 20
P46 3
T10 8.1
U 32
134
Merlin Gerin
automatic source-changeover system IVE and controller option

electrical interlocking unit IVE
dimensions
E33352 E33353
11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 7 8 9 10
H47 H43
N
H48 H49
R
L33 L34 L35
P58 P62
auxiliaries control plate ACP and controller UA/BA

door cut-out for controller UA/BA
E33355 E33354
P60
H51 H50
C34
H52 L36 L37

P61 P59 P63
E33363
E33364
C34
Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
C34 140
H43 120
H47 150
H48 137
H49 160
H50 200
H51 255
H52 22
L33 6
L34 48
L35 83
L36 138
L37 150
P58 65
P59 170
P60 95
P61 90
P62 150(min)
P63 187
Merlin Gerin
135
automatic source-changeover system Compact NS100 to NS250 / NS100 to NS250 Compact NS400 to NS630 / NS400 to NS630
front panel cutout
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: NS100 to NS250
E38893 E38894
97 48,5
97 48,5
X
X
76 29
Y 156
145
NS100 to NS250
NS100 to NS250
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: NS400 to NS630

129
E38895 E38896
129 64,5 64,5
126 41,5
NS400 to NS630
Y 210
NS400 to NS630
Z 217
Note Compact NS: Dimensions with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi see page 120
136
Merlin Gerin
automatic source-changeover system Compact NS400 to NS630 / NS100 to 250 Compact C801 to C1251
front panel cutout
"Normal" circuit: NS400 to NS630, "Replacement" circuit: NS100 to NS250
129
E38897 E38898
64,5
126
X
41,5
NS400 to NS630
Y 210
NS100 to NS250
Z 217
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: C801 to C1251

215
E38899 E38900
215 107,5 107,5
183
X 70
Z 254
C801 to C1251
Y 286
C801 to C1251
Note Compact NS: Dimensions with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi see page 120
Merlin Gerin
137
Compact: connection
Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100N Compact NS100 to NS630

Compact NS fixed, front connection
E23950
by cables
Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100N
E23949
Comes equipped with bare cable connectors. Accessories: long terminal shields.
L S
L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables
NS80H-MA/NSC100N 16 1.570 4 (S i 6 mm2) 5 (S > 4 mm2) copper or aluminium
OFF
push to trip
Compact NS100NS630
E23951
Snap-on connectors can be added directly to the terminals. Material: steel up to 160 A, tinned aluminium up to 250 A. Accessories: phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended up to 500 V and mandatory above 500 V. Insulation kit mandatory above 600 V. Phase barriers are supplied as standard. Screw-on connectors can be fitted on the terminals. Material: tinned aluminium. Accessories: phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended up to 500 V and mandatory above 500 V. Insulation kit mandatory above 600 V. Phase barriers are supplied as standard. Distribution connectors can be fitted on the terminals. Material: tinned aluminium. Accessories: phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended up to 500 V and mandatory above 500 V. Insulation kit mandatory above 600 V. Phase barriers are supplied as standard.
E18872
L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm) L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm)
i 160A 20 1.595 1.595 12
i 250A 20 1016 2535 2535 15 20 20 50185 50185 26
E22040
1 cable
push to trip
L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) 2 cables L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables
NS400/630 20 35300 31 3060 2 x 852 x 240 31 copper or aluminium
E23957
E25972
E22041
push to trip
L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables
NS100/250 1530 6 x 1.56 x 35 15 copper or aluminium
by insulated bars or cables with lugs

Compact NS100/630 devices are equipped as standard with terminals and nuts for direct connection to insulated bars or cables with lugs. For the NS630, spreaders are recommended.
E35575 E50702
NS100/250N/H/L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended 500 V i U i 600 V phase barriers or long terminal shields U > 600 V insulation kit insulated bars < 500 V mandatory insulated bars u 500 V mandatory U < 500 V NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >6 i 25 6.5 10
NS400/630L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long phase barriers or long terminal shields terminal shields insulation kit insulation kit mandatory mandatory mandatory NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >8 i 25 8.5 15 NS400/630 i 32 d + 10 i 15 3 i e i 10 > 10.5 i 32 10.5 50
NS400/630N/H
bars
400 d L
push to trip
L e
L (mm) I (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm)
138
Merlin Gerin
connection with accessories
NS100/250N/H/L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long 500V i U i 600V terminal shields U > 600V insulation kit insulated bars < 500 V mandatory insulated bars u 500 V mandatory U < 500V
NS400/630L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long phase barriers or long terminal shields terminal shields insulation kit insulation kit mandatory mandatory mandatory
NS400/630N/H
E18600
E35577
push to trip
Material: tinned copper. To be mounted on the upstream side. Right-angle terminal extension cannot be used with the insulation kit.
E25969/B
NS100/250 Add-on bare cable connectors with clips.
Phase barriers are supplied as standard.
E35578
E18601
E25961
straight terminal extensions
Compact NS100/250 Material: tinned copper.

push to trip
Mounting detail. 2 cables with lugs.
E35579
E21276
edgewise terminal extensions
E50702
Compact NS100/250 Material: tinned copper.
400
push to trip
For right-angle, straight and edgewise terminals extensions bars L (mm) I (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1) NS100 i 25 20 i I i 25 i 10 i6 >6 i 25 6.5 10 NS160/250 i 25 20 i I i 25 i 10 i6 >8 i 25 8.5 15 NS400/630 i 32 30 i I i 34 i 15 3 i e i 10 > 10.5 i 32 10.5 50
l L e
(1) For tightening to the terminals.
Merlin Gerin
E22040
right-angle terminal extensions
NS400/630 connector: 1 cable connector: 2 cables
139
Compact: connection
Compact NS fixed, front connection

connection with accessories
These accessories are used to increase the distance between the poles. NS100/250N/H/L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended 500V i U i 600V phase barriers or long terminal shields U > 600V insulation kit insulated bars < 500 V mandatory insulated bars u 500 V mandatory U < 500V NS400/630L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long phase barriers or long terminal shields terminal shields insulation kit insulation kit mandatory mandatory mandatory NS400/630N/H
spreader
E35580
E18599
Material: tinned copper. Terminal shields: c incompatible: NS100/250. c specific: NS400/630 (pole distance 52.5 only). pole distance without spreader with spreader NS100/250 35 mm 45 mm NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 6.5 i 25 6.5 10 NS400/630 45 mm 52.5 or 70 mm NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 8.5 i 25 8.5 15 NS400/630 i 40 d + 15 i 20 3 i e i 10 12.5 i 40 12.5 50
E50702
400
d L e L
push to trip
bars
L (mm) l (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1)
lugs
S (mm2)
E25959 E30907
NS100/250
3 lugs + barriers lugs with narrow 120 pads for copper 150 cable 185 lugs for 150 aluminium cable 185 4 lugs + barriers 120 150 185 150 185
NS400/630
3 lugs + barriers 240 300 240 300 4 lugs + barriers 240 300 240 300
Accessories: see page 138, direct connection by cables with crimped lugs.
phase barriers
E28013
c supplied with snap-on and screw-on bare cable connectors, distribution connectors, lugs, right-angle terminal extensions, straight terminals extensions, edgewise terminal extensions and spreaders,
c horizontal or vertical position, c can be replaced by long terminal shields.
push to trip
140
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS fixed, rear connection

by bars or cables with crimped lugs
E23958
Compact NS100/630 can be equipped with short or long rear connectors; the use of both lengths is possible. Depending on the way the rear connectors are fitted, 4 possibilities of connection are offered (horizontal, vertical and 45) that can be mixed.
E25968
Material of the rear connectors: tinned copper. The use of short terminal shields is recommended.
push to trip
2 lengths
E25967 E50702
4 positions
bars
400 d L e L
connection to bars or cables with lugs
NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >6 i 25 >6 5
NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >8 i 25 >8 5
NS400/630 i 32 d + 15 i 15 3 i e i 10 > 10.5 i 32 > 10.5 20
(1) For tightening to the terminals
by bare cable (copper or aluminium)

E25969
For Compact NS100/250, the rear connectors can be equipped with add-on bare cable connectors.
The use of short terminal shields is recommended.
push to trip
Merlin Gerin
E25969/B
141
Compact: connection
Compact NS withdrawable, front connection

E35581
Compact NS100/630, withdrawable on plugin base or chassis, are fixed on rails or on a backplate; refer to drawings pages 110 and 111. Connections are made to the vertical terminals of the plug-in base. NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 6.5 i 25 6.5 5
Material of the terminals: tinned copper. The use of short terminal shields is compulsory. For Compact NS630 spreaders can be fitted to the terminals of the plug-in base.
E50702
bars
400
push to trip
d L e L
NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 8.5 i 25 8.5 5
NS400/630 i 32 d + 15 i 15 3 i e i 10 10.5 i 32 10.5 20

E26411
The use of the insulating screen (supplied with the plug-in base) between the rear panel and the plug-in base is compulsory.
Accessories: c long terminal shields + adapter for plug-in base or phase barriers + adapter for plug-in base, c the adapter for plug-in base provides the same connection possibilities as the basic device (bare cable connectors, bars, etc.).
by bare cables
E26409 E18872
For Compact NS100/250, the terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with snapon bare cable connectors. Snap-on bare cable connectors fit directly onto the terminals. Material: steel I i 160 A aluminium I i 250 A.
L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm) L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm)
i 160A 20 1.595 1.595 1.595
i 250A 20 1016 2535 2535 15 20 20 50185 50185 26
E23950
L S
E26410 E22040
For Compact NS400/630, the terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with screw-on bare cable connectors. Screw-on bare cable connectors can be fitted on the terminals. Material: aluminium. Accessories: long terminal shields or barriers.
E22041
1 cable L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) 2 cables L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables
NS400/630 20 35300 31 3060 2 x 852 x 240 31 copper or aluminium
142
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS withdrawable, rear connection

E26412
Mounting on rails or through a panel Refer to drawings page 110. Connections are made to the horizontal (2 positions) terminals of the plug-in base. Refer to drawings pages 150 and 151. The terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with bare cable connectors. For Compact NS630 spreaders can be fitted to the terminals of the plug-in base.
For Compact NS100/250, the terminals of the plug-in base can be also in the vertical position and equipped with add-on bare cable connectors. In such case, the use of the insulating screen (supplied with the plug-in base) between the front panel and the plug-in base is compulsory. The use of short terminal shields is compulsory.
push to trip
Mounting on a backplate Refer to drawings page 111. Connections must be made to the long insulated horizontal terminals (2 positions: inside or outside) which replace the standard terminals of the plug-in base. Refer to drawings pages 150 and 151 . For Compact NS630, the spreaders can be fitted to the long insulated horizontal terminals. NS100 i 25 d +10 i 10 i6 6.5 i 25 6.5 5
For Compact NS100/250, the long insulated horizontal terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with add-on bare cable connectors. The use of short terminal shields is compulsory.
E26413
bars
d L e L
L (mm) I (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1)
NS160/250 i 25 d +10 i 10 i6 8.5 i 25 8.5 5
NS400/630 i 32 d +15 i 15 3 i e i 10 10.5 i 32 10.5 20
E50703
(1) For tightening to the terminals
Merlin Gerin
143
Compact: connection
Compact C801 to C1251
Compact C fixed, front connection

by bars
E23961 E23980 E23962 E23963
M10x40
11 11 12,5 = = 25 50 25 50 12,5 12,5
120 70
330 120 70
E23981
450 120 70 120 70
120 70
Terminals comprising threaded studs for direct connection to bars. Pole pitch: 52.5 mm. Tightening torque: 50 Nm.
E23979
90 25 25
20 15 100 70
5 12,2 25 50 12,5
Spreaders increase the pitch for easier connection. The spreaders can themselves be fitted with bare-cable connectors or rightangle terminal extensions, but are not compatible with terminal shields. Pitch: 120 mm.
E23968
E24097
by bare cable connectors copper or aluminium
E23970
E23969
58
38 S
1-3 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 185 mm2 Tightening torque: 31 Nm.
M10
1-4 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 240 mm2 Tightening torque: 42 Nm.
E26808
E23971
by cables with lugs

E23973 E23974
12,5 12,5 50 25 25
int. max. = 23
M10x40 M12
140 11 41 18 20 41 80 10 13
12 < 13
110 max.
= = 40
Compact C fixed, rear connection

by bars
E23961 E23975 E23965 E23964
by cables with lugs

E23976
11 11
M12
M12
M10x40
M10x40
12,5 = = 25 50
M10x40
25 50 M10x40 12,5 12,5
144
Merlin Gerin
Compact C withdrawable, rear connection

by bars
E23966 E23967 E23961
11 11 12,5 25 = 50 25 = 12,5 12,5 50
M10x40
M10x40
by cables with lugs

E23977 E23978
M12 M10x40
M12 M10x40
Compact C1251N 1000 V fixed, front connection

by bars
E43369 E43368
insulated part Isolant part
insulated part
(*) Cache-bornes terminal shields Terminal shields
E43367
Partie isole
500 mm mini 500 mm mini
11 12,5
=
= 25
i 50
E43370
Connection on edgewise terminal kit.
Long terminal shields are mandatory in both cases.

(*) if E is less than 500 mm a fully insulated connection covering at least 50 mm must be used.
Compact C1251N 1000 V fixed, rear connection

Connection identical to standard Compact C. Short terminal shields are mandatory.
Compact C1251N 1000 V withdrawable, rear connected

Connection identical to standard Compact C.
Merlin Gerin
145
Compact: connection
fixed Compact or Vigicompact NS100 to NS630
E21748
P21 P13
E21747
G4
X
G5 G19
Y
Z
K1
K1
K1
front connections
standard terminal
E35578
NS100/160/250
E21554
NS400/630
E21750
10,5
Z 14
70 X
X
113,5
bare cable connector

NS100/160/250
E21553 E21751
NS400/630
Z 14
E21752
Z 19
Z 46,5
70 X
X
113,5
113,5 X
rear connections
E21755
NS100/160/250
E21561
NS400/630
E21756
10 8,6 18 70 43 short RC 88 long RC X Z 20 13
15
13
23,2 14
30
50 short RC 115 long RC
113,5 Z X
(*) Short RC / Long RC
146
Merlin Gerin
connections with accessories

right-angle terminal extensions (upstream side only)
E35577 E35580
straight or edgewise terminal extensions

NS100/160/250
E21556
NS100/160/250
E21563
37,5 39,5(b)
4 20,5
41 Z
30
70 Z X
70 X
NS400/630
E21758
NS400/630
8 34
E21754
F 58 Z 42
vue F
61 Z
8
113,5 X
113,5 X
distribution connectors (phase barriers compulsory)

NS100/160/250
E21565 E21566 E21557
Spreader
E21558
X 70
K10 K8 K8 G27 G26
K8
K9 K8
K8
41
X X
64,5 66,5(b)
G4 70 113.5
G5 140 227
G19 215 327
G26 30 39 52,5
G27 41 54 67,5
K1 35 45
K8 45 52.5 70
K9 159 187.5 240
K10 114 135 170
P13 19.5(1) 26
P21 44
(1) P13 = 21.5 mm for NS250N/H/L and Vigi MH module.
(b) Vigi module or NS250. Note: Dimensions of live parts: see pages 138 to 143.
Merlin Gerin
147
Compact: connection
fixed Compact C801 to C1251
front connections
3 poles
E28961 E28962
4 poles
K2 K2 K2 K52 G50 M10 K51 K50 K49 G44
P49
X G51
C801N to C1251N
with Visu module
E28966
P52
E28967
K2
K2
K2 T14
K53 K50 K50 K49 G44
G53 G52
G44 M10 K49 K50 K51 K52
148
Merlin Gerin
rear connections
C801N/H - C1251N/H
E28963 E28964
C801L - C1001L
P50
E28965
K2
K2
K2
P50
P6
G50 X G51
T12 G47 G48
P51 Z X
X
G45 G46
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
G44 G45 G46 G47 G48 G50 G51 K2 15 12.5 25 22 44 170 340 70
K49 K50 K51 K52 K53 M10 P6 12.5 25 22.5 45 50 M10 90
P49 P50 P51 P52 T12 T14 25 13 15 47.5 10.6 12.2
Merlin Gerin
149
Compact: connection
plug-in and withdrawable Compact or Vigicompact NS100 to NS630

plug-in base or chassis
E21570 E21569
K1
K1
K1
front connections
standard terminals
E21571
NS400/630 Mounting on backplate or on rails (1)

( )
With spreader
E21939
42 P21
E21572
P21
Z G32 G31 195,5 210,5
G32 G31
bare cable connectors

NS100/160/250 Mounting on backplate or on rails
( )
E21580
NS400/630
E21941
94 68
E21581
Z P28
Z G31
G32 G34
202
(1) When mounting on a backplate, the insulating screen, supplied with the plug-in base, is compulsory. (*) Short terminal shields compulsory.
150
Merlin Gerin
E21583
E21942
( )
NS100/160/250 Mounting through a backplate or on rails

E21582
NS400/630
109 83
P29 P30 Z
Z
G32 G34
X
94
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory.
66
rear connections
mounting through a backplate or on rails
( )
P22 P23
E21573
E21574
G35 G33
P24 P25
mounting on a backplate
Rear connections fitted at lower limit
E21576 E21577
Long insulated terminals compulsory.

P26 P27 Z
( )
G33
Rear connections fitted at upper limit

E21578
E21579
( )
P26 P27 E
G35
Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L

Merlin Gerin
E 4 6 6
G31 108.5 171 181
G32 100 156.5 166.5
G33 63.5 104 104
G34 110
G35 80.5 129 129
K1 35 45 45
P21 19 26 26
P22 75.5 114.5 124.5
P23 67 100 110
P24 49 82 92
P25 57.5 96.5 104.5
P26 75.5 108.5 108.5
P27 67 94 94
P28 26.5
P29 54.5
P30 36.5
151
Compact: connection
withdrawable Compact C801 to C1251
on universal chassis
C801N/H - C1251N/H
rear connections
E28969 E28968
C801L - C1001L
E28970
K2
K2
K2
P53
P53
P6
G50 X G51
X
T13 G47 G48
P54 X
G45 G46
on horizontal standard chassis

E28971 E28972 E28973
rear connections
P53
P53
P6
G49
X
G49 G49 G49
G49 G49
Y K48
K47
Z T13 G47 G48 P54
G45 G46
152
Merlin Gerin
on vertical standard chassis

E28975 E28976
rear connections
E28974
P53
P53
P6
K2
K2
K2
G50 X G51
X
T13 G47 G48
P54 X
G45 G46
Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI G45 12.5 G46 25 G47 22 G48 44 G49 70 G50 170 G51 340 K2 70 K47 170 K48 340 P6 90 P53 119 P54 14 T13 11
Merlin Gerin
153
Compact: wiring diagrams
legend
symbols
ACP BA BP BP1 : auxiliaries control plate : controller : latching "off" push-button : SDTAM reset button MX MT O OF1/ OF2/ OF3 ON OR : shunt release : motor mechanism module : opening order : changeover switch Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow
Note: All diagrams are shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open and relays in normal position.
CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle CAF2 CAO : early-break switch of rotary handle (convertible to CAF) : disconnected position indication contact : connected position indication contact : closing order : breaker for the protection of auxiliary circuits : QN-closing order : QR-closing order : tripped position signal lamp : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp : QN-closing order : QR-closing order : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit : auxiliary relay
: QN-opening order : QR-opening order
CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle CD CE F F1 FN FR H1 H2 IN IR IVE KA1/ KA2/ KA3 KM1 KT KR KG L1 L2 MN
Options: C : communication (COM) F : fault indications R : load monitoring T : residual current type earth fault protection Z : zone selective interlocking Q Q1 : Compact breaker : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" source : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Replacement" source : normal-source circuit breaker : replacement-source circuit breaker : reset order : bistable relay Telemecanique: RHK-41 : QN-breaker reset order : QN-breaker reset order : trip indication switch : fault indication switch : earth fault indication switch : load-shedding control signal : controller : normal-source voltage : replacement-source voltage
Q2
QN QR R RHK RN
: power contactor : forced operation on replacementsource control signal : additional check before transfer : engine-generator set control signal : "normal" source fault indication lamp : "replacement" source fault indication lamp : undervoltage release
RR SD SDE SDV SH UA UN UR
SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal
154
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS80H-MA Compact NSC100N

with OF1 and CAO1
E43821 E43822
with OF1 and CAF1/CAF2

92 94 12 14
12 14
WH RD
D1
C1
YE
VT
OF1
CAO1
OF1
CAF1
CAF2
dclencheur trip unit MN (1)
MX
SD
D4
C2
91
11
GY
11
WH RD
(1) MN or MX
with MN
E43823
with MX
CN1 - CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
E43824
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
F1
ordre de tripping order dclenchement H1 D1 92 94
ordre de tripping dclenchement order
H1
D1
92
94
dclencheur trip unit
MN SD
MX SD
D4
91
D4
91
Symbols Q SD OF1 MN MX CAO1 CAF1/CAF2 F1 H1

Merlin Gerin
: Compact NS : trip indication switch : changeover switch : undervoltage release : shunt release : early-break switch of rotary handle : early-make switch of rotary handle : breaker for the protection of MN/MX : tripped position signal lamp
Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
155
Compact NS100 to NS250 auxiliary circuits

manually operated circuit breaker
GY GY
E18916
314
312 352
354
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24
82
84
CE
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 72
74 82
84
OF1
OF2
CAF1
CAF2
CAO1
dclencheur trip unit MN (1) MX SD SDV 21

GY
(2)
SDE
Id
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS250 SD : trip indication switch SDE : fault indication switch SDV : earth fault indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle CAF2 CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle CE : connected positon indication contact CD : disconnected position indication contact
(1) : MN or MX. (2) : for the withdrawable or plug-in versions, SDV and OF2 switches can be installed in the breaker, but only one can be connected to the automatic auxiliary connectors. (3) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation. Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
WH
VT
VT
WH
GN
GN
RD
RD
YE
YE
VT
VT
D4
BL
C2
OR BL
91
GY
11
71
BK
81
CD 311
YE YE
351
D4
C2
91
11
21
81
WH GY RD
circuit breaker with motor mechanism

GY
E18917
RD
YE
VT
314
312 352
354
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24
84
A2
A4
B4
WH
GN
WH
RD
YE
YE
OR
VT
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 72
RD
CE
VT
74 82
84
B2
A2
A4
BL
GN (3)
B4
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow
GY
VT
VT
OF1
OF2 MT
dclencheur trip unit MN (1) MX SD BK (3) SDV 21 A1 (2) SDE
Id
D4
C2
91
11
71
81
L1
OR
CD 311 351 D4 C2 91 11 21 A1 L1
YE
auxiliary wiring connection plug-in / withdrawable breaker

Connection on automatic auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
E43816
YE
BL
Manual auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).

E43817
11 91
12 92
14 94
21
71
22
72
24
74
B4 A4 A2
24 22 21
74 72 71
84 82 81
D4 C2 D1 C1
GN
GY
GY
BK
BL
14 12 11
94 92 91
81
A1
82
L1
84
L1 A1
Fixed part (rear view).

D1 C1 C2 D4 A2 A4 B4
Fixed part (front view / looking into base)
156
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS400 to NS630 auxiliary circuits

GY GY WH VT VT RD E22042
314
312 352
354
Z11 e+ T1
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
24
82
84
CE
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 72
74 82
84
OF1
OF2
OF3
CAF1
CAF2
CAO1
dclencheur (3) trip unit (3) MN (1) MX SD SDV 21

GY GY
(2)
SDE
Id
WH
D4
RD BL BL
C2
OR BL
91
GY
11
31
71
81
Symbols Q : Compact NS400 to NS630 SD : trip indication switch SDE : fault indication switch SDV : earth fault indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle CAF2 CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle CE : connected positon indication contact CD : disconnected position indication contact
(1) : MN or MX. (2) : for the withdrawable or plug-in versions, SDV and OF2 switches can be installed in the breaker, but only one can be connected to the automatic auxiliary connectors. (3) : options only available for trip unit STR53UE. (4) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation. Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
WH
GN
GN
OR
GN
RD
BK
CD 311
YE YE
351
Z12 e
VT
RD
YE
YE
VT
VT
YE
T2
D4
C2
91
11
21
31
81
WH GY A4 B4 BL RD

GY GY VT E22043 VT 314 312 352 354
Z11 e+ T1
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34
84
A2
WH
GN
OR
GN
WH
RD
BK
YE
YE
YE
D1 C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 72
RD
CE
OR
VT
VT
VT
GN (4) 74 82 84 B2
YE
VT
A2
A4
B4
OF1
OF2
OF3 MT
dclencheur (3) trip unit (3) MN (1) MX SD BK (4) SDV 21 GY GY 31 A1 (2) SDE
Id
WH
D4 RD BL BL
C2 OR BL
91 GY
11
71
81 BK
L1 GN
CD 311 YE YE 351
Z12 e
T2
D4
C2
91
11
21
31
A1
L1
auxiliary wiring connection plug-in / withdrawable breaker

Connection on automatic auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
E43818 E43819
Manual auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).

34
11 91
12 92
14 94
21 81
22 82
24 84
31
71
32
72
74
T2 R2 T1 R1 Z12
34 32 31
_ e e+
Z11
A1
L1
Z11
e+
_ e
B4
D1 C1 C2 D4 A2 A4 B4 Z12 T1 R1 T2 R2
24 22 21
74 72 71
84 82 81
D4 C2 D1 C1
14 12 11
94 92 91
A4 A2
L1 A1
Fixed part (front view / looking into base)
Fixed part (rear view).
Merlin Gerin
157
Compact NS100 to NS630 motor mechanism

automatic reset with MN
E43825
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
F ordre de tripping order dclenchement (2) D1 H1
O H2
A2
A4
B4
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : tripped position signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order orders O : opening order should not be (must be >150 ms) simultaneous
(1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation.
RD
WH
WH
OR
BL
GN (1) 84 B2
D1
82
A2
A4
B4
(2) : tripping order must lock out closing order. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.
Q MT SDE MN BK (1)
Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
D4
A1
GN
D4 BL
81 BK
A1
L1
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white
L1
automatic reset with MX

E43826
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
F H1
O H2
tripping ordre de dclenchement order (2) (2)

C1 A2 A4 B4
RD
WH
WH
OR A2 A4
C1
82
84
B2
BL B4 GN L1 L1
GN (1)
Q MT SDE MX BK (1)
OR
C2
81 BK
A1
C2
A1
158
Merlin Gerin
automatic reset without auxiliary

E43827
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
H1
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H1 : tripped position signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order orders O : opening order should not be (must be >150 ms) simultaneous
O H2 A2 A4 B4
(1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
RD
WH
OR
A2 A4
82
84
B2
BL
B4
GN (1)
Q MT SDE
BK (1)
A1
GN
81
A1
L1
BK
L1
control via switch or relay

with MN/MX
E43838 E43839
O
locked by par vrouillage trippingde l'ordre order dclenchement
vrouillage locked by par trippingde l'ordre order dclenchement
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
82
81
82
81
Controlled by switch.
Controlled by relay.
without auxiliary
E43840 E43841
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
82
81
82
81
Merlin Gerin
Controlled by relay. 159

remote reset with MN
E43834
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
R ordre de tripping order dclenchement (3) (3) D1 84
O H2
A2
A4
B4
OR
(1) 82 84 B2
D1
A2
A4
BL
RD
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp R : load monitoring option (must be >150 ms) orders F : closing order should not be O : opening order simultaneous (must be >150 ms) F order has priority
WH
WH
B4
Q MT (2) MN SDE
(2) : connect SDE terminal 81 to auxiliary connector terminal 84. (3) : tripping order must lock out closing order. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
GN
D4
BL
81
BK
A1
L1
D4
A1
L1
remote reset with MX

E43835
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
O H2
ordre de dclenchement tripping (3) order (3) C1 84 A2 A4 B4
WH
OR A2 A4
(1) 82 84 B2
C1
BL B4 GN L1 L1
RD
Q MT (2) MX SDE
OR
C1
81 BK
A1
C2
A1
WH
160
Merlin Gerin
remote reset without auxiliary

E43836
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
O H2
84
A2
A4
B4
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp R : load monitoring option (must be >150 ms) orders F : closing order should not be O : opening order simultaneous (must be >150 ms) F order has priority
OR
A2 A4
(1) 82 84 B2
BL
B4
RD
WH
(2) : connect SDE terminal 81 to auxiliary connector terminal 84. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
Q MT (2) SDE
A1
GN
81
A1
L1
L1

with MN/MX
E43914 E43915
BK
2 R
O R vrouillage par locked by tripping l'ordre de order dclenchement
locked by vrouillage par tripping l'ordre de order dclenchement
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
81
81
without auxiliary
E43916 E43917
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
81
81
Merlin Gerin

local manual reset with MN
E43837
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
F ordre de tripping dclenchement H1
O H2
order
D1
84
A2
A4
B4
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : electrical fault signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order orders O : opening order should not be (must be >150 ms) simultaneous F order has priority
(1) (2) : required to ensure correct indication of an electrical fault. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.
WH
WH
OR
RD
D1
82
84
B2
A2
A4
BL
B4
Q MT SDE (2) MN (1)
BL
D4
A1
GN
D4
81
BK
A1
L1
L1
local manual reset with MX

E43919
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
F H1 ordre de tripping dclenchement
O H2
order
C1
84
A2
A4
B4
WH
WH
OR
RD
C1
82
84
B2
A2
A4
BL
B4
Q MT SDE (2) MX (1)
OR
C2
A1
GN
C2
81
BK
A1
L1
L1
162
Merlin Gerin
local manual reset without auxiliary

E43920
CN1
- CN1 + CN2 - CN2
F1
F H1
O H2
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H1 : electrical fault signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order O : opening order orders (must be >150 ms) should not be F order has priority simultaneous
(1) (2) : required to ensure correct indication of an electrical fault. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
84
A2
A4
B4
WH
OR
RD
82
84
B2
A2
A4
BL
B4
Q MT SDE (2)
(1)
A1
GN
81
BK
A1
L1
L1

with MN/MX
E43844 E43845
O
locked by par vrouillage tripping l'ordre de order dclenchement
locked by par vrouillage trippingde l'ordre order dclenchement
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
81
81
without auxiliary
E43912 E43913
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
81
81
Merlin Gerin
Compact C801 to C1251 auxiliary circuits

E43972
314 312 324 322 352 354 362 364 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34
WH
GN
RD
RD
GN
YE
YE
VT
D1
C1
92
94 12
14 22
VT
24 32
34 82
84
102
YE
CAO 81
104
OF1
OF2
OF3
dclencheur trip unit MN (1) MX SD
SDE
GY
GY
BK
OR
BK
BL
BK
D4
C2
91
11
21
31
101
CD 311 321
CD 351 361 D4 C2 91 11 21 31

type T
E43973
314 312 324 322 352 354 362 364 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 A2 A4 B4
GY
VT
CE
CE
GN
RD
type TS
E43974
A2 A4 B4
WH
GN
RD
YE
GN
RD
RD
GN
GN
RD
D1
C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
RD
YE
YE
VT
VT
CE
CE
34 82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
82
84
A2
A4
RD
VT
YE
VT
B4
OF1
OF2
OF3 MT (2)
trip unit MN (1) MX SD SDE
MT (3) SDE
GY
GY
BK
OR
BK
D4
BL
C2
BK
GN
BK
BK
GY
91
11
21
31
81
GY
A1
151
152
81
A1
BK
B1
CD 311 321
CD 351 361 D4 C2 91 11 21 31 (3) A1 B2 B1

A1 B1
Caution: the opening and closing orders are of the impulse type. For maintained orders, terminal B4 must not be connected.
E43973-1
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module CE : connected position indication contact CD : disconnected position indication contact CAO : early-break switch of rotary handle (convertible to CAF)
Legend
(1) : MN or MX. (2) : motor mechanism type T. (3) : motor mechanism type TS. Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow Auxiliary wiring connections Fixed or withdrawable device connected to auxiliary connector.
22 31 34 A2 B1 B4 21 12 24 91 32 94 A1 C2 A4 B2
11
14
92
C1 D1
D4
Connection by 6.35 mm tab connectors and 0.6 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
164
Merlin Gerin
circuit breaker equipped with a trip unit

trip unit STR55UE T/R/F - STR45AE T/R/F
E43975 E43980
trip unit STR55UE T/R/F/C - STR45AE T/R/FC
P1
S2
(4)
P1
S2
(4)
P2
S1
P2
S1
(2)
(6)
(5)
R1 R2
(2) (C)
Z11 Z12 T1 T2 e+ e-
Z11 Z12 T1 T2
Q dclencheur (1) trip unit
Z21 Z22 F11 F12 R3 R4
Z21 Z22 F11 F12
(3)
(6)
(3)
auxiliary source
auxiliary source
ili i
(1) : STR55UE RF / STR55UE TRF STR45AE RF / STR45AE TRF.
(1) : STR55UE FC / STR55UE RFC / STR55UE TRF / STR55UE TRFC STR45AE RFC / STR45AE TRFC (R function included in C function).
trip unit STR45BE T/R/C

E43981
P1
S2
(4)
P2
S1
(2) (C)
Z11 Z12 T1 T2 e
+
(2) : zone selective interlocking with the upstream circuit breaker (remove jumper), Lmax = 20m (twisted wires recommended). (3) : zone selective interlocking with the downstream circuit breaker (remove jumper), Lmax = 20m (twisted wires recommended). (4) : wiring specifications: - cross-sectional area: 1.5 mm2 (whether twisted or not) - maximum length: 15 meters - S2 earthed. (5) : contact (Ic1) for the version STR55UE TRF (terminals R1-R2). (6) : T1 - T2 or R3 - R4 for withdrawable versions.
e-
Z21 Z22
(3)
(1) : STR45BE C / STR45BE RC / STR45BE TC STR45BE TRC (R function included in C function).
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 C : communication (COM) F : fault indications R : load monitoring T : residual current type earth fault protection Z : zone selective interlocking
Note: All diagrams are shown with circuits de-energised, all devices open and relays in normal position.
Merlin Gerin
Auxiliary wiring connections Fixed or withdrawable device connected to auxiliary connector.

E43973-2
e+ R1 e R2
T1
Z11 Z12
Z21 F12
F11 Z22
R3 T2 R4
Connection by 6.35 mm tab connectors and 0.6 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
165
Compact C801 to C1251 T motor mechanism

automatic reset with MN
E43960
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
ordre tripping de dclenchement order (1) (1)
D1
94
A2
A4
B4
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
(1) : tripping order must lock out closing order.
WH
RD
GN
D1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
B2
A2
A4
RD B4
YE
VT
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.
Q OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SD MN SDE
BK
BL
GY
GN
D4
91
11
21
31
81
A1
151
152
D4
91
A1
B2
automatic reset with MX

E43961
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
BK
ordretripping de dclenchement order (1) (1)
C1
94
A2
A4
B4
WH
RD
GN
C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
B2
A2
A4
RD
B4 151 152 B2
YE
A1 A1
OF1
OF2
OF3 MT
dclencheur trip unit SD MX SDE
OR
BK
C2
91
GY
GN
C2
91
11
21
31
BK
81
VT
166
Merlin Gerin
automatic reset without auxiliary

E43962
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
A4 B4
94
A2
RD
GN
RD
YE
VT
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
OF1
OF2
OF3 MT
dclencheur trip unit SD SDE
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black GN : green GY : grey RD : red VT : violet YE : yellow
151 152
BK
GY
GN
91
11
21
31
BK
81
A1
91
A1
B2

with MN/MX
E43921 E43922
F verrouillage locked by par l'ordre trippingde dclenchement order
verrouillage locked by par l'ordre trippingde order dclenchement
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
82
82
without auxiliary
E43923 E43924
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
82
82
Merlin Gerin
Compact C801 to C1251 T motor mechanism

local manual reset with MN
E43982
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
F H1
ordre de tripping dclenchement (1)order (1)
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : electrical fault signal lamp F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
A4 B4
D1
A2
(1) : tripping order must lock out closing order. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
WH
GN
D1
RD
82
84
B2
A2
A4
RD
YE
VT
B4
dclencheur trip unit SDE MN
MT
GY
BL
D4
A1
GN
D4
81
A1
151
152
B2
local manual reset with MX

E43983
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
BK
F H1
ordre de tripping dclenchement (1) order (1)
C1
A2
A4
B4
WH
GN
RD
C1
82
84
B2
A2
A4
RD
YE
VT
B4
dclencheur trip unit SDE MX
MT
BK
OR
GY
GN
C2
81
A1
151
152
C2
A1
B2
170
Merlin Gerin
local manual reset without auxiliary

E43984
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H1 : electrical fault signal lamp F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.
A4 B4
H1
A2
GN
RD
RD
YE
VT
82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
dclencheur trip unit SDE
MT
BK
GY
GN
81
A1
151
152
A1
B2

with MN/MX
E43971 E43970
verrouillage par locked by l'ordre de tripping order dclenchement B2 A2 MT A4 B4
verrouillage locked by par l'ordre de tripping order dclenchement B2 A2 MT A4 B4
without auxiliary
E43929 E43930
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
B2
A2 MT
A4
B4
Merlin Gerin
Compact C801 to C1251 TS motor mechanism

remote reset without auxiliary
E43963
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module (type TS) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : tripped position signal lamp F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
O H1 F
A2
A4
B4
Caution: the opening and closing orders are of the impulse type. For maintained orders, terminal B4 must not be connected.
GN
82
RD
A2
A4
RD
B4
YE
VT
dclencheur trip unit SDE
MT
GY
A1
BK
81
A1
B1
BK
B1
172
Merlin Gerin

without MN/MX
E43931 E43956
1 F O
2 F O
A2 MT 82
A4
B4
A2 MT 82
A4
B4
Merlin Gerin
173

source-changeover systems without controller
E28449
local reset
E29491
without auxiliary
N
11 12 13 14 15 16
N
IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
22
24
82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
remote reset
QN
OF2
MT
SDE
E29492
11 12 13 14 15 16
N
IVE
R
21 81 A1 L1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RN
RR
automatic reset
22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4
QR
OF2
11 12 13 14 15 16
MT
SDE
(1) (1)
N
IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
21
81
A1
L1
Symbols QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch IVE : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit 174
MT OF2 RN RR
: : : :
motor mechanism contact position indication switch QN-breaker reset order QR-breaker reset order
Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
(1) : factory wiring: cannot be modified.
Merlin Gerin
recommended control system
E43832
L1 L2 11 12 13 14 15 84 84 16
N
SDE"N" SDE"R"
(2) R
(2)
81 81
IVE
10
ON OR FN FR
order de transfert sur ordre for transfer to la source "remplacement" "replacement" source (1) (1) order for return transfer to ordre de retour sur la source source (1) "normal" "normal" (1)
(1) : the orders for transfers between the "normal" and "replacement" sources must be electrically interlocked. (2) : simplified wiring diagram. The SDE signals are transmitted to the IVE unit. The SDE contacts are fitted in the circuit breakers.
CN 1 CN 2
+ CN 1 + CN 2
IVE operation
E27119
ON IN
I O I O
>150 ms
OR IR
I O I O
>150 ms
QN
I O
250 ms 500 ms
QR
I O
250 ms 500 ms 250 ms
Symbols FN : QN-closing order FR : QR-closing order ON : QN-opening order OR : QR-opening order IN : QN-closing order IR : QR-closing order L1 : "normal" source fault indication lamp L2 : "remplacement" source fault indication lamp QN : normal-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism Wire cross-sections: 1.5 to 2.5 mm2.
Following voluntary tripping See page 158 for information on motormechanism connection. Terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 may be short-circuited for immediate, automatic resetting. A local or voluntary remote reset possibility may be implemented by modifying the wiring of these terminals (see opposite page). Following fault tripping Following an electrical fault (overload, shortcircuit, earth fault), a manual reset on the front panel of the motor mechanism is mandatory.
Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed : no effect O or I. c
Merlin Gerin
175
Compact: wiring diagram

with emergency off by MN / automatic reset
E43988
NORMAL
D1
D1
22
24
82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
QN
OF2 MT dclencheur trip unit SDE
MN
D4
21
81
A1
L1
D4
CN1
- CN1 +
(2)
REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT
KA3
BP
KA3
CN2
D1
- CN2
D1
22
24
82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
Automatic reset Rarmement automatique

QR
(1) (1)
N IVE R
1 KA3 2 3 KA3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MN
D4
21
81
A1
L1
D4
Symbols QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism MN : undervoltage release OF2 : contact position indication switch SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism IVE : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit BP : latching "off" push-button 176
KA3 : auxiliary relay

(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied (2) : independent auxiliary source
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
Merlin Gerin

with emergency off by MX / automatic reset
E4398
NORMAL
CN4 CN3
- CN4 - CN3 +
(2)
ordre de order dclenchement
tripping
KA1
KA1
C1
22
24
82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
QN
MX
C2
21
81
A1
L1
REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT CN6

CN5
ordre de tripping dclenchement
- CN6 - CN5 +
(2)
order
KA2
KA2
Automatic automatique Rarmementreset

C1
22
24
82
84
B2
A2
A4
B4
(1)
QR
MX
N IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(1)
KA1
(3)
KA2
C2
21
81
A1
L1
Symbols QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch OF2 : contact position indication switch MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism IVE : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit
KA1 : time delayed auxiliary relay KA2

(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied (2) : this source can be - the source present for installation with voltage monitoring - an independent source. In both cases, protection must be provided for the MX. (3) : the reset orders must be delayed by 0.3 seconds.
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
Merlin Gerin
177
automatic source-changeover systems Compact C801 to C1251

without auxiliary
E33074
NORMAL
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
152
A4
A2
B2
B4
QN OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE
SD
91
11
21
31
81
151
A1
(1)
(1)
IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
152
A4
A2
B2
B4
QR OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE
SD
91
11
21
31
81
151
A1
Symbols QN : normal-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism SD : trip indication switch SDE : fault indication switch OF1 : contact position indication switches OF2 OF3 MT : motor mechanism IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal block RN : QN-reset order RR : QR-reset order
(1) factory wiring: cannot be modified
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, manual local resetting is required. Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
178
Merlin Gerin
recommended control system
E43832
L1 L2 11 12 13 14 15 84 84 16
N
SDE"N" SDE"R"
(2) R
(2)
81 81
IVE
10
ON OR FN FR
order for transfer to ordre de transfert sur "replacement" source (1) la source "remplacement" (1) order for return transfer to ordre de retour sur la source source (1) "normal" "normal" (1)
(1) : the orders for transfers between the "normal" and "replacement" sources must be electrically interlocked. (2) : simplified wiring diagram. The SDE signals are transmitted to the IVE unit. The SDE contacts are fitted in the circuit breakers.
CN 1 CN 2
+ CN 1 + CN 2
IVE operation
E27119
ON IN
I O I O
>150 ms
OR IR
I O I O
>150 ms
QN
I O
1s 500 ms
QR
I O
1s 500 ms 1s
Symbols FN : QN-closing order FR : QR-closing order QN : normal-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism ON : QN-opening OR : QR-opening IN : QN-closing IR : QR-closing L1 : "normal" source fault indication lamp L2 : "replacement" source fault indication lamp Wire cross-sections: 1.5 to 2.5 mm2.
Following tripping Whatever the cause (overload, short-circuit, earth fault, voluntary), a manual reset on the front panel of the motor mechanism is mandatory.
Merlin Gerin
179
automatic source-changeover systems Compact C801 to C1251

with emergency off by MN / local manual reset
E43985
CN2 NORMAL
- CN2 CN1
(2)
- CN1 +
tripping order dclenchement
ordre de
D1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
152
A4
A2
B2
B4
QN OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MN SD
D4
91
11
21
31
81
151
A1
(1)
(1)
IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
152
A4
A2
B2
B4
QR OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MN SD
D4
91
11
21
31
81
151
A1
Symbols QN : Compact C "Normal" circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MN : undervoltage release MT : motor mechanism module (type T)
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied (2) : independent auxiliary source
180
Merlin Gerin

with emergency off by MX / local manual reset
E43986
CN2 NORMAL
- CN2 CN1
(2)
- CN1 + ordre de tripping order dclenchement
C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
152
A4
A2
B2
B4
QN OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MX SD
C2
91
11
21
31
81
151
A1
(1)
(1)
IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C1
92
94 12
14 22
24 32
34 82
84
152
A4
A2
B2
B4
QR OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MX SD
C2
91
11
21
31
81
151
A1
Symbols QN : Compact C "Normal" circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module (type T)
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied. (2) : this source can be: - the source present for installation with voltage monitoring, - an independent source. In both cases, protection must be provided for the MX.
Merlin Gerin
181
automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS and C

source-changeover systems with controller BA
E33075
indication
E43968 f
N R auto stop
selecteur selector
23 22
14 13 16 15 11 12 10 9 5 7
1 3 5 1 3 5
6 8
Q1
Q2
transfer conditions
E43969 f
ACP
2 N O L 17 18 20 21
R E 25
24
10
25
si contact ferm if contact closed
ordre de permutation voluntary transfer volontaire (ex: EJP)
24
25
Connectors 20 and 21: additional check contact (not carried out by the controller)
23 22
BA
17 18 20 21
11 12
13 14 15 16 10
11 12 13 14 15 16
IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
enlever remove for C801/1251 pour C801/1251
Symbols Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" source Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Replacement" source ACP : auxiliaries control plate BA : controller IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal block unit
Tests on "Normal" and "Replacement" voltages Single-phase check for UN and UR: tested across terminals 1 and 5 of circuit breakers Q1 and Q2.
182
Merlin Gerin
operation
E27121
UN or KT
I O I UR O I KR O I O I QR O
QN
T1 0,130 s 0.130 s
500 ms
250 ms
T2 0,1240s 0.130 s
500 ms
250 ms
Inputs UN : normal-source voltage UR : replacement-source voltage KT : forced operation on replacementsource control signal KR : additional check before transfer. Outputs QN : normal-source circuit breaker QR : replacement-source circuit breaker.
Important If UR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer is not carried out. If KR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer takes place only once KR has changed to I state.
Merlin Gerin
183

source-changeover systems with controller UA
E43965 E43918
load-shedding and genset management

N R auto stop
selecteur dlestage dmarrage groupe selector load shedding generator order start-up order
23 22
27 26 28
30 29 31
14 13 16 15 11 12 10 9 5 7
6 8
Q1
Q2
ACP
E43964
transfer conditions
10 R E 25
24
24 N O L
A B C 01
17 18 20 21
R E 25
see "normal" UN voir tableau contrle de la test table tension "normal" UN
/ voltage A=0 1 phase control A=1 3 phases control

N
si contact ferm if contact closed
EJP / voluntary B=0 N=off fault B=1 N=on generator

24 N O L R E 25
C=0 t6=120s t max C=1 t6=180s start generator
ordre de permutation volontaire (ex: EJP) voluntary transfer
23 22
Connectors 20 and 21 : additional a check contact (not carried out by the controller)
UA
17 18 20 21
11 12
13 14 15 16 10
"Normal" and "Replacement" UN tests

"Normal" UN test
ref. UA ref. UA150
tension d'alimentation supply position switch de l'interrupteur position
29472 29474
29472 29474
29473 29475
/ / N/N 380/415VCA voltage 220/240VCA 220/240VAC 380/415VAC 220/240VAC 220/240VCA 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 440V - 60Hz N
11 12 13 14 15 16
A=0
N
1L1 3L2 5L3
1L1 3L2 5L3
1L1 3L2 5L3
IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Q1
Q1
Q1
enlever remove for C801/1251 pour C801/1251
A=1
1L1 3L2 5L3
1L1 3L2 5L3
Q1
Q1
"Replacement" UR test Single-phase check for voltage UR across terminals 1 and 5 of circuit breaker Q2.
Symbols Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" source Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Replacement" source ACP : auxiliaries control plate UA : controller IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal block unit
184
Merlin Gerin
controller operating parameters

E43966 E43967
communication (COM)
boucle COM COM loop
24 N O L 17 18 20 21
A B C 01
N / voltage A=0 1 phase control A=1 3 phase control
R E 25
+ 24v 0v 0v 24v + si contact ferm if contact closed
4 2 1 14 3 1 15 13 5
6 8 10 12 7 9 11
24 N O L 17 18 20 21
A B C 01
R E 25
+ 24v 0v 0v 24v + si contact ferm if contact closed
4 2 1 14 3 1 15 13 5
6 8 10 12 7 9 11
BBus
/ voltage A=0 1 phase control A=1 3 phase control

N
BBus
EJP / voluntary B=0 N=off fault B=1 N=on generator C=0 t6=20s t max C=1 t6=180s start generator
ordre de permutation volontaire (ex: EJP) voluntary transfert
EJP / voluntary B=0 N=off fault B=1 N=on generator C=0 t6=20s t max C=1 t6=180s start generator
ordre de permutation volontaire (ex: EJP) voluntary transfert
c monitoring of voltage N A = 0 single-phase monitoring, A = 1 three-phase monitoring. c voluntary transfer v taking generator failure into account, B = 0 circuit breaker N opens, B = 1 circuit breaker N remains closed. v max generator start time (T6) C = 0 T = 120 s, C = 1 T = 180 s. After this time T, the generator is considered to be faulty.
Setting the UA address using the two BBUS encoder wheels.
operation
E30189
or UN ou KT UR KR KG
I O I O I O I O
SH I O QN I O QR I O T1 0.130s 0,1...30s 120-180s T3 0.530s 0,5...30s T2 10240s 10...240s T4 0.530s 0,5...30s T5 60...600s
Inputs UN : normal-source voltage UR : replacement-source voltage KT : forced operation on replacementsource control signal KR : additional check before transfer. Outputs KG : engine-generator set control signal SH : load-shedding control signal QN : normal-source circuit breaker QR : replacement-source circuit breaker.
Important If UR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer is not carried out. If KR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer takes place only once KR has changed to I state.
Merlin Gerin
185

BA operation
Operation A four-position switch can be used to select: c automatic operation, c forced operation on source N, c forced operation on source R, c stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off). Time delay settings t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears. t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored. Adjustment of time delays in front: c t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, c t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds.
4-position switch in "stop" position

E27107 E27108
4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)

E30187
4-position switch in "N " position (forced operation on "Normal" source)
stop
QN and QR open
operat. on source N
N I
R O
4-position switch N and UN present
"auto" reset duration a 1 s
UN fail (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received QN opens t > 0.5 s
QR opens
end of reset t > 0.5 s QR closed "stop" QR closes QN closes QN closed

operat. on source N
N O R I N I R O
It is not necessary to set controller UA to stop position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to auto.
operat. on source N
action on 4-positions switch
UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped QR opens t > 0.5 s t > 0,5 s
4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)

E32708
QN closes QN closed
4-position switch in "R" position and "UR" present QN opens t > 0.5 s QR closes QR closed
operat. on source N
N O R I
Inputs UN UR QN QR normal-source voltage replacement-source voltage normal-source circuit breaker replacement-source circuit breaker.
Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed
186
Merlin Gerin
UA operation
Operation A four-position switch can be used to select: c automatic operation, c forced operation on source N, c forced operation on source R, c stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off). Time delay settings t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears. t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored. t3: time delay before QR closes once QN has opened and the load has been shed. t4: time delay before QN closes once QR has opened and the load has been reconnected. t5: time delay for confirmation of presence of UN before stopping the generator set. Adjustment of time delays in front: c t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, c t2 from 10 to 240 seconds, c t3 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, c t4 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, c t5 from 60 to 600 seconds.
4-position switch in "stop" position

E27107 E30185
4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)

E30187
4-position switch in "N" position (forced operation on "Normal" source)
stop
QN and QR open
operat. on source N
N I
R O
genset off
4-position switch in "N" and UN present QR opens and load shedding t > t4 QN closes QN closed
operat. on source N
N I R O
"auto" reset duration a 1 s
UN fails (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received genset startup UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s Test for UR positive (UR contact closed) QN opens and load shedding
end of reset
"stop" t > t3
genset off
It is not necessary to set controller UA to stop position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to auto.
QR closes QR closed
operat. on source N
N O R I
genset on
QR opens and load reconnection t > t4 QN closes QN closed genset remains on UN present for t > t5 and no voluntary switching order received genset off UR absent
E30186
UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped
4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)
4-position switch in "R" and UN present
genset startup UR present for t > 120 s or 180 s QN opens and load shedding t > t3 QR closes QR closes
operat. on source N
N O R I
genset on
Inputs UN normal-source voltage UR replacement-source voltage QN normal-source circuit breaker QR replacement-source circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin
Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed
187
motor protection
Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME
thermal fault early break signal: SDTAM
Thermal fault indication
E28434
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
D1
BP1
WH
97 KA1
13
43
14
KA1
44
Q1
trip unit SDTAM
98
BL
D4
A1 KA1 A2 H1
X1 X2
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 F1 : breaker for the protection of the auxiliary circuits SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BP1 : SDTAM reset button KA1 : auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 H1 : SDTAM fault indication light
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BL : blue WH : white
188
Merlin Gerin
Operation
E28435
I surcharge overload O I SDTAM O BP1 H1 Q I O I O I O
tr
IQ
Input tr
: overload (long time) protection tripping time overload : current greater than Ir (long time tripping threshold) IQ : closing order for circuit breaker Q
Note: Only circuit breaker Q opens. The above automatic control sequence is not run.
Legend c O state: off-state (circuit open) c I state: on-state (circuit closed) : either on - or off-state c
Merlin Gerin
189
Compact: connection
Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME (cont.)
Thermal fault indication and differentiated tripping
E28436
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
D1
WH
97
21 Q1 BP1 dclencheur trip-unit SDTAM KA1 22 KA1
42
44
(1) 98
BL
D4
E1
A1 KA1 KM1 A2 KA2 E2 KM1
A1 H1 A2
X1 X2
Symbols Q1: Compact NS100 to NS630 F1: auxiliary circuit breaker SDTAM: thermal fault early break signal
BP1: SDTAM reset button KA1: auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 H1: SDTAM fault indication light
Accessories such as the lamps and the auxiliary circuit breaker are not supplied with the circuit breaker. All schemes are shown without the supply voltage present, all devices open and relays in the de-energised position.
190
Merlin Gerin
Operation I surcharge overload O I SDTAM O I BP1 O I H1 O KM1 Q1 I O I O On short-circuit or earth fault Only circuit breaker Q1 opens. The above automatic control sequence is not run. Legend c O state: off-state c I state: on-state : either on - or off-state c
E28437
tr
tr: overload (long time) protection tripping time overload: current greater than Ir (long time tripping threshold) Same automatic system using a bistable relay
CN1 - CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
D1
D4
BP1
Symbols Q1: Compact NS100 to NS630 F1: auxiliary circuit breaker SDTAM: thermal fault early break signal BP1: SDTAM reset button KA1: auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 H1: SDTAM fault indication light Accessories such as the lamps and the auxiliary circuit breaker are not supplied with the circuit breaker. All schemes are shown without the supply voltage present, all devices open and relays in the de-energised position.
E28438
E4
RHK
12 11 14
22 21 24
(1)
A1 KM1 A2 H1
X1 X2
Merlin Gerin
191
Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME
Thermal fault indication and differentiated tripping
E43828
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
D1
WH
97
21 Q BP1 KA1 22 KA1
42
44
trip unit dclencheur

SDTAM
(1) 98
BL
D4
E1
A1 KA1 KM1 A2 KA2 E2 KM1
A1 H1 A2
X1 X2
Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 F1 : breaker for the protection of the auxiliary circuits SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BP1 : SDTAM reset button KA1 : auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CADN31 or CADN22 KA2 : mechanical latching unit Telemecanique LA6 DK1 H1 : SDTAM fault indication light KM1 : power contactor
(1) : KM1 operation conditions to be inserted between 22 and A1
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BL : blue WH : white
192
Merlin Gerin
Operation
E28437
I surcharge overload O I SDTAM O I BP1 O I H1 O KM1 Q I O I O
tr
Input tr: overload (long time) protection tripping time. Overload: current greater than Ir (long time tripping threshold).
Note: On short-circuit or earth fault, only circuit breaker Q1 opens. The above automatic control sequence is not run.
Legend c O state: off-state (circuit open) c I state: on-state (circuit open) s : either on - or off-state
Same automatic system using a bistable relay

E43829
CN1
- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
F1
D1
Symbols Q : Compact NS100-160-250 F1 : breaker for the protection of the auxiliary circuits SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BP1 : SDTAM reset button RHK : bistable relay Telemecanique : RHK-41 H1 : SDTAM fault indication light KM1 : power contactor
(1) : KM1 operation conditions to be inserted between 22 and A1
BP1 D4
E4
RHK
12 11 14
22 21 24
(1)
A1 KM1 A2 H1
X1 X2
Merlin Gerin
193
Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100/NS100 to NS630 early-make switch (CAF)

with MN
E43831
CN1 CN2 - CN1 + - CN2 (1)
tripping ordre de dclenchement order

X1
Symbols Q : Compact NS SD : trip indication switch MN : undervoltage release CAF1/ : early make switch of rotary handle CAF2 XI : terminal block and wiring accessory for CAF (not included, must be ordered separately)
(1) : independent auxiliary source
WH
WH
WH
D1
D1 C1
Remark: NS80H-MA and NSC100 circuit breakers are not plug-in or withdrawable devices. As a result there is no automatic auxiliary wiring connector. Connections are made directly to the device. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
RD
WH
CAF1
CAF2
dclencheur trip unit MN
RD
BL
D4
BL
D4
Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green RD : red WH : white
with MN + SD
E43830
CN1 CN2
- CN1 + - CN2
(1)
tripping ordre de dclenchement order

X1
WH
WH
WH
GN
RD
RD
D1
92
94
WH
GN
D1 C1
92
RD
94
CAF1
CAF2
dclencheur trip unit MN SD
D4
BL BL
91
D4
91
BK
BL
194
Merlin Gerin
Compact 80 to 1250 A complementary technical information

page tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks: c Compact NS c reflex tripping c Compact C motor starter protection protection of industrial control panels earth fault protection and load monitoring effect of high temperatures altitude derating power dissipation, resistance current limiting 400 Hz applications circuit breaker selection for DC applications switch-disconnectors protection protection of LV/LV transformers cascading protection discrimination motor protection discrimination cascading and enhanced discrimination protection of motor circuits circuit breaker/contactor coordination type 2 coordination type 1 coordination
196 199 200 202 204 205 206 209 210 212 216 218 220 222 224 236 265 270 280 287 303
coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking
195
Compact: complementary technical information
tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks

trip units for Compact NS100NS250
TM16D / TM16G
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
TM16G : 4 x In
E28452 E28453
TM25D / TM25G
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
TM16D : 12 x In
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

TM25G : 3.2 x In
TM25D : 12 x In
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : t < 10 ms 10 ms
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : t < 10 ms 10 ms
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
TM32D / TM40D / TM40G

E28454
TM50D / TM63D / TM63G

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
TM40D : 12 x In
E28455
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
TM40G : 2 x In
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05
TM63G : 2 x In
TM63D : 8 x In
TM32D : 12,5 x In
TM50D : 10 x In
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : 10 ms t t<<10 ms
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : < 10 ms tt< 10 ms
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
196
Merlin Gerin
TM80D / TM100D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : < 10 ms t t< 10 ms
E28456 E28457
TM125D / TM160D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
NS160/250 Im = 12 x In NS100 Im = 8 x In
TM125D 10 x In
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
TM160D 8 x In
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : 10 ms t t<<10 ms
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
TM200D / TM250D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : < 10 tt < 10 ms
Im = 5 10 x In
E28458
Effect of high temperatures: see page 206. Reflex tripping: see page 199.
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
Merlin Gerin
197
tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)

trip units for Compact NS100NS250 (cont.)
STR22SE - 40100 A
E28459 E28460
STR22SE - 160250 A
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 210 x Ir
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping dclenchement rflexe : tt < 10 ms ms
I = 11 x In Ir = 0.41 x In
Ir = 0.41 x In
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Im = 210 x Ir
reflex tripping dclenchement rflexe : tt < 10 ms ms
I = 11 x In
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
STR22GE - 40100 A
E28409
STR22GE - 160250 A
E28410
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping : t < 10 ms Im = 210 x Ir Ir = 0.41 x In
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500

Ir = 0.41 x In
200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5

Im = 210 x Ir
.2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

reflex tripping : t < 10 ms
I = 11 x In
I = 11 x In
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
198
Merlin Gerin

STR23SE
E28461
STR53UE
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 210 x Ir
tr = 116 s Ii = 1.511 x In rflex tripping : t < 10 ms Ir = 0.41 x In
E28462
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping dclenchement rflexe : t < 10 ms 10 ms
I = 11 x In Ir = 0.41 x In
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 1.510 x Ir
i2 t ON 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
i 2 t OFF
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 5 7 10
20 30 50 I / In
Effect of high temperatures: see page 206.
reflex tripping Compact NS

All Compact NS circuit breakers and switchdisconnectors incorporate the exclusive reflex tripping system. This extremely simple system breaks very high fault currents by mechanically tripping the device via a "piston" actuated directly by the pressure produced in the breaking units resulting by a short-circuit. For high short-circuits, thermal withstand this system provides a faster break and a trip guarantee, as well as natural total discrimination. Reflex tripping curves are exclusively a function of the circuit breaker rating.
E28463
20
NS630
STR22SE160
NS250
NS400
10 t 8 (ms) 7 6 5 4
TM160D
TM16D...TM100D
NS100-NS160
3 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 kA rms kA eff 60 100 200
Merlin Gerin
199
tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)

trip units for Compact C801C1251
STR25DE
E24056 E24057
STR35SE / ME
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s)
I = 1.510 x Ir STR35ME in OFF position Ir = 0.41 x In
Inst. (*)
C801 N-H C1001 N-H 15 In C801 L C1001 L 8 In C1251 N-H 12 In
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Ir = 0.41 x In
5 2 1 .5
0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1
I2t ON
Im = 1.510 x Ir
Inst (*)
.2 .1 .05
I2t OFF
0.2 0.1
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 3 5 7 10 x In 20 30
STR35GE
E24058 E24059
STR55UE
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10
Im = 1.510 x Ir Ir = 0.41 x In
Inst. (*)
C801 N-H C1001 N-H 15 In C801 L C1001 L 8 In C1251 N-H 12 In
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5

0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1
Inst. (*)
Ir = 0.41 x In
C801 N-H C1001 N-H 15 In
C801 L C1001 L 8 In
C1251 N-H 12 In
tr = 15480s
t (s)
Inst (*)
5 2
I2t ON
Im = 1.510 x Ir
I2t ON
1 .5
Inst (*)
0.3
0.3 0.2 0.1
.2 .1 .05 .02
I2t OFF
0.2 0.1
.2 .1 .05 .02
I2t OFF
0.2 0.1
.01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 3 5 7 10 x In 20 30
.01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 3 5 7 10 x In 20 30
200
Merlin Gerin
STR45AE
E24063
STR45BE
S (*)
C801 N-H 20 In C1001 N-H 23 In C1251 N-H 18 In
E24060
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5

Im = 1.510 x Ir Ir = 0.41 x In
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 2

I2t ON
limit if Ir = 0.4 x In
0.3
Ir = 0.41 x In
tr = 15480s
tr = 15480s
t (s)
t (s)
S (*)
Im = 1.510 x Ir (max 8 x In)
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
I2t ON
1 .5
0.3 0.2
.2 .1 .05
I2t OFF
sellim
0.2 0.1
I2t OFF
0.1
limit if Ir = 1 x In
0
.02 .01 .005 .002
3 4 5 7 10 x Ir
20
5 7 10 x In
20 30
.001 .5 .7
3 4 5 7 10 x Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
Effect of high temperatures: see page 206.
Merlin Gerin
201
tripping curves motor starter protection

Compact NS80
MA1.5MA80
E28466 E30212

MA2.5MA100
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 614 x In
thermal withstand tenue thermique
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Im = 6 14 x In
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : t < < 10 ms t 10 ms
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / In
20 30
50 70100
200300

MA150 and MA220
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping : t < 10 ms maximum thermal withstand MA220 MA150
E28467 E28370
STR22ME - 10220 A
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 9 14 x In
Ir
class 10 (IEC 947-4)
2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

I = 15 x In reflex tripping : t < 10 ms Im = 13 x Ir
3 4 5 7 10 I / In
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
202
Merlin Gerin

MA320MA500
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Im = 9 ... 14 x In maximum thermal withstand
E28369 E28468
STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 10 A

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5
Isd = 613 x Ir hot tripping curve cold tripping curve class 10 A
.2 .1 .05
reflex tripping : t < 10 ms
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

Ii = 10,4 x In
reflex tripping t < 10 ms
3 4 5 7 10 I / In
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 10

E38879
STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 20

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100
E38946
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5

Isd = 613 x Ir hot tripping curve cold tripping curve class 10
class 20
50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5
Isd = 613 x Ir hot tripping curve cold tripping curve
.2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

Ii = 10,4 x In reflex tripping t < 10 ms
.2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

Ii = 10,4 x In reflex tripping t < 10 ms
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
Thermal withstand capacities are given for circuit breakers working under 65 C of ambient temperature.
Reflex tripping: see page 199.
trip units for Compact C801C1251 See STR35ME and STR55UE curves page 200.
Merlin Gerin
203
tripping curves protection of industrial control panels

NSC100N
TM16D / TM25D / TM32D / TM40D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
16A : Im = 37,5 x In 20A : Im = 30 x In 25A : Im = 24 x In 32A : Im = 19 x In 40A : Im = 15 x In
E44454 E44455
TM50D / TM63D / TM80D

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
50A : Im = 20 x In 63A : Im = 16 x In 70A : Im = 14,3 x In 80A : Im = 12,5 x In
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
TM100D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
100A : Im = 12,5 x In
E44456
3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir
20 30
50 70100
200300
204
Merlin Gerin
tripping curves earth fault protection and load monitoring

Compact NS400 and NS630: options for trip unit STR53UE
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05 .07 .1
I2t OFF I2t ON Ig = 0.21 x In
E28371
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
.2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 I / In
5 7 10
20 30
Compact C801 to C1251: options for trip units STR45/55

E24061 E24062
load monitoring
10 000 5 000 2 000
Ih = 0.20.6 x In
Ir = 0.41 x In Ic1 = 0.81 x Ir Ic2 = 0.51 x Ir tr = 15480s tr1 = tr / 2 tr2 = tr / 4
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05.07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 x In 2 3 5 7 10 20 30
I2t OFF
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05.07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 x Ir
I2t ON
5 7 10
20 30
Merlin Gerin
205
effect of high temperatures
Compact NS with thermal-magnetic trip units

When the ambient temperature is greater than 40 C, overload-protection characteristics are slightly modified. When determining tripping times using time/ current curves, use Ir values corresponding to the thermal setting on the circuit breaker multiplied by the coefficients below.
These values are not modified for fixed circuit breakers equipped with one of the following elements: c Vigi module, c ammeter module, c insulation monitoring module, c current transformer module. They are also valid for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with: c ammeter module, c current transformer module. However, for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with Vigi or insulation monitoring modules, the following coefficients must be applied: trip unit coefficient TM16 to TM125 1 TM160 to TM250 0.9
single-pole and two-pole Compact NS 45 C 50 C rat. (A) 40 C 16 16 15.6 15.2 25 25 24.5 24 40 40 39 38 63 63 61.5 60 80 80 78 76 100 100 97.5 95 125 125 122 119 160 160 156 152 200 200 195 190 250 250 244 238
55 C 14.8 23.5 37 58 74 92.5 116 147.2 185 231
60 C 14.5 23 36 57 72 90 113 144 180 225
65C 14 22 35 55 70 87.5 109 140 175 219
70C 13.8 21 34 54 68 85 106 136 170 213
Compact NS100 to NS250 with TM-D and TM-G trip units 45 C 50 C 55 C 60 C rat. (A) 40 C 16 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.5 25 25 24.5 24 23.5 23 32 32 31.3 30.5 30 29.5 40 40 39 38 37 36 50 50 49 48 47 46 63 63 61.5 60 58 57 80 80 78 76 74 72 100 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 125 125 122 119 116 113 160 160 156 152 147.2 144 200 200 195 190 185 180 250 250 244 238 231 225
65C 14 22 29 35 45 55 70 87.5 109 140 175 219
70C 13.8 21 28.5 34 44 54 68 85 106 136 170 213
206
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS with electronic trip units

Tripping thresholds of electronic trip units are not influenced by temperature fluctuations. However, the maximum permissible current in the circuit breaker still depends on the ambient temperature.
Compact NS100...NS250
These values are not modified for fixed circuit breakers equipped with one of the following elements: c Vigi module, c ammeter module, c insulation monitoring module, c current transformer module. They are also valid for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with: c ammeter module, c current transformer module. However, for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with Vigi or insulation monitoring modules, the following coefficients must be applied: breaker trip unit coeff. NS100N/H/L STR22SE/GE 40 to 100 1 NS160N/H/L STR22SE/GE 40 to 160 1 NS250N/H/L STR22SE/GE 100 and 160 1 NS250N/H/L STR22SE/GE 250 0.86
The following tables give the maximum longtime protection setting to be used as a function of the ambient temperature around the circuit breaker. NS100N/H/L 40C 45C In : 40 to 100 A no derating Ir max 1 1 NS160N/H/L 40C 45C In : 40 to 160 A no derating Ir max 1 1 45C NS250N/H/L 40C In : 100A 100 100 Ir max 1 1 In : 160A 160 160 Ir max 1 1 In : 250A 250 250 Ir max 1 1 50C 1 50C 1 50C 100 1 160 1 250 1 55C 1 55C 1 55C 100 1 160 1 237.5 0.95 60C 1 60C 1 60C 100 1 160 1 237.5 0.95 65C 1 65C 1 65C 100 1 160 1 225 0.90 70C 1 70C 1 70C 100 1 160 1 225 0.90
Compact NS400 and NS630

These values are not modified for fixed or plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with: c ammeter module, c current transformer module. However, for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with Vigi or insulation monitoring modules, the following coefficients must be applied: breaker trip unit coeff. NS400N/H/L STR23SE and 53UE 0.97 NS630N/H/L STR23SE and 53UE 0.9 Note: when equipped with a Visu module, a Compact NS630 can not receive a Vigi module. For earth fault protection, see Vigirex catalogue.
The following tables give the maximum longtime protection setting to be used as a function of the ambient temperature around the circuit breaker. NS400N/H/L fixed plug-in / withdrawable NS630N/H/L fixed plug-in / withdrawable 40C 400 1/1 400 1/1 40C 630 1/1 570 1/0.9 45C 400 1/1 390 1/0.98 45C 615 1/0.8 550 1/0.88 50C 400 1/1 380 1/0.95 50C 600 1/0.95 535 1/0.85 55C 390 1/0.98 370 1/0.93 55C 585 1/0.93 520 1/0.83 60C 380 1/0.95 360 1/0.9 60C 570 1/0.9 505 1/0.8 65C 370 1/0.93 350 1/0.88 65C 550 1/0.88 490 0.8/0.98 70C 360 1/0.9 340 1/0.85 70C 535 1/0.85 475 0.8/0.95
In : 400A Io/Ir max In : 400 Io/Ir max In : 630A Io/Ir max In : 570A Io/Ir max
Merlin Gerin
207
effect of high temperatures (cont.)
Compact with electronic trip units (cont.)

Compact C801C1251
The following tables give the maximum longtime protection setting to be used as a function of the ambient temperature around the circuit breaker. C801N/H/L fixed plug-in/ withdrawable C1001N/H fixed plug-in/ withdrawable C1001L fixed In (A) Io/Ir max In (A) Io/Ir max 40 C 800 1/1 40 C 1000 1/1 40 C 1000 1/1 910 1/0.9 40 C 1250 1/1 1160 1/0.925 45 C 790 1/0.975 45 C 975 1/0.975 45 C 975 1/0.975 885 1/0.875 45 C 1200 1/0.95 1120 1/0.875 50 C 780 1/0.975 50 C 950 1/0.95 50 C 950 1/0.95 860 1/0.85 50 C 1150 1/0.9 1080 1/0.85 55 C 770 1/0.95 55 C 925 1/0.925 55 C 925 1/0.925 835 1/0.8 55 C 1100 1/0.875 1040 1/0.8 60 C 760 1/0.95 60 C 900 1/0.9 60 C 900 1/0.9 810 1/0.8 60 C 1050 1/0.8 1000 1/0.8 65C 750 1/0.925 65C 875 1/0.875 65C 875 1/0.875 785 0.8/0.975 65C 1000 1/0.8 960 0.8/0.95 70 C 740 1/0.925 70 C 850 1/0.85 70 C 850 1/0.85 760 0.8/0.95 70 C 950 0.8/0.95 920 0.8/0.9
In (A) Io/Ir max withdrawable In (A) Io/Ir max C1251N/H fixed In (A) Io/Ir max withdrawable In (A) Io/Ir max
208
Merlin Gerin
altitude derating
Altitude does not significantly affect circuitbreaker characteristics up to 2000 m. Above this altitude, it is necessary to take into account the decrease in the dielectric strength and cooling capacity of air.
The following table gives the corrections to be applied for altitudes above 2000 m. The breaking capacities remain unchanged.
altitude (m) dielectric strength (V) max. service voltage (V) thermal rating at 40C (A)
2000 3000 690 1 x In
3000 2500 550 0.96 x In
4000 2100 480 0.93 x In
5000 1800 420 0.9 x In
Merlin Gerin
209
power dissipation, resistance
Compact NS with thermalmagnetic trip unit

Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. Resistance: in milliohms (m) per pole.
Compact NSC100N with TM-D trip unit / NSC100NA fixed breaker additional power 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) NSC100N 16 15 4 0.06 0.06 20 11.2 4.5 0.1 0.1 25 8 5 0.16 0.16 32 5.4 5.5 0.26 0.26 40 3.7 6 0.4 0.4 50 2.8 7 0.63 0.63 63 2 8 1 1 70 2 10 1.3 1.3 80 1.4 9 1.6 1.6 100 1 10 2.5 2.5 NSC100NA 100 0.6 6 2.5 2.5 Compact NS100 to NS250 with TM-D and TM-G trip unit fixed breaker additional power 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) NS100N/H/L 16 11.42 2.92 0 0 25 6.42 4.01 0 0 40 3.42 5.47 0.10 0.05 63 2.17 8.61 0.3 0.15 80 1.37 8.77 0.4 0.2 100 0.88 8.8 0.7 0.35 NS160N/H/L 80 1.26 8.06 0.4 0.2 100 0.77 7.7 0.7 0.35 125 0.69 10.78 1.1 0.55 160 0.55 13.95 1.8 0.9 NS250N/H/L 125 0.61 9.45 1.1 0.55 160 0.46 11.78 1.8 0.9 200 0.39 15.4 2.8 1.4 250 0.3 18.75 4.4 2.2 Compact NS80/NS100 to NS630 with MA trip unit fixed breaker additional power 3 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) NS80H 1.5 93.3 0.21 2.5 89.6 0.56 6.3 75.6 3 12.5 12.8 2 25 2.24 1.4 50 1.04 2.6 80 0.94 6.02 NS100N/H/L 2.5 148.42 0.93 0 0 6.3 99.02 3.93 0 0 12.5 4.05 0.63 0 0 25 1.66 1.04 0 0 50 0.67 1.66 0.2 0.1 100 0.52 5.2 0.7 0.35 NS160N/H/L 150 0.38 8.55 1.35 0.68 NS250N/H/L 220 0.3 14.52 2.9 1.45 NS400H/L 320 0.12 12.29 3.2 1.6 NS630H/L 500 0.1 25 13.99 7 Compact NS100 to NS160 single pole and two poles fixed breaker 1/2 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole NS100N/H 16 11.3 2.89 20 6.3 2.52 30 2.9 2.61 40 2.9 4.64 50 1.4 3.5 63 1.4 5.56 80 1.25 8 100 0.76 7.6 NS160N/H 125 0.63 9.84 160 0.48 12.29
withammeter transf. drawable module module 0 0 0 0.1 0 0 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.1 1 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.1 0.1 1 0.2 0.2 1.6 0.3 0.3 2.6 0.5 0.5 1.6 0.3 0.3 2.6 0.5 0.5 4 0.8 0.8 6.3 1.3 1.3
withammeter transf. drawable module module
0 0 0 0.1 0.3 1 2.6 4.89 6.14 15
0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.45 0.97 1.54 3.75
0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.45 0.97 1.54 3.75
210
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS with electronic trip unit

Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed breaker 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole NS100N/H/L 40 100 NS160N/H/L 40 100 160 NS250N/H/L 100 250 NS400N/H/L 400 NS630N/H/L 630 (1) 0.84 0.468 0.73 0.36 0.36 0.27 0.28 0.12 0.1 1.34 4.68 1.17 3.58 9.16 2.73 17.56 19.2 39.69
additional power Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) 0.1 0.05 0.7 0.35 0.4 0.2 0.7 0.35 1.8 0.9 1.1 0.55 4.4 2.2 3.2 1.6 6.5 3.25
withdrawable 0.2 1 0.6 1 2.6 1.6 6.3 9.6 19.49
ammeter module 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 1.3 2.4 5.95
bloc transfo. 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 1.3 2.4 5.95
(1) additional power dissipation for Vigi and withdrawable breaker: given for 570 A.
Compact C with electronic trip unit

Compact C801 to C1251 fixed breaker 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole C801N/H 800 0.065 41.6 C801L 800 0.1 64 C1001N/H 1000 0.06 60 C1001L 1000 (1) 0.1 100 C1251N/H 1250 (2) 0.06 93.75 C1251N 400 0.06 9.6 1000 V 800 0.06 38.4 1250 (2) 0.06 93.75
additional power R/pole P/pole 0.09 57.6 0.14 89.6 0.085 85 0.14 115.93 0.085 114.38 0.085 13.6 0.085 54.4 0.085 114.38
(1) power dissipation withdrawable breaker given for 910 A. (2) power dissipation withdrawable breaker given for 1160 A.
Merlin Gerin
211
current limiting
circuit-breaker current limiting capacity

The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its aptitude to limit short-circuit currents. Roto-active breaking - exceptional current limiting capacity
E28801
Ics = 100% Icu

The exceptional limiting capacity of the Compact NS range greatly reduces the forces created by fault currents in devices. The result is a major increase in breaking performance. In particular, the service breaking capacity Ics is equal to 100% of Icu. The Ics value, defined by IEC standard 947-2, is guaranteed by tests comprising the following operations: c breaking a fault current equal to 100% of Icu three times consecutively; c checking that the device continues to function normally: v it conducts the rated current without abnormal temperature rise, v protection functions perform within the limits specified by the standard, v suitability for isolation is not impaired.
t
longer service life of electrical installations

Current limiting circuit breakers greatly reduce the negative effects of short-cicruits on installations. Thermal effects Less temperature rise in conductors, therefore longer sevice life for cables. Mechanical effects Reduced electrodynamic forces, therefore less risk of electrical contacts or busbars being distorted or broken. Electromagnetic effects Less disturbance for measuring devices located near electrical circuits.
Icc prospective Isc peak prospective current prospective Isc limited Isc peak limited Isc
tc
actual current
economy by means of cascading

Cascading is a technique directly derived from current limiting. Circuit breakers with breaking capacities less than the prospective short-circuit current may be installed downstream from a current limiting circuit breaker. The breaking capacity is enhanced by the limiting capacity of the upstream device. It follows that substantial savings can be made on downstream switchgear and enclosures.
The exceptional limiting capacity of the Compact NS range is due to the rotating double break technique (very rapid natural repulsion of contacts and the appearance of two arc voltages in series with a very steep wavefront).
212
Merlin Gerin
current limiting curves
The current limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is expressed by two curves which give, as a function of the prospective shortcircuit current (the current which would flow if no protection devices were installed): c the actual peak current (limited current); c the thermal stress (A2s), i. e. the energy dissipated by the short-circuit in a conductor with a resistance of 1 . The table below indicates the maximum permissible thermal stresses for cables depending on their insulation, material (Cu or Al) and CSA. CSA values are given in mm2 and thermal stresses in A2s.
Example 1 What is the real value of a 150 kA rms prospective short-time (i. e. 330 kA peak) limited by an NS250L upstream? Answer: 30 kA peak (see page 214). Example 2 Is an Cu/PVC cable with a cross-section of 10 mm2 adequately protected by an NS160N? Answer: The table opposite indicates that the permissible stress is 1.32 106 A2s. All short-circuit currents at the point where an NS160N (Icu = 35 kA) is installed are limited with a thermal stress less than 6 105 A2s (see page 214). Cable protection is therefore ensured up to the limit of the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker. 25 8.26 106 3.38 106 1.39 107 4.70 106 35 1.62 107 6.64 106 2.23 107 9.23 106 50 3.31 107 1.35 107 4.56 107 1.88 107
maximum permissible cable stress
CSA (mm2) PVC PRC Cu Al Cu Al
1.5 2.97 104 4.10 104
2.5 8.26 104 1.39 105
4 2.12 105 2.92 105
6 4.76 105 6.56 105
10 1.32 106 5.41 105 1.82 106 7.52 105
16 3.4 106 1.39 106 4.69 106 1.93 106
Merlin Gerin
213
current limiting (cont.)
current limiting curves for 380/415 V

peak current
E28469
200
C801 C1001 C1251 H C801 C1001 C1251 L C801 C1001 L H N L H N NS630 NS400 NS250 NS160 NS100
TM32...250 TM25 TM16
100 80 70 60 50 40 k 30 20
10 8 7 6 5 4 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300 kA eff kA rms

E28470
thermal stress
10 5 3 2
C801 C1001 C1251 N
C801 H C1001 C1251 L C801 C1001
10 5 3 2 A S 2 10 5
N N
6
H H
L NS630 L NS400 L NS250 NS160 NS100

TM32250
3 2 10 5 3 2 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300 kA eff kA rms

5
TM16 TM25
214
Merlin Gerin
current limiting curves for 690 V

E27104
peak current
200
100 80 70 60 50 40 30 k 20
N NH H
C801H C1001H C1251H C801N C1001N C1251N L NS630
C801L C1001L
L NS400
L L NS250
NS100-NS160
TM 40160 TM 25
10 8 7 6 5 4 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60
TM 16
100
200
300
kA eff kA rms
E27105
thermal stress
10 5 3 2 10 5 3 2 2 A S 10 5 3 2 10 5 3 2
C801H C1001H C1251H C801N C1001N C1251N L H N N H N H L NS250 NS100-NS160

TM 32160
C801L C1001L
NS630
L NS400
TM 25 TM 16
10
20
30 40
60
100
200
300
kA rms kA eff
Merlin Gerin
215
400 Hz applications
tripping thresholds
The 400 Hz current settings are obtained by multiplying the 50 Hz values by the following coefficient: c K1 for thermal trip units; c K2 for magnetic trip units. On adjustable trip units, these adaptation coefficients are independent of the unit adjustment knob position.
For thermal trip units, the current settings are lower at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K1 i 1). For magnetic trip units, the current settings are conversely higher at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K2 u 1). Adjustable trip units should be set to minimum, or use Compact circuit breakers equipped with low magnetic trip units (type G).
Electronic trip units The use of electronics offers the advantage of greater operating stability when the frequency is varied. However, the devices are still subjected to frequency related temperature effects which may sometimes pose restrictions on their use. Column K1 of the table below gives the maximum permissible current to be used for the current setting (knob position).
thermal-magnetic trip units

circuit breaker NS100N trip unit TM16G TM25G TM40G TM63G TM16D TM25D TM40D TM63D TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D thermal setting at 40 C 16 25 40 63 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 K1 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 magnetic setting 63 80 80 125 240 300 500 500 650 800 1000 1250 1000 (*) 1250 (*) K2 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
NS250N
(*) for TM 200D and TM250D, Im must be set to its maximum
electronic trip units

Adaptation coefficients Compact
circuit breaker NS100N NS250N NS400N NS630N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N C1251N trip unit STR22SE STR22SE STR23SE STR23SE STR53SE STR53SE STR25DE STR35SE/GE STR25DE STR35SE/GE STR25DE STR35SE/GE rating Ir at 50 Hz (A at 40 C) 40...100 100...250 400 630 400 630 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 long-time Ir maxi K1 0.4 to 1 0.4 to 0.9 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 short-time Irm at 50 Hz (A) 2 to 10 Ir 2 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
216
Merlin Gerin
breaking capacity of Compact NS and Compact C circuit breakers at 400 Hz

At 440 V, 400 Hz:
circuit breaker NS100N NS250N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N C1251N breaking capacity 12 kA 4,5 kA 10 kA 10 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
auxiliary releases
For Compact NS100-630 For circuit breakers on 400 Hz systems, only 125 V DC rated releases can be used. The release must be supplied by the 400 Hz system via a rectifier bridge (to be selected from the table opposite) and an additional resistor with characteristics depending on the system voltage and the type of circuit breaker. Connection
E27172
U (V) 400 Hz 110/127 V
220/240 V
380/420 V
rectifier Thomson 110 BHz or General Instrument W06 or Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3 Thomson 110 BHz or General Instrument W06 or Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3 Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3
additional resistor 10 k-2 W
22 k-8 W
33 k-15 W
Note : other models of rectifier bridges can be used if their characteristics are at least equivalent to those stated above.
R MN/MX
U volt 400 Hz
125 V DC
For Compact C801-1251 The following auxiliary releases are designed to operate at 400 Hz.
U (V) 400 Hz MN 110/130 V MN 208/250 V MN 380/415 V MX 380/415 V
catalogue number 44925 44926 44932 44914
Merlin Gerin
217
circuit breaker selection for DC applications
selection criteria
The selection of the type of circuit breaker most suitable for protection of a DC installation depends mainly on the following criteria: c the rated current, which determines the rating of the equipment;
type of system diagrams and various cases of faults
c the rated voltage, which determines the number of poles in series necessary for breaking; c the maximum short-circuit current at the point of installation, which determines the breaking capacity; c the type of network (see below).
insulated systems a centre point of the DC supply is earthed i a
+
earthed systems one polarity of the DC supply is earthed i a

+
i
+
a R B b C A
R B b C A
U/2 + U/2 b
R B C A
fault effect
fault A fault B fault C
max. Isc the positive polarity is the only one involved max. Isc both polarities are involved no effect fault A the poles required to perform the break are in series on the positive polarity
most unfavorable case distribution of the breaking poles
Isc close to max. Isc the positive polarity is the only one involved, voltage U/2 max. Isc both polarities are involved same as fault A but this is the negative polarity which is involved faults A and C on each polarity there must be the number of poles required to perform the break of max. Isc at U/2
no effect max. Isc both polarities are involved no effect fault B the poles required to perform the break are shared between the 2 polarities
Calculation the short-circuit current (Isc) across the terminals of a battery When a short-circuit occurs across its terminals, a battery discharges a current given by Ohm's law:
Isc = Vb Ri
where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery 100% charged). and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sum of the cell resistances (figure generally given by the manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery).
Example What is the short-circuit current at the terminals of a standing battery with the following characteristics: c capacity: 500 Ah; c max. discharge voltage: 240 V (110 cells of 2.2 V); c discharge current: 300 A; c autonomy: 1/2 hour; c internal resistance: 0.5 m per cell. Ri = 110 x 0.5 10-3 = 55 10-3
Isc = 240 = 4.4kA 55 103
As the above calculation shows, the shortcircuit current is relatively weak.

Note: If the internal resistance is not known, the following approximate formula can be used: Isc = kC, where C is the capacity of the battery expressed in Ampere-hours, and k is a coefficient close to 10 but in any case always lower than 20. 240 V DC 300 A 500 Ah Ri = 0.5 m/cell
E27173
Isc
Example 1 Determine the protection required for a 80 A feeder on a 125 V DC network with an earthed negative pole and an Isc of 15 kA.
E28206 E28208
Example 2 Determine the protection required for a 100 A feeder on a 250 V DC network with an earthed middle point and an Isc of 15 kA.
E28210
Example 3 Determine the protection required for a 400 A feeder on an unearthed 250 V DC network with an Isc of 35 kA.
+ 125 V = -
+ 250 V = -
+ 250 V = -
NC100 H 3P 80 A load load
NC100 H 4P 100 A
NS400H 2P 400 A load
The table opposite indicates that a NC100H circuit breaker (30 kA, 2P, 125 V) should be used. The table above indicates that both circuit breaker poles should be fitted on the positive pole of the network. An additional circuit breaker pole can be fitted on the negative pole of the network for isolation purposes.
Each pole will be exposed to a maximum of U/2 = 125 V. The table opposite indicates that NC100H (30 kA, 2P, 125 V), NS100N (50 kA, 1P, 125 V) or NS160N (50 kA, 1P, 125 V) circuit breakers should be used. The table above indicates that both circuit breaker poles must take part in the breaking at a voltage of 125 V.
The table opposite indicates that NS400H circuit breakers (85 kA, 1P, 250 V) should be used. At least 2 poles must take part in breaking. The table above indicates that the half the number of circuit breaker poles required for breaking should be fitted on the positive pole of the network and the other half on the negative pole.
218
Merlin Gerin
selection table of DC circuit breakers

type rated current (A) and trip units 16-25-40-63-80-100 16-25-40-63-80-100 16-25-40-63-80-100 80-100-125-160 80-100-125-160 80-100-125-160 160-200-250 160-200-250 160-200-250 MP1/MP2/MP3 MP1/MP2/MP3 P21/P41-1250 breaking capacity (kA) (L/R i 0.015 s) (and number of poles required to perform the break) 24/48 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V 50(1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 50 (3p) 25 (3p) protection against overloads (thermal) same as for trip units used on AC systems protection against short-circuits (magnetic)
NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400H NS630H C1251N-DC
no thermal protection: an external relay must be provided
specially designed for DC
Merlin Gerin
219
switch-disconnectors protection
E31431
Compact switch-disconnectors upstream protection

by circuit breaker
push to trip
STR
90 %Ir 105
22 DE
z test
50/60H
Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6
alarm
Ir Im
push to trip
by fuse
type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type aM (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V)
kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak
Compact switch-disconnectors upstream protection

by circuit breaker type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type aM (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak
Merlin Gerin
by fuse
(1) Protection by external thermal relay obligatory. (2) Without external thermal relay.
220
NS100NA
NS100N / 100 25 52 NS160-250N / 100 36 75 NS100-250H / 100 70 154 NS100-250L / 100 150 330 NSA160N / 100 30 63 100 80 176 80 100 220 160 100 220 80 & 63M80 80 176 160 & 100M160 80 176
NS160NA
NS160-250N / 160 36 75 NS160-250H / 160 70 154 NS160-250L / 160 150 330 NSA160N / 160 30 63
NS250NA
NS250N / 250 36 75 NS250H / 250 70 154 NS250L / 250 150 330
160 33 69 125 100 220 160 100 220 125 & 100M125 80 176 160 & 100M160 80 176
250 100 220 200 100 220 250 100 220 200 & 100M200 80 250 & 200M250 80 176
NS400NA
NS400-630N / 400 45 94 NS400-630H / 400 70 154 NS400-630L / 400 150 330
NS630NA
NS630N / 630 45 94 NS630H / 630 70 154 NS630L / 630 150 330
C801NI
C801-1251N / 800 50 105 C801-1251H / 800 70 154 C801-1001L / 800 150 330
C1251NI
C1251N / 1250 50 105 C1251H / 1250 70 154
400 100 220 315 100 220 400 100 220 315 & 200M315 80 176 355 & 315M355 80 176
Merlin Gerin
500 100 220 500 100 220 630 100 220 500 80 176 450 & 400M450 80 176 221
protection of LV/LV transformers
inrush currents
E17531
When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection devices.
1st crte 1erepeak 10 25In In 10 to 25
The peak value of the first current wave often reaches 10 to 15 times the rated rms current of the transformer and may reach values of 20 to 25 times the rated current even for transformers rated less than 50 kVA. This transient inrush current decays very quickly (in a few milliseconds).
In
selecting the protection

E15401
eprimary winding p
Merlin Gerin has conducted an extensive test programme to optimise the protection of LV/LV transformers. The Compact and Masterpact circuit breakers detailed in the following tables offer the following advantages: c protection of the transformer in the event of abnormal overloads; c no nuisance tripping when the primary winding is energised; c unimpaired electrical endurance of the circuit breaker.
The transformers used for the tests are standard. The values in the tables have been calculated for a crest factor of 25. These tables indicated the circuit breaker and trip unit to be used depending on: c the primary supply voltage (230 V or 400 V); c the type of transformer (single-phase or three-phase). They correspond to the most frequent case in which the primary is wound externally (1). The type of circuit breaker to be used (i.e. N, H or L) depends on the breaking capacity required at the point of installation.
protection using Compact circuit breakers
Compact NS100 to NS250 equipped with TM-D thermal-magnetic trip unit transformer rating (kVA) protective device 230 V 1-ph 230 V 3-ph/ 400 V 3-ph circuit breaker trip unit 400 V 1-ph 3 5 to 6 9 to 10 NS100N/H/L TM16D 5 8 to 9 14 to 16 NS100N/H/L TM25D 7 to 9 13 to 16 22 to 28 NS100N/H/L TM40D 12 to 15 20 to 25 35 to 44 NS100N/H/L TM63D 16 to 19 26 to 32 45 to 56 NS100N/H/L TM80D 18 to 23 32 to 40 55 to 69 NS160N/H/L TM100D 23 to 29 40 to 50 69 to 87 NS160N/H/L TM125D 29 to 37 51 to 64 89 to 111 NS250N/H/L TM160D 37 to 46 64 to 80 111 to 139 NS250N/H/L TM200D Compact NS100 to C1251 equipped with STR electronic trip unit transformer rating (kVA) protective device 230 V 1-ph 230 V 3-ph/ 400 V 3-ph circuit breaker trip unit 400 V 1-ph 4 to 7 6 to 13 11 to 22 NS100N/HL STR22SE 40 9 to 19 16 to 32 27 to 56 NS100N/H/L STR22SE 100 15 to 30 25 to 52 44 to 90 NS160N/H/L STR22SE 160 23 to 46 40 to 80 70 to 139 NS250N/H/L STR22SE 250 37 to 74 64 to 128 111 to 222 NS400N/H/L STR23SE 400 58 to 115 100 to 200 175 to 346 NS630N/H/L STR23SE 630 74 to 184 127 to 319 222 to 554 C801N/H STR35SE 800 92 to 230 159 to 398 277 to 693 C1001N/H STR35SE 1000 115 to 288 200 to 498 346 to 866 C1251N/H STR35SE 1250
Ir max setting 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1 1 1
(1) For other windings, please consult us. If a circuit breaker upstream of a transformer with a transformation ratio of 1 and a rated power of less than 5 kVA is subject to nuisance tripping, before choosing a circuit breaker with a higher rating, invert the input and the output of the transformer (the inrush current may be doubled if the primary is wound internally rather than externally).
222
Merlin Gerin
protection using a Masterpact circuit breaker
3-phase transformers (400 V primary) transformer circuit breaker P (kVA) In (A) Usc (%) type
trip unit
Ir = k1 In k1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000
887 1 126 1 408 1 760 2 253 2 817
5.5 5.5 5.5 5 5.5 5.5
M10N1/H1/H2/L1 M10N1/H1/H2/L1 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M16N1/H1/H2/L1 M16N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M32H1/H2 M32H1/H2
STR28DE STR38SE STR28DE STR38SE STR28DE STR38DE STR28DE STR38SE STR28DE STR38DE STR28DE STR38SE
Im = k2 Ir k2 time delay 0.1 0.2 0.3 10 7 6 4 10 7 5 4 10 7 6 4 9 6 5 4 9 7 6 5 8 6 5 4
3-phase transformers (230 V primary) transformer circuit breaker P (kVA) In (A) Usc (%) type
trip unit
Ir = k1 In k1 0.9 0.9 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
400 630 800 1 000 1 250 1 600 2 000
975 1 535 1 949 2 436 3 045 3 898 4 872
5.5 4.5 5 5.5 5 5.5 5.5
M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M32H1/H2 M32H1/H2 M40H1/H2 M40H1/H2 M50H1/H2 M50H1/H2 M63H1/H2 M63H1/H2
STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38D STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38D STR28D STR38S
Im = k2 Ir k2 time delay 0.1 0.2 0.3 10 8 6 4 10 7 6 4 9 7 5 4 9 7 6 4 9 6 5 4 9 7 6 5 8 6 5 4
Merlin Gerin
223
Complementary technical information
cascading
summary
application distribution cascading network 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V motor protection cascading 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V upstream device Compact NS Compact C, CM and Masterpact Compact NS Compact C and CM Compact NS Compact C, CM and Masterpact Compact NS Compact NS Compact NS downstream device Compact and Multi 9 Compact and Multi 9 Compact and Multi 9 Compact Compact and Multi 9 Compact, CM and Masterpact Compact NS, Integral, GVM Compact NS, Integral, GVM Compact NS, Integral tableau page 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 232 233 234
cascading for installations with 2 or 3 transformers in parallel
what is cascading?
Cascading is the use of the current limiting capacity of circuit breakers at a given point to permit installation of lower-rated and therefore lower-cost circuit breakers downstream. The upstream Compact circuit breakers acts as a barrier against short-circuit currents. In this way, downstream circuit breakers with lower breaking capacities than the prospective short-circuit (at their point of installation) operate under their normal breaking conditions. Since the current is limited throughout the circuit controlled by the limiting circuit breaker, cascading applies to all switchgear downstream. It is not restricted to two consecutive devices.
general use of cascading

With cascading, the devices can be installed in different switchboards. Thus, in general, cascading refers to any combination of circuit breakers where a circuit breaker with a breaking capacity less than the prospective Isc at its point of installation can be used. Of course, the breaking capacity of the upstream circuit breaker must be greater than or equal to the prospective short-circuit current at its point of installation. The combination of two circuit breakers in cascading configuration is covered by the following standards: c IEC 947-2 (construction) c NF C 15-100, 434.3.1 (installation).
coordination between circuit breakers

The use of a protective device possessing a breaking capacity less than the prospective short-circuit current at its installation point is permitted as long as another device is installed upstream with at least the necessary breaking capacity. In this case, the characteristics of the two devices must be coordinated in such a way that the energy let through by the upstream device is not more than that which can be withstood by the downstream device and the cables protected by these devices without damage. Cascading can only be checked by laboratory tests and the possible combinations can be specified only by the circuit breaker manufacturer.
220/240 V network downstream from a 380/415 V network

For 1P + N or 2P circuit breakers connected between the phase and neutral on a 380/415 V network, with a TT or TNS neutral system, consult the 220/240 V cascading table to determinate cascading possibilities between upstream and downstream circuit breakers.
cascading and protection discrimination

In cascading configurations, due to the Roto-active breaking technique, discrimination is maintained and, in some cases, even enhanced. Consult the enhanced discrimination tables on pages 270 to 278 for data on discrimination limits.
224
Merlin Gerin
economy by means of cascading

Thanks to cascading, circuit breakers with breaking capacities less than the prospective short-circuit current may be installed downstream from a current limiting circuit breaker. It follows that substantial savings can be made on downstream switchgear and enclosures. The example below illustrates this possibility.
cascading tables
Merlin Gerin cascading tables are: c drawn up on the basis of calculations (comparison between the energy limited by the upstream device and the maximum permissible thermal stress for the downstream device) c verified experimentally in accordance with IEC standard 947-2. For distribution systems with 220/240 V 400/415 V and 440 V between phases, the tables of the following pages indicate cascading possibilities between upstream Compact and downstream Multi 9 and Compact circuit breakers as well as between upstream Masterpact and downstream Compact circuit breakers.
example of three level cascading

Consider three circuit breakers A, B and C connected in series. The criteria for cascading are fulfilled in the following two cases: c the upstream device A is coordinated for cascading with both devices B and C (even if the cascading criteria are not fulfilled between B and C). It is simply necessary to check that the combinations A + B and A + C have the required breaking capacity c each pair of successive devices is coordinated, i.e. A with B and B with C (even if the cascading criteria are not fulfilled between A and C). It is simply necessary to check that the combinations A + B and B + C have the required breaking capacity.
A Isc = 80 kA NS250L 220 A B Isc = 50 kA NS100N 63 A
C Isc = 24 kA C60N 25 A
The upstream breaker A is a NS250L (breaking capacity 150 kA) for a prospective lsc of 80 kA across its output terminals. A NS100N (breaking capacity 25 kA) can be used for circuit breaker B for a prospective lsc of 50 kA across its output terminals, since the "reinforced" breaking capacity provided by cascading with the upstream NS250L is 150 kA. A C60N (breaking capacity 10 kA) can be used for circuit breaker C for a prospective lsc of 24 kA across its output terminals since the "reinforced" breaking capacity provided by cascading with the upstream NS250L is 30 kA. Note that the "reinforced" breaking capacity of the C60N with the NS100N upstream is only 25 kA, but: s A + B = 150 kA s A + C = 30 kA.
Merlin Gerin
A225
Complementary technical information cascading, network 220/240V
Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact and Multi 9
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream DPN/DPNN C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 PM25 u 14 A NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 PM25 u 14 A NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H
NSC100N NS100N 42 85 breaking capacity (kA eff) 15 15 30 30 40 40 42 50 65 42 65 42 65 40 85 42 65 65 85 40 40 60
NS100H 100 15 80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 70 100 50 70 85
NS100L 150 15 80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 100 150 150 70 85 100 150 150 100 150 150
NS160N 85
NS160H 100
NS160L 150
30 40 50 65 65 65 40 85 65 65 85 0 60
80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 70 100 50 70 85
85
100 100
85
100 100 100
80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 100 150 150 70 85 100 150 150 100 150 150 150 150 NS630N 85 NS630H 100 NS630L 150
NS250N NS250H 85 100 breaking capacity (kA eff) 30 80 40 60 50 65 65 80 65 80 50 65 40 40 65 65 85 40 60 100 70 100 50 70 85
NS250L 150 80 60 65 80 80 65 40 100 100 150 150 70 85 100 150 150 100 150 150 150 150 150 150
NS400N 85
NS400H 100
NS400L 150
85
100 100 100 100
85
100 100 100 100 100
150 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
85
100 100 100 100 100 100
150 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
226
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Compact C, CM, Masterpact Downstream: Compact NS, NB, C

upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C801N C801H C801L 85 100 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 C1001N 85 C1001H 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 C1001L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 C1251N 85 C1251H 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 CMH 125 Mpact L 130
Merlin Gerin
A227
Complementary technical information cascading, network 380/415V (1)
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 PM25 u 14 A NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H
NSC100N NS100N 18 25 breaking capacity (kA eff) 15 15 18 25 18 25 25 25 25 25 25
NS100H 70 20 30 40 40 40 40 30 50 30 50 70 70 25 36 50 70 50 70
NS100L 150 20 30 40 40 40 40 30 50 30 70 100 150 25 70 100 150 150 50 150 150
NS160N 36 15 25 30 30 30 30 25 25 25
NS160H 70 20 30 40 40 40 40 30 30 30 50 70 70 25 36 50 70 50 70 70
NS160L 150 20 25 40 40 40 40 30 30 70 100 150 25 70 100 150 150 50 150 150 150 150 NS630N 45 NS630H 70 NS630L 150
18 18 18
25
25 36
25
36 36
NS250N NS250H 36 70 breaking capacity (kA eff) 15 20 25 30 30 30 40 30 40 30 30 25 30 25 30 50 70 70 25 25 36 36 50 70 36 36 50 70 70 70
NS250L 150 20 30 30 40 40 30 30 30 70 100 150 25 70 100 150 150 50 150 150 150 150 150 150
NS400N 45
NS400H 70
NS400L 150
45 45 45 45
50 70 70 70 70
150 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
45 45 45 45
50 70 70 70 70 70
150 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
(1) With single pole, single pole + neutral and two pole circuit breakers, with TT or TNS systems, see cascading table for 220/240 V network.
228
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Compact C, CM Downstream: Compact NS, NB, C

upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C801N C801H C801L 50 70 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 70 150 150 C1001N 50 50 50 50 50 50 C1001H 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 C1001L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 C1251N 50 50 50 50 50 50 C1251H 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 CMN 70
Merlin Gerin
A229
Complementary technical information cascading, network 440 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H
NS100N NS100H 25 65 breaking capacity (kA eff) 50 65 65 25 50 65
NS100L 130 70 100 130 150 50 130 130
NS160N 25
NS160H 65 50 65 65
NS160L 130 70 100 130 150 50 130 130 130 130 NS630N 42 NS630H 65 NS630L 130
35 35
50 65 65
NS250N NS250H 35 65 breaking capacity (kA eff) 50 65 65 35 35 50 65 65 65
NS250L 130 70 100 130 150 50 130 130 130 130 130 130
NS400N 42
NS400H 65
NS400L 130
42 42 42 42
50 65 65 65 65
150 50 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
42 42 42 42
50 65 65 65 65 65
150 50 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
230
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Compact C, CM, Masterpact (1) Downstream: Compact NS, C, CM, Masterpact (1)
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C1251H CM CMN MPN1 i 1600 MPN1 > 1600 MPH1 i 1600 MPH1 > 1600 MPH2 i 2000 C801N C801H C801L 42 65 100 breaking capacity (kA eff) 42 65 100 100 42 65 100 100 42 65 100 100 65 100 100 65 100 100 65 100 100 C1001N 42 42 42 42 C1001H 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 C1001L 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 C1251N 42 42 42 42 C1251H 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 100 85 50 65 65 85 100 CMN 65 CMH 85 Mpact L 110
(1) Masterpact type H1 and H2: use "0" short time delay.
Merlin Gerin
A231
motor protection cascading
Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact NS, Integral and GVM
Network 220/240 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H GV2M u 23 A Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A NS100N NS100H NS100L 85 100 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 100 150 150 NS160N 85 NS160H 100 NS160L 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 150 150 150 NS630H 100 NS630L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
100 100
85 85 85 85
100 100 100 100
100 150 150 150
85 85 85 85 NS400H 100
100 100 100 100 NS400L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
NS250N NS250H NS250L 85 100 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150
100 100 100 100
100 100 100 100 100
85 85 85
100 100 100
150 150 150
150
Network 380/415 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H GV2M u 14 A GV2L u 18 A GV2P u 18 A GV3M Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H GV3M Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A NSC100N NS100N NS100H 18 25 70 breaking capacity (kA eff) 70 NS100L 150 150 150 150 NS160N 36 NS160H 70 NS160L 150 150 150 150 150 150
36
70 70
18
25
50 70 70 70 70 70 70
50 150 150 150 150 150 150 NS400N 45
70 70 70 70 NS400H 70
150 150 150 150 NS400L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
150 150 150 150 NS630N 45 NS630H 70 NS630L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
NS250N NS250H NS250L 36 70 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 36 70 150 150 70 150 150 70 150 150
45 45 45
70 70 70 70
45 45 45
70 70 70 70 70
70 70 70 70
150 150 150 150
70
150
232
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact NS, Integral
Network 440 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H Integral 32 u 16 A Integral 63 u 25 A upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H Integral 32 u 16 A Integral 63 u 25 A NS100N NS100H NS100L 25 65 130 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 65 130 130 NS160N 2525 NS160H 65 NS160L 130 150 130 130 130 130 130 130 NS400L 130 150 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 NS630N 42 NS630H 65 NS630L 130 150 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
35
65 65
65 65
130 130 NS400N 42
65 65 NS400H 65
NS250N NS250H NS250L 35 65 130 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 35 65 130 130 65 130 130 65 130 130
42 42 42
65 65 65 65
42 42 42
65 65 65 65 65
65 65
130 130
65
130
Merlin Gerin
A233
cascading for installations with several transformers in parallel

The following table indicates the types of circuit breakers to be installed on the source feeders and main feeders of an installation with 2 or 3 transformers connected in parallel (1). The following assumptions are made: s upstream network short-circuit power of 500 MVA s the transformers are all identical, 20 kV/ 410 V and with a normal short-circuit voltage level s the short-circuit current on the busbars does not take into account the connection impedances (the worst case)
s the equipment is installed in a switchboard
with an ambient temperature of 30 C
s to connect several transformers in parallel,
the transformers must have: the same Usc s the same transformation ratio s the same type of connection s a maximum power ratio of 2 between any two of the transformers s Isc is given only as a general indication and may vary depending on the percent Usc values given by the transformer manufacturers; the values for breaking capacities reinforced by cascading are therefore given for higher values.
s
Installations with 2 transformers in parallel
D1
D2
D4
Icc Isc 500 35200 704 C801N 50 500 35200 704 C801H 70 630 44400 887 C1001N 50 630 44400 887 C1001H 70 800 37500 1126 C1251N 50 800 37500 1126 C1251H 70
transformer rating (kVA) Icc maxi downstream from D4 nominal transformer current (kVA) circuit breaker D1 or D2 breaking capacity (kA) circuit breaker D4 NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N
250 315 400 17600 22200 28200 352 444 564 NS400N NS630N NS630N 45 45 45 reinforced breaking capacity (kA) 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
50 50 50 50
50 70 70 70
50 50 50
50 70 70 70
50 50
70 70 70 70
Example: Consider 2 parallel 800 kVA transformers. The source protection devices are two C125N circuit breakers equipped with STR25DE trip units set at 1250 A. The installation has two feeders rated 125 A and 630 A respectively. Isc max downstream of CB4 is 49 600 A. Installations with 3 transformers in parallel
The 630 A feeder will be protected by a NS630N circuit breaker (a breaking capacity of 50 kA with cascading). The 125 A feeder will be equipped with a NS160H circuit breaker as cascading is not possible with an NS160N.
D1
D2
D3
D4 Isc
transformer rating (kVA) Icc maxi downstream from D4 nominal transformer current (kVA) circuit breaker D1 or D2 breaking capacity (kA) disjoncteur D4 NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N 250 315 400 26400 33300 42300 352 444 564 NS400N NS630N NS630H 45 45 70 reinforced breaking capacity (kA) 45 45 45 45 45 45 70 500 52800 704 C801N 50 500 52800 704 C801H 70 630 66600 887 C1001N 50 630 66600 887 C1001H 70 800 56300 1126 C1251N 50 800 56300 1126 C1251H 70
50 50
70 70
50 50
50 50 70
50 50
50 50 70 70
234
Merlin Gerin
Protection discrimination
Contents
Using the tables Two circuit breakers offer total discrimination when the corresponding box in the discrimination table is shaded or contains the letter T. When discrimination is partial for the combination, the corresponding box indicates the maximum value of the fault current for which discrimination is provided. For fault currents above this value, the two circuit breakers trip simultaneously. upstream device Compact NS Compact C, CM downstream device Multi 9 Compact NS100 to 630 Multi 9 and Compact NS100 to 250 Compact NS400 to 630, NSC100 Compact C801 to 1251 Compact CM, Masterpact Multi 9 and Compact NS100 to 630 Compact C, CM, Masterpact GV2 M01...Integral 32 GV2 M01...Integral 63 Multi 9 and Compact NS Multi 9 Multi 9 Compact NS Integral 18...Intgral 63 GV2 M GV2 P GV2 L page 238 246 252 254 256 256 258 261 265 266 268 271 272 274 275 276 277 278
application Discrimination: distribution circuit-breakers
Masterpact Discrimination: motor protection Compact NS Compact NS and Compact C Compact NSC100N Compact NS160 to 250 Compact NS250 to 630, C Compact NS160 to 400 Compact NS160 Compact NS160 Compact NS160
Discrimination reinforced by cascading distribution circuit-breakers Discrimination reinforced by cascading motor protection
Merlin Gerin
A235
protection discrimination
Protection discrimination is an essential element that must be taken into account starting at the design stage of a low voltage installation to ensure the highest level of availability for users. Discrimination is important in all installations for the comfort of users, however it is fundamental in installations requiring a high level of service continuity, e.g. industrial manufacturing processes.
Industrial installations without discrimination run a series of risks of varying importance including: c production deadline overruns; c interruption in manufacturing, entailing: v production or finished-product losses, v risk of damage to production machines in continuous processes; c restarting of machines, one by one, following a general power outage;
E26366
c shutdown of vital safety equipment such as lubrification pumps, smoke fans, etc.
what is discrimination?
Discrimination, also called selectivity, is the coordination of automatic protection devices in such a manner that a fault appearing at a given point in a network is cleared by the protection device installed immediately upstream of the fault, and by that device alone. c Total discrimination Discrimination is said to be total if, for all fault current values, from overloads up to the non-resistive short-circuit current, circuit breaker D2 opens and D1 remains closed. c Partial discrimination Discrimination is partial if the above condition is not respected up to the full short-circuit current, but only to a lesser value termed the selectivity limit current (Is). c No discrimination In the event of a fault, both circuit breakers D1 and D2 open.
D1
D2
natural discrimination with Compact NS circuit breakers

E26406
Due to the Roto-active breaking technique employed by the Compact NS, the combined use of Merlin Gerin circuit breakers provides an exceptional level of protection discrimination.
This is the result of the implementation and optimisation of three different techniques: c current discrimination; c time discrimination; c energy discrimination. Overload protection: current discrimination Discrimination is ensured if the ratio between setting thresholds is greater than 1.6 (for distribution circuit breakers). Low short-circuit protection: time discrimination Tripping of the upstream device is slightly delayed to ensure that the downstream device trips first. Discrimination is ensured if the ratio between the short-circuit thresholds is greater than 1.5. High short-circuit protection: energy discrimination This protection system combines the exceptional current limiting capacity of the Compact NS and the advantages of reflex tripping, sensitive to the energy dissipated in the device by the short-circuit. In the event of a high short-circuit detected by two circuit breakers, the downstream device limits it sharply. The energy dissipated in the upstream device is not sufficient to trip it, i.e. discrimination is total for all short-circuit currents. Discrimination is ensured if the ratio between the circuit breaker ratings is greater than 2.
10000
NS100 NS250 100A 250A
1000
100
10 t (s) 1
.1
.01
.001 .5 1 10 x 100A 100 300
236
Merlin Gerin
how to use the discrimination tables

c for discrimination between 2 distribution circuit breakers Combinations providing total discrimination are indicated by coloured zones or the symbol T on a coloured background. If discrimination is partial, the table indicates the maximum fault current value for which discrimination is ensured. For fault currents above this value, the 2 circuit breakers trip simultaneously.
E34281
D1
D2
Discrimination between two distribution circuit breakers.
E34282
c for discrimination between a circuit breaker and a motor control and protection assembly If discrimination is partial, the table indicates the maximum fault current value for which discrimination is ensured. For fault currents above this value, the 2 devices trip simultaneously.
D1
D2
Discrimination between circuit breakers used for motor protection.
requisite conditions
The values indicated in the tables (for 380, 415 and 440 V) are guaranteed if the following conditions are respected:
D1 TMD application Distribution Motor D2 TMD or Multi9 STRSE/GE MA + separate therm. relay Thermal-magnetic motor type STRME TMD or Multi9 STRSE/GE MA + separate therm. relay Thermal-magnetic motor type STRME TMD or Multi9 STRSE/GE MA + separate therm. relay Thermal-magnetic motor type STRME Ratio between upstream and downstream settings Thermal protection Magnetic protection Ir up / Ir down Im up / Im down u 1,6 u2 u 1,6 u 1,5 u3 u2 u3 u2 u3 u 1,5 u 2,5 u 1,5 u 1,6 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u 1,6 u 1,5 u 1,2 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5
STR2.. or 3.. fixed long time delay
Distribution Motor
STR5.. or 6.. with adjustable long time delay delay (1)
Distribution Motor
(1) When upstream and / or downstream control units have adjustable long time delays, adjustement must be such as upstream delay is longer than downstream delay (1 step difference).
Merlin Gerin
237
Upstream: NSC100N, NSA160, NS125E Downstream: Multi 9, NSA160
downstream DPN B, C curves
DPN N C, D curves
XC40 L-U curves
C60a C curve
C60N B, C, D curves
C60H C curve
C60L B, C curves K curve Z curve
upstream rating (A) setting Ir i 10 16 20 25 32 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 38 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
NSC100N 16 0.6
25 0.6
32 0.6 0.6 0.6
40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
50 T T T T T T T T T
63 T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3
70 T T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T 6 6
80 T T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T 6 6
100 T T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T 8 8 6 6 T T T T 8 8 6 6 T T T T 8 8 6 6
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
3 3 3 3
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
T T T T
T T T T T T T T T 6
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
T T T T
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
T T T T
T T T T 6
T T T T 6 6
T T T T 6 6
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
T T T T
T T T T 6
T T T T 6 6
T T T T 6 6
238
Merlin Gerin
downstream NC100H B, C curves
NC100H D curve
NC100L NC100LS
NC100LH C curve
upstream rating (A) setting Ir i 50 63 80 100 i 50 63 80 100 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
NSC100N 16
25
32
40
50
63
70
80
100 1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
T 15 15
T 15 15 15
T 15 15 15 8
T 15 15 15 8
0.6
0.6
0.6 0.6
0.6 0.6 0.6
T 15 15
T 15 15 15
T 15 15 15 8
T 15 15 15 8
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A239
Upstream: NS100 to 250 Trip unit TM-D Downstream: Multi 9
upstream downstream DPN B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir i 10 16 20 25 32 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 38 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 50 63 80 100 i 50 63 80 100 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25 0.19 0.3 0.3
32 0.4 0.4 0.4
40 0.5 0.5 0.5
50 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
63 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
80 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
100 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 80 100 T T T T T T T T T T T 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 15 15 15 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2.5 2.5
125 T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
DPN N C, D curves
0.19
0.3 0.3
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5 0.5
XC40 L-U curves
0.19
0.3 0.3
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
C60a C curve
0.19
0.3 0.3
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
C60N B, C, D curves
0.19
0.3 0.3
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
C60H C curve
0.19
0.3 0.3
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.19
0.3 0.3
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
NC100H B, C curves
NC100H D curve
0.63
0.8 0.8
2.5
2.5 2.5
NC100L NC100LS
0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
NC100LH C curve
0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
T T T T T T T T T T T T
240
Merlin Gerin
upstream downstream NC125H NG125a C curve NG125N, Ns, H B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir 125 80 100 125 i 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80
NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
2.5 2.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NG125N, Ns, H D curve
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
T T T 2.5
T T T 2.5 2.5
T T T 2.5 2.5
NG125L B, C curves
0.3
0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
T T T T 2.5
T T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5
T T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5
NG125L D curve
0.3
0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
T T T T 2.5
Merlin Gerin
A241
Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60, NC100
NS160N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 80 32 40 50 T T T T T T
upstream downstream DPN B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir i 10 16 20 25 32 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 38 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 50 63 80 100 i 50 63 80 100 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
NS100N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 40 16 25 40 0.4 0.4 0.4
100 40 1.2 1.2
63 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
DPN N C, D curves
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.2 1.2
80 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
XC40 L, U curves
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
C60a C curve
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
C60N B, C, D curves
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
100 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
63 T T T T T T T T
T T
T T T
80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 63 T T T T T T T T
80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T
100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C60H C curve
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
NC100H B, C curves
160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NC100H D curve
T T
NC100L NC100LS
0.4
1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
NC100LH C curve
0.4
1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
242
Merlin Gerin
NS250N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 250 100 125 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T
T T T T T
T T T T T
NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A243
Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: NC125H, NG125

NS160N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 80 32 40 50
upstream downstream NC125H NG125a C curve NG125N, Ns, H B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir 125 80 100 125 i 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 20 25,32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80
100 40
63
80
100
63
80
160 63
80
100
125
160
0.63
0.8 0.8
1 1 1
T T
T T T
T T T 2
T T T 2.5 2.5
NG125N, Ns, H curve D
T T
T T T
0.63
0.8 0.8
1 1 1
T T T 2.5
T T T 2.5 2.5
NG125L curves B, C
0.63
0.8 0.8
1 1 1
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T 2.5
T T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5
NG125L curve D
0.63
0.8 0.8
1 1 1
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T 2.5
244
Merlin Gerin
200 T
250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A245
Upstream: NS100 to 250 Trip unit TM-D Downstream: NS100 to 630, NSC100N
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 80 100 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 2.6 2.6 2.6 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2
upstream rating (A) setting Ir NS100N 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS160N i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 downstream
32 0.4
40 0.5 0.5
50 0.5 0.5
63 0.5 0.5 0.5
80 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
100 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
125 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 1.25
160 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
250 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5
0.5
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
0.5
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.25
2.6 2.6 2.6
1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.25
2.6 2.6 2.6
1.6
1.6
2 2
2.5 2.5 2.5
0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8
1 1 1
1.25 1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
T T 36 36 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
T T 36 36 2 2 2 2 2
0.63
0.8
1.25
1.25
T T 36 36 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
1.6
246
Merlin Gerin
upstream downstream NS400N rating (A) setting Ir 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
250
NS400H
NS400L
NS630N
NS630H
NS630L
NSC100N
15 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
0.3
0.4 0.4
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A247
Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: NS100 to 250
upstream rating (A) setting Ir NS100N 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS160N i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 downstream
100 40
63 1.2 1.2
80 1.2 1.2 1.2
100 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
63
80
160 63 2 2
80 2 2 2
100 2 2 2 2
125 2 2 2 2 2
160 2 2 2 2 2 2
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
1.2 1.2 1.2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2 2
248
Merlin Gerin
NS250N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 250 100 125 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
200 T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 3 3
T T 36 36
T T 36 36 36
T T 36 36 36 36
T T 36 36
T T 36 36 36
T T 36 36 36 36
250 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 3 3 3
NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5
3 3
3 3 3
3 3
3 3 3
T T
T T T
400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5
NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
5 5
5 5 5
T 36 3
T 36 3
T T 36 36 3 3 3 3 3
T T 36 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
T T 36 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
T T T T T T T T 5
T T T T T T T T T T 5
T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5
T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5
T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A249
Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: NS400 to 630, NSC100N
100 40
63
80
100
63
80
160 63
80
100
125
160
NS400H
NS400L
NS630N
NS630H
NS630L
NSC100N
15 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
0.4
0.4
0.63 0.63 0.63
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
250
Merlin Gerin
200
250
NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320
400
NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8
8 8 8
630 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A251
Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM Downstream: DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60, NC100, NC125, NG125, NS100 to 250
C801N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
upstream rating (A) setting Ir DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60 NC100/125, NG125 NS100N 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS160N i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 downstream
C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR25DE 800 320 400 500 630 800 T T T T T T T T T T 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8 6.3 8 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8 6.3 8 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8
1000 1000 T T 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 15 15 15 15 15 15
1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T 30 30 T 30 T 30 30 30 30 30 T 30 T 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 T T 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24
1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
252
Merlin Gerin
C801N/H trip unit STR45AE 800 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR45AE 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1000 1000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C801L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1250 800 1250 320 400 500 630 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
C1001L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 T T T T T T T T T T 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8
CM N/H* all T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
* With trip unit STCM2-STCM3.
Merlin Gerin
A253
Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM Downstream: NSC100N, NS400 to 630
C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR25DE 800 320 400 500 630 800 3.2 3.2 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
1000 1250 1000 1250 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
C801N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 1250 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 T T T T T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
NS400H
3.2 3.2
4 4 4
12 12
12 12 12
45 45
45 45 45
NS400L
3.2 3.2
4 4 4
12 12
12 12 12
45 45
45 45 45
NS630N
12
40
40 40
NS630H
5 5
6.3 6.3 6.3
12
12 12
12 12 12
40
40 40
40 40 40
NS630L
5 5
6.3 6.3 6.3
12
12 12
12 12 12
40
40 40
40 40 40
NSC100N
15 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100
3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
254
Merlin Gerin
C801N/H trip unit STR45AE 800 320 400 500 35 35 35 35 35 35
C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR45AE 630 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 800 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 400 T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 T 500 T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 T T 630 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T 800 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 1000 1000 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65 1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65
C801L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
C1001L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
CM N/H* all T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
35
35 35
35 35 35
6.4 6.4
6.4 6.4 6.4
35
35 35
35 35 35
6.4 6.4
6.4 6.4 6.4
28
28 28
28 28 28
6.4
28
28 28
28 28 28
T T
T T T
6.4
6.4 6.4
6.4 6.4 6.4
8 8
8 8 8
28
28 28
28 28 28
65
65 65
65 65 65
6.4
6.4 6.4
6.4 6.4 6.4
8 8
8 8 8
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A255
Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM Downstream: C801 to C1251, CM, Masterpact

C801N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 12 12 12 12 C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
upstream rating (A) setting Ir C801N 320 trip unit STR25DE 400 500 630 800 C801H 320 trip unit STR25DE 400 500 630 800 C801L 320 400 500 630 800 C1001N 400 trip unit STR25DE 500 630 800 1000 C1001H 400 trip unit STR25DE 500 630 800 1000 C1001L 400 500 630 800 1000 C1251N 500 trip unit STR25DE 630 800 1000 1250 C1251H 500 trip unit STR25DE 630 800 1000 1250 CM 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 Masterpact M08 N1/H1/H2 M10 STR28D M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 Masterpact L M08 STR28D M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 downstream
C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR25DE 800 320 400 500 630 800 6.3 8 8 8
1000 1000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
1250 1250 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
1250 1250 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
6.3
8 8 8
12
12 12 12
8 8
10 10 10
12.5 12.5 12.5
12 12
15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15
8 8
10 10 10
12.5 12.5 12.5
12 12
15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15
10 10
12.5 12.5
12
15
15 15
15 15
10 10
12.5 12.5
12
15
15 15
15 15
Nota: c C801N/H with trip unit STR45AE: no discrimination with the downstream devices given in this table c upstream values CM N/H are to be read with downstream: v CM (trip unit STCM1) v Masterpact L (trip unit STR38S - 68U).
256
Merlin Gerin
C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR45AE 800 400 500 630 800 15 15 15 15 15 15
1000 1000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15
15 15
15 15 15
15
15 15
15 15 15
15
15 15
1250 1250 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
C801L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800
C1001L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000
15
15 15
15 15 15
15
15 15
15 15 15
15
15 15
15
15 15
15 15 15
CM N/H trip unit STCM2-STCM3 1250 1600 2000 2500 1250 1600 2000 2500 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 35 35 35
3200 3200 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 35 35 35
35
35 35
35 35 35
40
40 40
40 40 40
35 35 35 35
35 35 35 35 35
Merlin Gerin
A257
Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60, NC100, NC125, NG125 NS100 to 630
upstream downstream DPN, DPN N XC40 C60 NC100 NC125 NG125 NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N rating (A) setting Ir
NS400H
NS400L
NS630N
NS630H
NS630L
160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630
Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR28D M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70
Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: ON - max. position M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M60 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T
M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NSC100N
258
Merlin Gerin
Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR68U - Inst: ON - max. position M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: OFF M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Merlin Gerin
A259
Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: DPN, XC40, C60, NC100, NC125, NG125, NS100 to 630
Masterpact L trip unit STR38S - 58U M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 T T T T T T 8 10 10 T T T T T T 8 10 10 35 35 T T T T 8 10 10 35 35 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 Masterpact L trip unit STR68U M25 M08 M10 M12 M16 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12
upstream downstream DPN, DPN N XC40 C60 NC100/125 NG125 NS100N trip unit TM-D rating (A) setting Ir
16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H/L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 i 63 NS160N trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H/L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS400N/H/L 160 200 250 320 400 NS630N/H/L 250 320 400 500 630
Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR68U - Inst: OFF M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
M20 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 T T 50 50 T T T 40 40 40 T T T 36 36 36 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
M25 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 T T 50 50 T T T 40 40 40 T T T 36 36 36 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
NSC100N
260
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: C801 to C1251, CM, Masterpact
upstream rating (A) setting Ir C801N 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801H 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801L 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C1001N 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001H 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001L 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1251N 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 C1251H 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 CM 1250 trip unit STCM1,2,31600 2000 2500 3200 Masterpact M08 N1, H1, H2 M10 trip unit STR28D M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 Masterpact L M08 trip unit STR38S, M10 58U, 68U M12 M16 M20 M25 downstream
Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR28D* M08 M10 M12 M16 800 1000 1250 1600 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
12
16 16
Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: ON - max. position M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 50 15 20 25 32 40 50 35 35 40 40 20 25 32 40 50 35 40 40 25 32 40 50 40 40 32 40 50 40 40 50 20 25 32 40 50 63 30 35 35 35 40 40 20 25 32 40 50 63 35 35 35 40 40 20 25 32 40 50 63 35 35 40 40 25 32 40 50 63 35 40 40 32 40 50 63 40 40 40 50 63 40 50 63 63
M60 5000 T T T T T 60 60 60 60 60 110 110 110 110 110 T T T T T 60 60 60 60 60 110 110 110 110 110 T T T T T 60 60 60 60 60 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
50
50 50
50 50 50
50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50 50
55 55 55 55 55 55
60 63 63 63 63 60
80 80 80 80 80 80
* Discrimination with upstream Compact C trip unit STR25DE only.
Merlin Gerin
A261
Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: C801 to C1251, CM, Masterpact
upstream rating (A) setting Ir C801N 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801H 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801L 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C1001N 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001H 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001L 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1251N 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 C1251H 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 CM 1250 trip unit STCM1,2,31600 2000 2500 3200 Masterpact M08 N1, H1, H2 M10 trip unit STR28D M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 Masterpact L M08 trip unit STR38S, M10 58U, 68U M12 M16 M20 M25 downstream
Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR68U - Inst: ON - max. position M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 T T T T 50 T T T T 50 T T T T 50 T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: OFF M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 65 65 T T 65 65 T 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
M32 3200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
M40 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T
M60 5000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T
262
Merlin Gerin
Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR68U - Inst: OFF M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 65
T T
T T T
Masterpact L* trip unit STR38S - 58U M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Masterpact L* trip unit STR68U M20 M25 M08 M10 M12 2000 2500 800 1000 1250 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 15
M16 1600 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
M20 M25 2000 2500 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 15
12 12 12
15 15 15 15
10
12 12
12 12 12
15 15 15 15
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T
T T T T T T
* Discrimination upstream CM circuit-breaker with trip unit STCM1 only.
Merlin Gerin
A263
264
Merlin Gerin
motor protection discrimination
Upstream: Compact NSC100N Downstream: GV2, Integral 18, 32
upstream breaking capacity trip unit downstream thermal relay GV2 M01 integrated GV2 M02 integrated GV2 M03 integrated GV2 M04 integrated GV2 M05 integrated GV2 M06 integrated GV2 M07 integrated GV2 M08 integrated GV2 M10 integrated GV2 M14 integrated GV2 M16 integrated GV2 M20 integrated GV2 M21 integrated GV2 M22 integrated GV2 M32 integrated GV2 P01 integrated GV2 P02 integrated GV2 P03 integrated GV2 P04 integrated GV2 P05 integrated GV2 P06 integrated GV2 P07 integrated GV2 P08 integrated GV2 P10 integrated GV2 P14 integrated GV2 P16 integrated GV2 P20 integrated GV2 P21 integrated GV2 P22 integrated GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 Integral 18 LB1-LB03P01 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 Integral 32 LB1-LC03M03 LD1-LC030 LB1-LC03M04 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 LD4-LC030 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53
rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 24 to 32 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 12 to 18 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 16 to 25 23 to 32
NSC100N 18 kA TM-D 16 20 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0.6
25 T T T T T T T T 0.6
32 T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
40 T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
50 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1
63 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1
70 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1
80 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1 1
100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T T T 1 1 1
T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1
T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1
T T T T T T
T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T 1 1 1
T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1
T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1
T T T T T T
T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T 0.6
T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
T T T T T T 0.6 0.6
Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.
Merlin Gerin
A265
Upstream: NS100 to 630 Downstream: GV2, GV3, Integral 18, 32, 63
upstream downstream GV2 M01 GV2 M02 GV2 M03 GV2 M04 GV2 M05 GV2 M06 GV2 M07 GV2 M08 GV2 M10 GV2 M14 GV2 M16 GV2 M20 GV2 M21 GV2 M22 GV2 P01 GV2 P02 GV2 P03 GV2 P04 GV2 P05 GV2 P06 GV2 P07 GV2 P08 GV2 P10 GV2 P14 GV2 P16 GV2 P20 GV2 P21 GV2 P22 GV2 L03 GV2 L04 GV2 L05 GV2 L06 GV2 L07 GV2 L08 GV2 L10 GV2 L14 GV2 L16 GV2 L20 GV2 L22 GV3 M06 GV3 M07 GV3 M08 GV3 M10 GV3 M14 GV3 M20 GV3 M25 GV3 M40 GV3 M63 GV3 M80 Integral 18 LD1-LB030 trip unit or thermal relay integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated LR2 D13 03 LR2 D13 04 LR2 D13 05 LR2 D13 06 LR2 D13 07 LR2 D13 08 LR2 D13 10 LR2 D13 14 LR2 D13 16 LR2 D13 21 LR2 D33 22 integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 rating (A) setting Ir 0.1 to 0.16 A 0.16 to 0.25 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6.3 A 6 to 10 A 9 to 14 A 13 to 18 A 17 to 23 A 20 to 25 A 0.1 to 0.16 A 0.16 to 0.25 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6.3 A 6 to 10 A 9 to 14 A 13 to 18 A 17 to 23 A 20 to 25 A 0.25/0.4 0.4/0.63 0.63/1 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 4/6 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6 A 6 to 10 A 10 to 16 A 16 to 25 A 25 to 40 A 40 to 63 A 63 to 80 A 0.1 to 0.16 A 0.16 to 0.25 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6 A 6 to 10 A 10 to 16 A 12 to 18 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6 A 6 to 10 A 10 to 16 A 16 to 25 A 23 to 32 A 10 to13 A 13 to18 A 18 to 25 A 23 to 32 A 28 to 40 A 35 to 50 A 45 to 63 A
NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25 T T T T T 2 0.6 0.2 T T T T T T 2 0.8 0.3
40 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5
63 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
80 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T T T T T 4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
100 T T T T T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T T T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 1.5 1
100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2
125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2 1.25
T T T T T 2 0.6 0.2
T T T T T T 2 0.8 0.3
T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5
T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5
T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T 2 0.6 0.2
T T T T 2 0.8 0.3
T T T T T 4 1 0.5
T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T 4 1 0.5
T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T 0.2 0.2 0.2
T T T T T T 0.3 0.3 0.3
T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Integral 32 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LD4-LC030
T T T 0.2 0.2 0.2
T T T T 0.3 0.3 0.3
T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T 4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T T T T 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.65 0.65 0.65
Integral 63 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LD4-LD030
0.5
T T T T T T T 2 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T T T 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T T T T 4 3 T T T T T T T T 4 3 1 1 1
0.5
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
266
Merlin Gerin
NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 1.5 1
100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2
160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100N/H/L STR22SE* 40 100 T T T T T 1 1 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 4 3 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T 4 3 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T 4 3 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T 5 2 1.2 1.2 1.2
NS160N/H/L STR22SE* 80 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0.9 0.9 0.9 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS250N/H/L STR22SE 160 250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L STR23SE/53UE* STR23SE/53UE* 160 to 400 250 to 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5
T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T 1 1 0.8 0.5 0.5
T T T T T 4 1 0.5
T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T 1 1 0.8 0.5 0.5
T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T T T T 4 3 T T T T T T T T 1 0.8 1 1 1
0.5
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T 2 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5
T T T T T T T 3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T 3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0.9 0.9 0.9
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 35 35 35 35
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 35 35 35 35
* Nota: strictly follow the rules of overload discrimination. See page 236.
Merlin Gerin
A267
Upstream: NS100 to 630, C801 to C1251 Downstream: C60LMA, NC100LMA, NG125LMA, NS80HMA, NS100 to 630
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
upstream downstream C60LMA 1.6 C60LMA 2.5 C60LMA 4 C60LMA 6.3 C60LMA 10 C60LMA 10 C60LMA 12.5 C60LMA 16 C60LMA 25 C60LMA 40 C60LMA 40 NC100LMA 1.6 NC100LMA 2.5 NC100LMA 4 NC100LMA 6.3 NC100LMA 10 NC100LMA 10 NC100LMA 12.5 NC100LMA 16 NC100LMA 25 NC100LMA 40 NC100LMA 40 NC100LMA 63 NC100LMA 63 NS80HMA 2.5 NS80HMA 2.5 NS80HMA 6.3 NS80HMA 6.3 NS80HMA 12.5 NS80HMA 12.5 NS80HMA 12.5 NS80HMA 25 NS80HMA 25 NS80HMA 50 NS80HMA 50 NS80HMA 50 NS80HMA 80 trip unit rating (A) or thermal relay setting Ir LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 LR2 D13 10 4/6 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 LR2 D13 14 7/10 LR2 D13 16 9/13 LR2 D13 21 12/18 LR2 D13 22 17/25 LR2 D33 53 23/32 LR2 D33 55 30/40 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 LR2 D13 10 4/6 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 LR2 D13 14 7/10 LR2 D13 16 9/13 LR2 D13 21 12/18 LR2 D13 22 17/25 LR2 D33 53 23/32 LR2 D33 55 30/40 LR2 D33 57 37/50 LR2 D33 59 48/65 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 LR2 D13 10 4/6 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 LR2 D13 14 7/10 LR2 D13 16 9/13 LR2 D13 21 12/18 LR2 D33 22 17/25 LR2 D33 53 23/32 LR2 D33 55 30/40 LR2 D33 57 37/50 LR2 D33 59 48/65
NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25 0.2 0.2 0.2 T 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
40 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
63 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
80 T T 3 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
100 T T T 5 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
0.2 0.2 0.2
T 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 10 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T T T
T T 0.2
T T 0.3 0.3 0.3
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T 1 1
T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2
T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2 1.2
upstream
NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 32 T 4 4 4 4 4 40 T 5 5 5 5 5 5 50 T 5 5 5 5 5 5 63 T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 80 T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 100 T T 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 80 T T T T 10 10 10 10 10 100 T T T T 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 125 T T T T 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 160 T T T T 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 200 T T T T 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 250 T T T T 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
trip unit rating (A) or thermal relay rglage Ir NS100N/H/LMA 2,5 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 NS100N/H/LMA 2.5 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 NS100N/H/LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 NS100N/H/LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 10 4/6 NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 14 7/10 NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 16 9/13 NS100N/H/LMA 25 LR2 D13 21 12/18 NS100N/H/LMA 25 LR2 D33 22 17/25 NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 53 23/32 NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 55 30/40 NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 57 37/50 NS100N/H/LMA 100 LR2 D33 59 48/65 NS100N/H/LMA 100 LR2 D33 63 63/80 NS100N/H/LMA 100 NS160N/H/LMA 150 NS250N/H/LMA 220 NS400N/H/LMA 320 NS630N/H/LMA 500 NS100N/H/L STR22ME40 24/40 NS100N/H/L STR22ME50 30/50 NS100N/H/L STR22ME80 48/80 NS100N/H/L STR22ME100 60/100 NS160N/H/L STR22ME150 90/150 NS250N/H/L STR22ME220 131/220 NS400N/H/L STR43ME320 190/320
Nota : NC100LMA = NG125LMA
downstream
16 0.19 0.19 0.19
25 3 3 3 3 3
12.5
12.5 12.5
36 36
36 36 36
268
Merlin Gerin
NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS100N/H/L STR22SE 40 100 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T 5 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T 15 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
NS160N/H/L STR22SE* 80 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS250N/H/L STR22SE* 160 250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L STR23SE/53UE STR23SE/53UE 160 to 400 250 to 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T T T
T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T T T T T 1 1
T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2
T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2 1.2
T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
T T T 5 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
T T T T T T T T T
NS100N/H/L STR22SE* 40 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 100 T T 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L STR22SE* 80 T T T T 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 160 T T T T T T T 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 250 T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L STR23SE* STR53SE 400 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
C801N/H C801N/H
C801L
C1001N/H C1001N/H C1001L
C1251N/H C1251N/H
STR35SE* STR45AE STR35SE STR35SE STR45AE STR35SE STR35SE STR45AE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 45 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 70 T T T T T T 70 T T T T T T T T 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 70 T T T T T T 70
1.75 1.75
3.6 3.6 3.6
T T T T
T T T T T T
50 50 50 50 45 40
T T T T T T
6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
* Nota: strictly follow the rules of overload discrimination. See page 236.
Merlin Gerin
A269
cascading and enhanced discrimination

With traditional circuit breakers, cascading between two devices generally results in the look of discrimination. With Compact NS circuit breakers, the discrimination characteristics in the tables remain applicable and are in some cases even enhanced. Protection discrimination is ensured for short-circuit currents greater than the rated breaking capacity of the circuit breaker and even, in some cases, for its enhanced breaking capacity. In the latter case, protection discrimination Ia total, i.e. only the downstream device trips for any and all possible faults at its point in the installation.
Upstream: Compact NS100 to C1251 Downstream: Multi 9 / Integral / GV2 / Compact NS100 to 630
Example Consider a combination between: c a Compact NS250N with trip unit TM250D c a Compact NS100N with trip unit TM100D. The discrimination tables indicate total discrimination. Protection discrimination is therefore ensured up to the breaking capacity of the NS100N, i.e. 25 kA. The cascading tables indicate an enhanced breaking capacity of 36 kA. The enhanced discrimination tables indicate that in a cascading configuration, discrimination is ensured up to 36 kA, i.e. for any and all possible faults at that point in the installation.
Enhanced discrimination tables - 380/415 V
For each combination of two circuit breakers, the tables indicate the: downstream device breaking capacity enhanced by cascading 15/25 (in kA) selectivity limit enhanced by cascading (in kA) In a table, a box containing two equal values indicates that discrimination is provided up to the reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream device. These tables apply only to cases with combined discrimination and cascading between two devices. For all other cases, refer to the normal cascading and discrimination tables.
E43820
Technical principle
Enhanced discrimination is the result of the exclusive Compact NS Roto-active breaking technique which operates as follows: c due to the short-circuit current (electrodynamic forces), the contacts in both devices simultaneously separate. The result is major limitation of the short-circuit current c the dissipated energy provokes the reflex tripping of the downstream device, but is insufficient to trip the upstream device.
NS160N TM160D discrimination limit in kA
NS400H STR23SE
30 / 30
70 / 70
C60N 63 A
NS160N TM160D
cascading limit in kA
270
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: NSC100N Downstream: Multi 9
Upstream: Compact NSC100 TM-D Downstream: Multi 9

upstream trip unit downstream C60a 5 kA NSC100N 18 kA TM-D 63 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18
C60N
10 kA
rating i 16 20 25 32 40 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
70 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18
80 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18 6/18
100 18/18 18/18 18/18 8/18 8/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 8/18 8/18 6/18 6/18
Merlin Gerin
A271

upstream trip unit downstream C60a 5 kA rating i 16 20 25 32 40 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 NS160N 36 kA TM-D 80 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 25/25 25/25 25/25 15/25 15/25 15/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/30 15/30 15/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/30 15/30 15/30 NS160H 70 kA TM-D 100/125/160 80 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 15/30 25/25 15/30 25/25 15/30 25/25 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 NS160L 150 kA TM-D 100/125/160 80 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40
Upstream: NS160 to NS250 Trip unit TM-D Downstream: Multi 9

NS250N 36 kA TM-D 100/125/160 160/200/250 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 100/100 100/100 100/100 NS250H 70 kA TM-D 160/200/250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS250L 150 kA TM-D 160/200/250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
C60N
10 kA
C60H
15 kA
C60L
25 kA
20 kA 15 kA NC100H 10 kA
NC125H NC100L
10 kA 22 kA
36/36 36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
NC100LS
36 kA
NC100LH
50 kA
NG125a
16 kA
25/25 25/25 25/25
25/25 25/25 25/25
50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25
50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25
NG125N
25 kA
36/36 36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36
70/70 70/70 70/70
NG125H
36 kA
50/50 50/50 50/50
50/50 50/50 50/50
100/100 100/100 100/100
NG125L 50 kA NG125LMA
70/70 70/70 70/70
70/70 70/70 70/70
150/150 150/150 150/150
150/150 150/150 150/150
272
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: NS160 to NS250 Trip unit STR Downstream: Multi 9

upstream trip unit downstream C60a 5 kA rating i 16 20 25 32 40 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 NS160N 36 kA STR22SE 80 15/15 15/15 15/15 NS160H 70 kA STR22SE 80 20/20 20/20 20/20 NS160L 150 kA STR22SE 80 20/20 20/20 20/20 NS250N 36 kA STR22SE 250 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 NS250H 70 kA STR22SE 250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS250L 150 kA STR22SE 250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
C60N
10 kA
25/25 25/25 25/25
C60H
15 kA
30/30 30/30 30/30
C60L
25 kA
30/30 30/30 30/30
20 kA 15 kA NC100H 10 kA
160 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30
30/30 30/30 30/30
40/40 40/40 40/40
40/40 40/40 40/40
160 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40
30/30 30/30 30/30
40/40 40/40 40/40
40/40 40/40 40/40
160 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40
NC125H NC100L
10 kA 22 kA
36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
50/50 50/50
NC100LS
36 kA
70/70 70/70
NC100LH
50 kA
70/70 70/70
NG125a
16 kA
25/25 25/25
25/25 25/25 25/25
25/25 25/25
50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25
70/70 70/70
100/100 100/100
150/150 150/150
25/25 25/25
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25
NG125N
25 kA
36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36 36/36
70/70 70/70
70/70 70/70 70/70
25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
NG125H
36 kA
50/50 50/50
50/50 50/50 50/50
100/100 100/100
100/100 100/100 100/100
NG125L 50 kA NG125LMA
70/70 70/70
70/70 70/70 70/70
150/150 150/150
150/150 150/150 150/150
Merlin Gerin
A273

Upstream: Compact NS250 Downstream: Compact NS100
upstream trip unit downstream NSC100N NS100N trip unit TM-D NS100H trip unit TM-D NS100N NS100H NS250N 36 kA TM-D 160 36/36 36/36 36/36 NS250H 70 kA TM-D 160 50/50 70/70 36/70 NS250L 150 kA TM-D 160 50/50 150/150 36/150 150/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150
Upstream: NS250 to NS630, C801 to C1251 Downstream: NSC100N, NS100 to NS630
18 kA 25 kA 70 kA 25 kA 70 kA
rating 16 - 100 i 25 40 - 100 i 25 40 - 100 trip unit STR22SE 36/36 trip unit STR22ME 36/36 trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME
200 36/36 36/36 36/36
250 36/36 36/36 36/36
200 50/50 70/70 36/70
250 50/50 70/70 36/70
36/36 36/36
36/36 36/36
36/70 36/70
36/70 36/70
36/70 36/70
NS250N NS250H 36 kA 70 kA STR22SE 200 250 250 250 50/50 50/50 36/36 50/50 150/150 150/150 36/36 70/70 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 150/150 150/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150
NS250L 150 kA 250 50/50 150/150 36/150 150/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150
Upstream: Compact NS400 to C1251 Downstream: Compact NS100 to NS630

upstream trip unit downstream NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N rating 16 - 100 all TM-D-G-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR23SE trip unit STR53UE trip unit STR43ME trip unit STR23SE trip unit STR53UE trip unit STR43ME NS400N NS400 H NS400L 45 kA 70 kA 150 kA STR23SE or STR53UE 400 400 400 36/36 50/50 50/50 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 NS630N NS630H NS630L 45 kA 70 kA 150 kA STR23SE or STR53UE 630 630 630 36/36 50/50 50/50 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 C801N C801H 50 kA 70 kA STR45AE 800 800 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 C1001N C1001H 50 kA 70 kA STR45AE 1000 1000 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 C1251N C1251H 50 kA 70 kA STR45AE 1250 1250 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
18 kA 25 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 25 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 45 kA
45/45 45/45
70/70 70/70
45/45 45/45
70/70 70/70
150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70
50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70
50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70
50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70
50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70
50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70
NS630N
45 kA
35/50 35/50 35/50 28/50 28/50 28/50
35/70 35/70 35/70 28/70 28/70 28/70
50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
274
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Compact NS160 to NS400 Downstream: Integral 18 to Integral 63

upstream trip unit downstream Integral 18 LD1-LB030 termal relay LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 12 to 18 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 16 to 25 23 to 32 10 to 13 11 to 18 18 to 25 23 to 32 28 to 40 35 to 50 45 to 63 NS160H 70 kA TM-D 80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS160L 150 kA TM-D 100/125/160 80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 NS250H 70 kA TM-D 100/125/160 160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 NS250L 150 kA TM-D 160
200/250
200/250
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 8/150
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
upstream trip unit downstream Integral 18 LD1-LB030 termal relay LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 12 to 18 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 16 to 25 23 to 32 10 to 13 11 to 18 18 to 25 23 to 32 28 to 40 35 to 50 45 to 63
NS160H 70 kA STR22SE 80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
NS160L 150 kA STR22SE 80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
NS250H 70 kA STR22SE 250 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
NS250L 150 kA 250 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
NS400H NS400L 70 kA 150 kA STR23SE or STR53UE 400 400
70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
Merlin Gerin
A275

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 M01 integrated GV2 M02 integrated GV2 M03 integrated GV2 M04 integrated GV2 M05 integrated GV2 M06 integrated GV2 M07 integrated GV2 M08 integrated GV2 M10 integrated GV2 M14 integrated GV2 M16 integrated GV2 M20 integrated GV2 M21 integrated GV2 M22 integrated GV2 M32 integrated NS160N 36 kA TM-D 16 25 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 24 to 32 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 NS160H/L 70/150 kA TM-D 16 25 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
Upstream: Compact NS160 Downstream: GV2 M
40 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
63 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
80 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
100 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
125 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
160 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
40 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
63 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
80 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
100 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
125 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
160 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 M01 integrated GV2 M02 integrated GV2 M03 integrated GV2 M04 integrated GV2 M05 integrated GV2 M06 integrated GV2 M07 integrated GV2 M08 integrated GV2 M10 integrated GV2 M14 integrated GV2 M16 integrated GV2 M20 integrated GV2 M21 integrated GV2 M22 integrated GV2 M32 integrated
NS160N 36 kA STR22SE80 32 40 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 24 to 32 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
50 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
63 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
80 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
STR22SE160 100 125 160 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36
NS160H/L 70/150 kA STR22SE80 32 40 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
63 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
80 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
STR22SE160 100 125 160 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50
276
Merlin Gerin
Upstream: Compact NS160 Downstream: GV2 P
upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 P01 integrated GV2 P02 integrated GV2 P03 integrated GV2 P04 integrated GV2 P05 integrated GV2 P06 integrated GV2 P07 integrated GV2 P08 integrated GV2 P10 integrated GV2 P14 integrated GV2 P16 integrated GV2 P20 integrated GV2 P21 integrated GV2 P22 integrated
NS160H 70 kA TM-D 80 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
100 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
NS160L 150 kA TM-D 80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
NS160H 70 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
40 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
STR22SE160 100 125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
NS160L 150 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
40 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
50 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
63 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
STR22SE160 100 125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
Merlin Gerin
A277

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 NS160H 70 kA TM-D 80 rating (A) 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS160L 150 kA TM-D 80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
Upstream: Compact NS160 Downstream: GV2 L
100 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22
NS160H 70 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
40 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
STR22SE160 100 125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22
NS160L 150 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
40 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
50 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
63 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
STR22SE160 100 125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150
278
Merlin Gerin
Merlin Gerin
A279
protection of motor circuits circuit breaker / contactor coordination

A circuit supplying a motor may include one, two, three or four switchgear or controlgear devices fulfilling one or more functions. When a number of devices are used, they must be coordinated to ensure optimum operation of the motor. Protection of a motor circuit involves a number of parameters that depend on: c the application (type of machine driven, operating safety, starting frequency, etc.); c the level of service continuity imposed by the load or the application; c the applicable standards to ensure protection of life and property. The necessary electrical functions are of very different natures: c protection (motor-dedicated for overloads); c control (generally with high endurance levels); c isolation.
protection functions
E34300
Disconnection functions: Isolate a motor circuit prior to maintenance operations.
Overloads (I < 10 In) An overload may be caused by: c an electrical problem, for instance on the mains (loss of a phase, voltage outside tolerances, etc.); c a mechanical problem, for instance excessive torque due to abnormally high demands by the process or motor damage (bearing vibrations, etc.). A further consequence of these two origins is excessively long starting. Impedant short-circuit (10 < I < 50 In) Deterioration of motor-winding insulation is the primary cause. Short-circuit (I > 50 In) This type of fault is relatively rare. A possible cause may be a connection error during maintenance. Overload protection Thermal relays provide protection against this type of fault. They may be: c integrated in the short-circuit protective device; c separate. Short-circuit protection This type of protection is provided by a circuit breaker.
disconnection and short-circuit protection
Short-circuit protection: Protect the starter and the cables against major overcurrents (> 10 In). Control: Start and stop the motor, and, if applicable: c gradual acceleration; c speed control. Overload protection: Protect the starter and the cables against minor overcurrents (< 10 In).
control
Additional specific protection: c Limitative fault protection (while the motor is running); c Preventive fault protection (monitoring of motor insulation with motor off).
overload or thermal protection
specific or internal motor protection
Protection against insulation faults This type of protection may be provided by: c a residual current device (RCD); c an insulation monitoring device (IMD).
280
Merlin Gerin
applicable standards
A circuit supplying a motor must comply with the general rules set out in IEC standard 947-4-1 and in particular with those concerning contactors, motor starters and their protection as stipulated in IEC 947-4-1, notably: c coordination of the components of the motor circuit; c trip classes for thermal relays; c contactor utilisation categories; c coordination of insulation.
coordination of the components of the motor circuit

Two types of coordination The standard defines tests at different current levels. The purpose of these tests is to place the switchgear and controlgear in extreme conditions. Depending on the state of the components following the tests, the standard defines two types of coordination. c Type 1: Deterioration of the contactor and the relay is acceptable under two conditions: v no danger to operating personnel, v no danger to any components other than the contactor and the relay; c Type 2: Only minor welding of the contactor or starter contacts is permissible and the contacts must be easily separated. v Following type-2 coordination tests, the switchgear and controlgear functions must be fully operational. Which type of coordination is needed? Selection of a type of coordination depends on the operating conditions encountered. The goal is to achieve the best balance between the users needs and the cost of the installation. c Type 1: v Qualified maintenance service, v Low cost of switchgear and controlgear, v Continuity of service is not imperative or may be ensured by simply replacing the faulty motor drawer; c Type 2: v Continuity of service is imperative, v Limited maintenance service, v Specifications stipulating type 2.
the different test currents

"Ic", "r" and "Iq" test currents To qualify for type-2 coordination, the standard requires three fault-current tests to check that the switchgear and controlgear operates correctly under overload and shortcircuit conditions. "Ic" current (overload I < 10 In) The thermal relay provides protection against this type of fault, up to the Ic value (a function of Im) defined by the manufacturer. IEC standard 947-4-1 stipulates two tests that must be carried out to guarantee coordination between the thermal relay and the short-circuit protective device: c at 0.75 Ic, only the thermal relay reacts; c at 1.25 Ic, the short-circuit protective device reacts. Following the tests at 0.75 and 1.25 Ic, the trip characteristics of the thermal relay must be unchanged. Type-2 coordination thus enhances continuity of service. The contactor may be closed automatically following clearing of the fault. "r" current (Impedant short-circuit 10< I < 50 In) The primary cause of this type of fault is the deterioration of insulation. IEC standard 947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit current r. This test current is used to check that the protective device provides protection against impedant short-circuits. There must be no modification in the original characteristics of the contactor and the thermal relay following the test. The circuit breaker must trip in i 10 ms for a fault current u 15 In.
E34301
time
teri charac
circuit-breaker thermal withstand limit (MA)
service continuity >
s ti
o cs
ft
he
rm
al r e
lay
thermal-relay withstand limit
<imperative tripping of the circuit-breaker

ma gn
etic rele ase (MA)
1 In
10 0,75lc
overload zone
50 ~ k ln 1,25lc
inpedant short-circuit zone
Ic
Ir
short-circuit zone
Iq
Operational current Ie (AC3) of the motor in A Ie i 16 16 < Ie i 63 63 < Ie i 125 125 < Ie i 315 315 < Ie < 630
"r" current (in kA) 1 3 5 10 18
"Iq" current (short-circuit I > 50 In) This type of fault is relatively rare. A possible cause may be a connection error during maintenance. Short-circuit protection is provided by devices that open quickly. IEC standard 947-4-1 defines the "Iq" current as generally 50 kA. The "Iq" current is used to check the coordination of the switchgear and controlgear installed on a motor supply circuit. Following this test under extreme conditions, all the coordinated switchgear and controlgear must remain operational.
Merlin Gerin
281
protection of motor circuits circuit breaker / contactor coordination (cont.)

trip classes of a thermal relay
The four trip classes of a thermal relay are 10 A, 10, 20 and 30 (maximum tripping times at 7.2 In). Classes 10 and 10 A are the most commonly used. Classes 20 and 30 are reserved for motors with difficult starting conditions. The diagram and the table opposite can be used to select a thermal relay suited to the motor starting time.
ts class 30 30s class 20 20s class 10 10s
Class 10 A 10 20 30
1,05 In t>2h t>2h t>2h t>2h
1,2 In t<2h t<2h t<2h t<2h
1,5 In t < 2 min. t < 4 min. t < 8 min. t < 12 min.
7,2 In 2 i t i 10 s 4 i t i 10 s 6 i t i 20 s 9 i t i 30 s
E34302
1,05 lr 1,20 lr
1,5 lr
Trip classes of a thermal relay.
7,2 lr
l/lr
282
Merlin Gerin
the four utilisation categories of contactors (AC1 to AC4)

The four utilisation categories of contactors (AC1 to AC4)The utilisation category determines the operating frequency and endurance of a contactor. The category depends on the type of load. If the load is a motor; the category also depends on the service classification.
Main characteristics of the controlled electrical circuits and applications

category AC1 AC2 type of load non-inductive (cos f 0.8) slip-ring motors (cos f 0.65) contactor usage energisation starting switching off during running regenerative braking inching starting switching off during running starting switching off during running regenerative braking plugging inching typical applications heating, distribution wire drawing machines
AC3
AC4
squirrel-cage motors (cos f 0.45 for i 100 A) (cos f 0.35 for > 100 A) squirrel-cage motors (cos f 0.45 for i 100 A) (cos f 0.35 for > 100 A)
compressors, lifts, mixing pumps, escalators, fans, conveyers, air-conditioning printing machines, wire drawing machines
AC3 utilisation category

E34303
current lc
This category covers asynchronous squirrelcage motors that are switched off during running. This is the most common situation (85% of all cases).
interruption of power supply
ld
The control device establishes the starting current and interrupts the rated current at a voltage equal to approximately one-sixth of the rated value. Current interruption is carried out with no difficulty.
starting period
time
AC3 utilisation category. The contactor interrupts the rated current of the motor.
AC4 utilisation category

E34304
current lc
interruption of power current
This category covers asynchronous squirrelcage or slip-ring motors capable of operating under regenerative-braking or inching (jogging) conditions. The control device establishes the starting current and is capable of interrupting the starting current at a voltage that may be equal to that of the mains. Such difficult conditions require oversizing of the control and protective devices with respect to category AC3.
ld
starting period
time
AC4 utilisation category. The contactor must be capable of interrupting the starting current id.
Merlin Gerin
283
protection of motor circuits using the circuit breaker / contactor coordination tables
subtransient phenomena related to direct on-line starting of asynchronous motors
A squirrel-cage motor draws a high inrush current during starting. This current is related to the combined influence of two parameters: v the high inductance of the copper stator winding, v the magnetisation of the iron core of the stator.
In motor current drawn by the motor at full rated load (in A rms) Id Id current drawn by the motor during starting (in A ms) subtransient current generated by the motor when it is energised. This very short subtransient phenomenon is expressed as k x Id x r (in A peak). td motor starting time, from 0.5 to 30 seconds depending on the application.
E41251
c Subtransient phenomena occurring when starting squirrel-cage motors:
t(s)
thermal relay
td (0.5 to 30s)
td'' (0.010 to 0.015s)
short-circuit protection (magnetic protection of the circuit breaker)
td duration of the subtransient current, from 0.010 to 0.015 seconds when the motor is energised. Irm magnetic setting of the circuit breakers.
In motor
Irm Id" (2 to 2.5 Id in A peak) Id (5.8 to 8.6 In in A rms)
I(A)
c Typical upper and lower limits for these subtransient currents: These values, not covered by standards, also depend on the type of motor technology used: v ordinary motors Id=2 Id to 2.1 Id (in A peak), v high-efficiency motors Id=2.2 Id to 2.5 Id (in A peak). v variation of Id as a function of Id: high-efficiency motor 5.8 to 8.6 In motor type of motor ordinary motor Id (in A rms) 5.8 to 8.6 In motor Id (in A peak) Id = 2 Id = 11.5 In (A peak) to Id = 2.1 Id = 18 In (A peak) Id = 2.2 Id = 12.5 In (A peak) to Id = 2.5 Id = 21.5 In (A peak)
Example: Upon energisation, a high-efficiency motor with an Id of 7.5 In produces a subtransient current with a value between (depending on its characteritics): v minimum = 16.5 In (in A peak), v maximum = 18.8 In (in A peak).
c Subtransient currents and protection settings: v As illustrated in the above table, subtransient currents can be very high. If they approach their upper limits, they can trip short-cicuit protection devices (nuisance tripping). v Merlin Gerin and Telemecanique circuit breakers are rated to provide optimum shortcircuit protection for motor starters (type 2 coordination with thermal relay and contactor). v Combinations made up of Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique contactors and thermal relays are designed to allow starting of motors generating high subtransient currents. v The tripping of short-circuit protective devices when starting with a combination listed in the coordination tables means: - the limits of certain devices may be reached. - the use of the starter under type 2 coordination conditions on the given motor may lead to premature wear of one of the components of the combination. In event of such a problem, the ratings of the starter and the associated protective devices must be redesigned.
Using the coordination tables for Merlin Gerin circuit breaker and Telemecanique contactors:
v Ordinary motor: The starter components can be selected directly from the coordination tables, whatever the values of the starting current (Id from 5.8 to 8.6 In) and the subtransient current. v High-efficiency motors with Id i 7.5 In: The starter components can be selected directly from the coordination tables, whatever the values of the starting current and the subtransient current. v High-efficiency motors with Id > 7.5 In When Merlin Gerin circuit breakers are used for motor currents in the neighbourhood of their rated current, they are set to provide 284 minimum short-circuit protection at 19 In motor (A peak). There are two possibilities: v The subtransient starting current is known (indicated by the motor manufacturer) and is less than 19 In motor (A peak). In this case, the starter components can be selected directly from the coordination tables, whatever the value of the starting current (for Id > 7.5 In). Example: For a 110 kW 380/415 V 3-phase motor, the selected components are: NS250-MA220 / LC1-F225 / LR9-F5371. v The subtransient starting current is unknown or greater than 19 In motor (A peak). In this case, the value used for the motor power in the coordination tables should be increased by 20% to satisfy optimum starting and coordination conditions. Example: For a 110 kW 380/415 V 3-phase motor, the selected components are those for a motor power of 110+20%=132kW: NS400-MA320 / LC1-F285 / LR9-F5371.
Merlin Gerin
Reversing starters and coordination:

The starter components can be selected using the tables for direct-on-line starting. Replace contactors LC1 by LC2.
Start-delta starting and coordination:

c The components should be sized according to the current flowing in the motor windings. c The mounting locations and connections of the various components of star-delta starters should be selected according to the type of coordination required and the protective devices implemented.
Start-delta starting and type 1 coordination

Contactors KM2 and KM3 are sized for the line current divided by e KM1 can be sized for the line current divided by 3, however, for the sake of homogeneity, it is often identical to contactors KM2 and KM3. The starter components are selected from the special star-delta type 1 coordination tables. Example: Consider the following case: c 45 kW motor supplied at 380 V; c star-delta starting; c separate thermal relay; c short-circuit current of 20 kA at the starter; c type 1 coordination. The starter components are selected using the table on page 307: c circuit breaker: NS100N-MA 100; c contactor: LC3-D50; c thermal relay: LR2-D3357
E34305 E34306
KM2
KM3
KM1
KM2
KM3
KM1
M
Solution with thermal-magnetic motor circuit breaker.
M
Solution with magnetic motor circuit breaker.
Start-delta starting and type 2 coordination

Contactors KM1, KM2 and KM3 are sized for the line current. The starter components are selected from the direct-on-line type 2 coordination tables. Example: Consider the following case: c 55 kW motor supplied at 415 V; c star-delta starting; c thermal protection built into the circuit breaker providing short-circuit protection; c short-circuit current of 45 kA at the starter; c type 2 coordination. The starter components are selected using the table on page 290: c circuit breaker: NS160H with STR22ME; c starter: LC1-F115A to be replaced by LC3-F115.
E34305 E34307
KM2
KM2
KM3
KM1
KM3 KM1
M
M
Solution with thermal-magnetic motor circuit breaker.
Solution with magnetic motor circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin
285
protection of motor circuits circuit breaker / contactor coordination (cont.)

starting class and thermal relays
The data in the tables on pages 287 to 309 corresponds to normal motor starting times. The associated thermal relays are either class 10 or 10 A (tripping time < 10 s). c For motors with long starting times, the class 10 or 10 A thermal relays must be replaced with class 20 thermal relays as indicated in the correspondence table opposite (for type 1 and type 2 coordination); c Long starting times requiring a class 30 relay: v Apply a derating coefficient (K = 0.8) to the circuit breaker and the contactor. E.g.NS100H MA 100 for 80 A maximum. LC1F115 for 92 A maximum; c These tables may also be used for standard thermal protection using current transformers. The required thermal relays are: v LR2-D1305 (0.63 to 1 A) for class 10, v LR2-D1505 (0.63 to 1 A) for class 20 with terminal block LA7-D1064. The current transformer ratings must be 5 VA per phase. The other characteristics are identical to those described below; c Coordination tables with the multifunction protective relay LT6-P. v Three types of multifunction relays (see the corresponding catalogue for detailed characteristics) are available. They may be connected: - directly to the motor power supply line; - to the secondary winding of the current transformer. Relay
LT6-P0M005 FM
Correspondence table for class 10/10 A and class 20 relays Thermal relay Class 10/10 A Class 20 Setting range
LR2-D1305 LR2-D1306 LR2-D1307 LR2-D1308 LR2-D1310 LR2-D1312 LR2-D1314 LR2-D1316 LR2-D1321 LR2-D1322 LR2-D2353 LR2-D2355 LR2-D3322 LR2-D3353 LR2-D3355 LR2-D3357 LR2-D3359 LR2-D3361 LR2-D3363 LR2-D3365 LR9-D5357 LR9-D5363 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5357 LR9-F5363 LR9-F5367 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR2-F7379 LR2-F7381 LR2-F8383 LR2-F8385 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 5.5 to 8 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 23 to 32 28 to 36 17 to 25 23 to 32 30 to 40 37 to 50 48 to 65 55 to 70 63 to 80 80 to 93 30 to 50 48 to 80 60 to 100 90 to 150 30 to 50 48 to 80 60 to 100 90 to 150 132 to 220 200 to 300 300 to 500 380 to 630 315 to 500 400 to 630 500 to 800 630 to 1000
LR2-D1508 LR2-D1510 LR2-D1512 LR2-D1514 LR2-D1516 LR2-D1521 LR2-D1522 LR2-D2553 LR2-D3522 LR2-D3553 LR2-D3555 LR2-D3557 LR2-D3559 LR2-D3561 LR2-D3563 LR9-D5557 LR9-D5563 LR9-D5567 LR9-D5569 LR9-F5557 LR9-F5563 LR9-F5567 LR9-F5569 LR9-F5571 LR9-F7575 LR9-F7579 LR9-F7581 LR2-F7579 LR2-F7581 LR2-F7583 LR2-F7585
Rating
Connection direct to CT
c c c
0,2 to 1 A c 1 to 5 A 5 to 25 A c
LT6-P0M025 FM
v The characteristics of the current transformers are the following (as defined by IEC 44-1 / 44-3):
Type 1 coordination tables Circuit breaker Direct-on-line starting reverser Magnetic page 303 Thermal-magnetic page 306
Star-delta starting page 307 page 309
10
Accuracy class (5%) CT intended for motor protection Multiple of the saturation current
Type 2 coordination tables Circuit breaker Direct-on-line starting, star-delta or reverser 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V Magnetic MA p. 288 p. 291 p. 296 Magnetic MA + p. 292 p. 298 multifunctional or thermal relay on CT Thermal-magnetic p. 287 p. 290 p. 295 c The coordination data for 440 V is valid for 480 V NEMA;
500/525 V p. 301
p. 300
286
Merlin Gerin
type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 220/240 V
Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors

E34308
Performance: U = 220/240 V
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME N 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA H 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA STR22ME class 10 x Irth (A) 6/10 6/10 7.5/12.5 7.5/20 7.5/25 7.5/25 24/40 24/40 24/40 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 60/100 60/120 90/150 100/200 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500 Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA STR43ME class 10 class 20 Contactors Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500
Contactor
Starting:
Normal Long Motors P (kW) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 150 I (A) 220 V 6.5 9 12 15 21 24 28 36 39 52 63 75 100 125 150 180 250 300 360 430 460 I (A) 240 V 6 8 11 14 19 22 25 33 36 48 59 70 95 115 140 170 235 280 330 400 450 Ie max 10 10 12.5 20 25 25 40 40 40 80 80 100 100 150 150 185 265 320 400 500 500 Circuit breaker Type Trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME
Merlin Gerin
287
type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 220/240 V (cont.)

E34309
Performance : U = 220/240 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS80-MA N xxx H 100 kA L xxx
Contactor Thermal relay

Motors P (kW) 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22
Starting (1) : normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10
I (A) 220 V 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.5 5 6.5 9 12 15 21 24 28 36 39 52 63 75
I (A) 240 V 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.2 4.5 6 8 11 14 19 22 25 33 36 48 59 70
Ie max 1 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 50 40 50 50 63 80 63 80 80
Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA
Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80
Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 880 880 1040
Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80
Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63
Irth (1) 0.63/1 0.63/1 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.
288
Merlin Gerin

E34309
Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 85 kA 85 kA xxx H 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Motors P (kW) 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 10 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 150
Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10

Circuit breakers Type Rating (A) NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 50 NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79
I (A) 220 V 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.5 5 6.5 9 12 15 21 24 28 36 39 52 63 75 100 125 150 180 250 300 360 430 460
I (A) 240 V 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.2 4.5 6 8 11 14 19 22 25 33 36 48 59 70 95 115 140 170 235 270 330 400 450
Ie max 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 50 40 50 40 50 63 80 63 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 320 400 500 500
Irm (A) 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 650 550 650 550 650 700 1100 900 1100 1100 1300 1950 1950 2420 2880 3500 4160 5700 6500 6500
Irth (1) 1/1,6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 30/40 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80 60/100 90/150 90/150 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 300/500 300/500
Merlin Gerin
289

E34308
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME N 25 kA 35 kA 35 kA 45 kA 45 kA H 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA
Contactor
Starting: IEC 947-4-1, type 2

Normal Long Motors P (kW) 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 I (A) 380 V 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 44 60 72 85 105 138 170 205 250 300 370 408 460 I (A) 415 V 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 35 40 55 66 80 100 135 165 200 240 280 340 385 425 Ie max 10 10 12.5 20 25 25 40 40 50 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 320 400 500 500 STR22ME Class 10 x Circuit breaker Type Trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME Irth (A) 6/10 6/10 7.5/12.5 10/20 15/25 15/25 24/40 24/40 30/50 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 90/150 60/120 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 131/220 100/200 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500 STR43ME Class 10 Class 20 Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth Contactors (2) Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500
290
Merlin Gerin

E34309

Motors P (kW) 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10
I (A) 380 V 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72
I (A) 415 V 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66
Ie max 1 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 40 50 63 80
Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA
Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80
Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 880 1040
Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80
Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63
Irth (1) 0.63/1 0.63/1 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80
Merlin Gerin
291

E34309

Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250

I (A) 415 V 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66 80 100 135 160 200 230 270 361 380 430 Ie max 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 50 40 50 50 63 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 220 265 320 400 500 500 Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Irm (A) 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 650 550 650 650 900 1100 1100 1300 1500 1950 2420 2860 2880 3500 4160 5700 6500 6500 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 Irth (1) 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80 60/100 90/150 90/150 132/220 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 300/500 300/500
I (A) 380 V 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72 85 105 140 170 210 250 300 380 420 460
(1) For long starting (class 20). see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.
292
Merlin Gerin

E34310
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Contactor Thermal relay on CT TC
Motors P (kW) 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA Contactors (2) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 Thermal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM Circuit breaker NS80 MA N xxx H 70 kA L xxx
Starting (1): adjustable class 10 A to 30
I (A) 380 V 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72
I (A) 415 V 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66
Ie max 1 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80
Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80
Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 70 70 82 163 163 163 325 325 325 650 650 650 1040 1040
Irth (1) 0.2/1 0.2/1 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT
(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.
Merlin Gerin
293

E34310
Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 25 kA 35 kA xxx H 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA
Starting: adjustable class 10 to 30

I (A) 415 V 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66 80 100 135 160 200 230 270 361 380 430 Ie max 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 265 320 400 500 500 Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Irm (A) 32.5 32.5 32.5 70 70 82 163 163 163 325 325 325 650 650 650 1100 1100 1300 1500 1950 2420 2860 3500 3500 4000 5700 6300 6300 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM Irth (1) 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT
I (A) 380 V 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72 85 105 140 170 210 250 300 380 420 460
(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.
294
Merlin Gerin
type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V

E34308
Performance (2) : U = 440 V

Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME N 25 kA 35 kA 35 kA 42 kA 42 kA STR22ME Class 10 x Circuit breaker Type Trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME Irth (A) 6/10 6/10 7.5/12.5 12/20 15/25 15/25 24/40 24/40 24/40 48/80 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 90/150 100/200 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 131/220 160/320 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500 H 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA STR43ME Class 10 Class 20 Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth Contactors (3) Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA
Contactor

Normal Long Motors P (kW) 3 4 5,5 7,5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300 I (A) 440 V 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 51 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 320 353 400 460 Ie max 10 10 12.5 20 25 25 40 40 40 80 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 320 400 400 500
Merlin Gerin
295
type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V (cont.)

E34309


Motors P (kW) 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 I (A) 440 V 0.7 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76 Ie max 1 1.6 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6 6 8 12.5 18 25 25 32 40 50 40 50 63 80 63 80 80
Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA
Rating (A) 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80
Irm (A) 13.5 22.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 82 82 113 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 550 650 880 1040 880 1040 1040
Contactors (3) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80
Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63
Irth (1) 0.63/1 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 4/6 4/6 5.5/8 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/40 30/50 30/40 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
296
Merlin Gerin

E34309


Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300 I (A) 440 V 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76 90 125 140 178 210 256 310 353 400 460 Ie max 1.6 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6 6 8 12.5 18 25 25 32 40 50 40 50 63 80 63 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 265 320 400 500 500

Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Irm (A) 22.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 82 82 113 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 550 650 900 1100 900 1100 1100 1300 1950 1950 2420 2860 3500 3500 4160 5500 6500 6500 Contactors (3) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 Irth (1) 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 4/6 4/6 5.5/8 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/40 30/50 30/40 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80 60/100 90/150 90/150 132/220 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 300/500 300/500
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
Merlin Gerin
297
type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V (cont.)

E34310

Motors P (kW) 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA Contactors (3) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 Thermal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM Circuit breaker NS80 MA N xxx H 65 kA L xxx
Starting (1): adjustable class 10 to 30
I (A) 440 V 0.7 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76
Ie max 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80
Rating (A) 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80
Irm (A) 13.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 82 82 82 163 163 325 325 325 550 550 550 1040 1040 1040
Irth (1) 0.2/1 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT
(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Applicable pour 480 V NEMA (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
298
Merlin Gerin

E34310

Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300 Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 25 kA 35 kA xxx H 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA
Starting (1): adjustable class 10 to 30

Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Contactors (3) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Themal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM
I (A) 440 V 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76 90 125 140 178 210 256 310 353 400 460
Ie max 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 265 320 400 500 500
Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500
Irm (A) 32.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 82 82 82 163 163 325 325 325 550 550 550 1100 1100 1100 1300 1950 1950 2420 2860 2880 3500 4000 5700 6500 6500
Irth (1) 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT
(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
Merlin Gerin
299

E34308
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME H 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 kA L 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA
Contactor

Normal Long
Motors P (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 I (A) 500 V 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75 105 130 155 185 220 280 310 360 445 I (A) 525 V 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75 105 130 155 185 220 280 310 360 445 Ie max 10 12.5 12.5 20 20 40 40 40 50 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 320 320 500 500
STR22ME Class 10 x
Circuit breaker Type trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME Irth (A) 6/10 7.5/12.5 7.5/12.5 12/20 12/20 15/25 24/40 24/40 30/50 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 90/150 60/120 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 131/220 160/320 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500
STR43ME Class 10 Class 20

Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth Contactors (2) Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F500
(2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
300
Merlin Gerin

E34309
Circuit breaker NS80-MA H 35 kA L xxx

Motors
P (kW) I (A) 500 V I (A) 525 V
Ie max
0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75
0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75
1 1 1.6 1.6 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 16 25 25 32 40 50 50 63 80 80 80
Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA
Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80
Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 22.5 22.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 650 880 1040 1040 1040
Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D50 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D65 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115
Thermal relay (1) Type Irth LR2-D13 05 0.63/1 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 10 4/6 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8 LR2-D13 14 7/10 LR2-D13 16 9/13 LR2-D33 21 12/18 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 53 23/32 LR2-D33 55 30/40 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 57 37/50 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 59 48/65 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 48/80 LR2-D33 63 63/80 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 48/80 LR9-D53 63 48/80
(1) For long starting (class 20). see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
Merlin Gerin
301

E34309
Circuite breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA H 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 KA L 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA

Motors P (kW) 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 I (A) 500 V 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 I (A) 525 V 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33

Ie max 1.6 1.6 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 16 25 25 32 40 50 50 Circuite breaker Type rating (A) NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 50 NS100-MA 50 Irm (A) 22.5 22.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 650 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay (1) Type Irth LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 10 4/6 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8 LR2-D13 14 7/10 LR2-D13 16 9/13 LR2-D13 21 12/18 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 53 23/32 LR2-D33 55 23/32 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 57 30/40 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 59 48/65 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 48/80 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 LR9-D53 67 60/100 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 90/150 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 90/150 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 132/220 LR9-F53 71 132/220 LR9-F73 75 200/330 LR9-F73 75 200/330 LR9-F73 75 200/330 LR9-F73 79 300/500 LR9-F73 79 300/500
30
45
45
NS100-MA
50
37
55
55
63 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 320 320 500 500
NS100-MA
100
900 1100 1100 1300 1500 1950 2420 2860 4160 4160 4500 6500 6500
45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315
65 75 105 130 156 187 220 280 310 360 445
65 75 105 130 156 187 220 280 310 360 445
NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA
100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 500 500 500
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.
302
Merlin Gerin
type 1 coordination (IEC 947-4-1)
Merlin Gerin NS 80 circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors

Direct-on-line starting Reverser
E34309
Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker alone Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10

Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) Circuit breaker 380 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.2 0.55 1.6 0.75 2 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.8 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 415 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.1 0.55 1.5 0.75 1.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.5 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 440 V (2) P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1 0.55 1.4 0.75 1.7 1.1 2.4 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 0.55 1.2 0.75 1.5 660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 0.75 1.2 1 1.5 type rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 Contactors (3) type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 Thermal relay (1) type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 59 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 59 LR2-D33 61 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-F53 63 Irth (A) 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 7/10 9/13 12/18 12/18 9/13 17/25 12/18 17/25 23/32 30/40 37/50 37/50 48/65 37/50 48/65 55/70 37/50 63/80 48/80
0.37 1.8 0.55 2.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 4.4 6.1 8.7
11.5 5.5 14.5 7.5
11.5 5.5 15.5 7.5 9 22 11
5.5
20
11
7.5 11 15
28 39 52
15
30
15 22 25
28 40 47
15 22 30
18.5 37 22 44
18.5 64
30
59
30 37 45
55 66 80
37
22
75
37
72
45
NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA 1.1 2 1.5 2 NS80H-MA 1.5 2.6 2.2 2.8 NS80H-MA 3.1 3 3.8 NS80H-MA 4.5 3 5 4 4.9 NS80H-MA 5.8 4 6.5 5.5 6.6 NS80H-MA 7.9 5.5 9 NS80H-MA 7.5 8.9 NS80H-MA 10.4 7.5 12 NS80H-MA 13.7 9 14 NS80H-MA 16.9 10 15 NS80H-MA 10 11.5 NS80H-MA 20.1 11 18.4 NS80H-MA 15 17 NS80H-MA 18.5 21.3 NS80H-MA 26.5 18.5 28.5 NS80H-MA 22 33 30 34.6 NS80H-MA 39 NS80H-MA 30 45 33 39 NS80H-MA 51.5 NS80H-MA 37 42 NS80H-MA 64 37 55 NS80H-MA NS80H-MA 45 49 NS80H-MA 76 55 80 NS80H-MA 55 60 NS80H-MA 75 80
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.
Merlin Gerin
303
Merlin Gerin NS 100 circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors

E34309
Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10

Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A)
Circuit breaker 380 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.2 0.55 1.6 0.75 2 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.8 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 415 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.1 0.55 1.5 0.75 1.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.5 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 440 V (2) P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1 0.55 1.4 0.75 1.7 1.1 2.4 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 3.1 4.5 5.8 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 0.55 1.2 0.75 1.5 rating (A) NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 1.1 2 1.5 2 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 1.5 2.6 2.2 2.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 3 3.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 3 5 4 4.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 4 6.5 5.5 6.6 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 5.5 9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 7.5 8.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 7.5 12 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 9 14 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 10 15 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 10 11.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 11 18.4 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 15 17 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 18.5 21.3 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 18.5 28.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 22 33 30 34.6 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 30 30 37 51.5 64 37 55 45 49 45 33 37 39 42 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 0.75 1.2 1 1.5 type
Contactors (3) type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65
Thermal relay (2) type Irth (A) 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4-jun 5.5/8 7/10 7/10 9/13 12/18 12/18 9/13 17/25 12/18 17/25 23/32 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 37/50 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 37/50 48/80 63/80 48/80 80/93 60/100 48/80
0.37 1.8 0.55 2.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 4.4 6.1 8.7
11.5 5.5 14.5 7.5
11.5 5.5 15.5 7.5 9 22 11
5.5
20
11
7.5
28
15
30
15
28
15
26.5
11
39
18.5 37 22 44 59
22 25 30
40 47 55
22
39
15
52
30
18.5 64
NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D65 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D95 55 60 80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D115 LC1-F115
22 25
75 85
37 45
72 85
37 45
72 80
45
76
55
80
30
100
55
100
55
96
75
LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 65 LR9-D53 67 LR9-D53 63 LR9-F53 63 LR9-D53 67 60/100 LR9-F53 67
(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.
304
Merlin Gerin
Merlin Gerin NS 160, NS 250, NS 400, NS 630, C801, C1001, C1251 circuit breakers Telemecanique contactors
E34309
Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting (1): normal class 10

Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 37 125 45 150 55 180
Circuit breaker 380 V P I (kW) (A) 55 105 75 140 90 170 110 210 415 V P I (kW) (A) 75 135 90 110 160 200 440 V (2) P I (kW) (A) 75 124 90 110 132 156 180 215 500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 75 110 90 130 110 156 660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 90 100 110 120 type rating (A) (A) NS160N/H/L-MA 150 NS250N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA 132 190 228 281 310 250 220 420 480 250 430 300 480 540 355 375 400 450 500 530 570 630 250 401 315 335 445 460 375 450 400 480 335 270 335 200 220 220 240 132 160 140 175 NS250N/H/L-MA NS400N/H/L-MA NS400N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA 220 220 220 320 320 500 500 500 500 500
Contactors
(3)
Thermal relay (1) Irth (A) LR9-D53 69 90/150 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 132/220 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 81 LR9-F73 81 132/220 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 200/300 300/500 300/500 380/630 380/630 type
type LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630
75 90 110
250 312 360
132 160 200
250 300 380
132 160 220
230 270 380
160
256
160 200
220
360
220
150
480
250
160
520
300
570
300
510
335
C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-F630 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C1001N/H-STR35ME 1000 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-F780 LC1-BL33 LC1-BM33
200 220
630 700
335 375 400
630 700 750
335 375 400
580 650 690
375 400 450
590 650 720
LR9-F73 81 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 85 LR2-F83 85
380/630 500/800 500/800 500/800 500/800 630/1000 630/1000
500 560 250 800 450 500 300 970 560 600 800 900 450 500 750 500 560 920 600 1000 670 830 500 560 600 700 760 830 920 1020
530 580
1000 560 1100 600
800 900 960 670 1080 750
C1001N/H-STR35ME 1000 LC1-BM33 C1251N/H-STR35ME 1250 LC1-BP33
(1) For long starting (class 20), replace the LR2-D3 relays with LR2-D5 relays. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.
Merlin Gerin
305

E34308
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker
Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting:
Contactor Normal Long Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 7.5 28 11 39 15 18.5 22 25 30 37 45 55 52 64 75 85 100 125 150 180
STR22ME Class 10 x
STR43ME Class 10 Class 20
STR55UE Class 10 Class 20 Contactors (2) type LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC12-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-BL33 LC1-BM33 LC1-BM33 LC1-BP33 LC1-BP33
380 V P I (kW) (A) 15 30 18.5 37 22 44 30 59 37 45 72 85
415 V P I (kW) (A) 15 28 22 40 25 47 30 55 37 72
440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 15 26.5 22 39 30 37 45
500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 18.5 28.5 22 33 30 45 55 80
660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 30 33 37 45 55 75 90 110
Circuit breaker type trip unit STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE
Irth (A) 24/40 24/40 30/50 48/80 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/100 60/100 90/150 131/220 131/220 131/220 190/320 190/320 300/500 300/500 300/500 300/500 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 400/1000 400/1000 630/1250 630/1250
51.5 64 37 76 55
55 75 90 110
105 140 170 210
55 75 90 110
100 135 160 200
55 75 90 110 132
96 124 156 180 215
75 90 110
110 130 156
NS100N/H/L 34.6 NS100N/H/L 39 NS100N/H/L 42 NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L 49 NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L 60 NS100N/H/L 80 NS100N/H/L 100 NS160N/H/L 120 NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L C1001N/H C1001N/H C1251N/H C1251N/H
132 75 90 110 150 250 312 360 480 132 160 200 220 250 250 300 380 420 480 132 160 220 250 230 270 380 430 300 160 200 520 630 300 335 400 570 630 750 300 335 400 510 580 690 335 375 450 480 540 590 720 160 256 160 200 220 315 335 355 375 400 450
190 228 281 310 445 460 500 530 570 630
132 160 200 220 250 335 375 450
140 175 220 240 270 335 400 480
220 250
360 401
500 560 250 800 450 500 300 970 560 600 800 900 450 500 750 500 560 920 600 1000 670 830 500 560 600 700 760 830 920 1020
530 580
1000 560 1100 600
800 900 960 670 1080 750
(1) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.
306
Merlin Gerin

Star-delta starting
E34311
Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting: normal
Star-delta starter Thermal relay
Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 0.55 2.8 1.1 4.4 1.5 6.1 2.2 8.7 3 11.5 4 14.5 5.5 20 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 25 30 28 39 52 64 75 2.8 4.4 6.1 8.7 11.5 14.5 20 28 39 52 64 75 85 100
380 V P (kW) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
I (A) 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 11.5 15.5 22 30 37 44
415 V P (kW) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 25 30 37 45 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 25 30 37 45
I (A) 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 28 40 47 55 66 80 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 28 40 47 55 66 80 100
440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 1.5 3.1 2.2 4.5 3 5.8 4 7.9 5.5 10.4 7.5 13.7 9 16.9 11 20.1 15 26.5 22 39 30 51.5 64 76 3.1 4.5 5.8 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 39 51.5 64 76 96
Circuit breaker type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA
Contactors rating (A) type 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D12 LC3-D12 LC3-D18 LC3-D18 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D12 LC3-D12 LC3-D18 LC3-D18 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50
Thermal relay type Irth (A) LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 59 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 9/13 12/18 17/25 23/32 23/32 30/40 30/40 37/50 37/50 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 9/13 12/18 17/25 23/32 23/32 30/40 30/40 37/50 37/50 37/50 48/65
30 37 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
59 72 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 11.5 15.5 22 30 37 44
37 45 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30
30 37 45
59 72 85
37 45 55
55
(1) Valid for 480 V NEMA.
Merlin Gerin
307

Star-delta starting Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting: normal
Star-delta starter Thermal relay
E34311
Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 37 45 125 150
380 V P (kW) 55 75 75 90
I (A) 105 140 140 170
415 V P I (kW) (A) 75 135
440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 75 124
Circuit breaker type NS160N/H/L-MA NS160N/H/L-MA NS160N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA
Contactors rating (A) type 150 150 150 220 220 220 220 320 320 500 500 500 500 LC3-D80 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D150 LC3-F150 LC3-D150 LC3-F150 LC3-F185 LC3-F265 LC3-F265 LC3-F330 LC3-F330 LC3-F400 LC3-F400
Thermal relay type Irth (A) LR2-D33 59 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 48/65 63/80 60/100 60/100 90/150 90/150 90/150 90/150 132/220 200/330 200/330 200/330 200/330 200/330 300/500
90
160
90 110
156 180
55
180 110 210 110 200
132 75 90 110 250 312 360 132 160 200 220 150 480 250 250 300 380 420 480 250 430 300 160 520 300 570 300 335
215
NS250N/H/L-MA NS400N/H/L-MA
132 160 220
230 270 380 160 220 250 256 360 401
NS400N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA
480 540 590
NS630N/H/L-MA
510 580
335 375
C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000
308
Merlin Gerin

Star-delta starting
E34312
Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting: normal
Star-delta starter
Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 7.5 28 11 39 15 18.5 22 25 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 150 160 52 64 75 85 100 125 150 180 250 312 360 480 520
380 V P (kW) 15 18.5 22
I (A) 30 37 44
415 V P (kW) 15 22 25 30 37 45
I (A) 28 40 47 55 66 80 100 135 160 200 230 270 380 430 510 580
440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 15 26.5 22 39 30 51.5 64 76 96 124 156 180 215 256 360 401 480 540 590
Circuit breaker type NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L
Contactors trip unit STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR55UE STR55UE Irth (A) 24/40 30/50 30/50 48/80 48/80 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/100 60/100 90/150 90/150 90/150 131/220 131/220 131/220 190/320 190/320 300/500 300/500 300/500 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 LC3-D18 LC3-D18 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D80 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115 LC3-D150 or LC3-F150 LC3-D150 or LC3-F150 LC3-F185 LC3-F265 LC3-F265 LC3-F330 LC3-F400 LC3-F400
30 37 45 55 75 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300
59 72 85
37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 220 250 300 335 375
55 105 140 140 170 210 250 300 380 420 480 570 75 90 110 132 160 220 250 300 335
Merlin Gerin
309
coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking
When chosing a circuit breaker to protect a busbar trunking system, it is necessary to take into account: c the usual rules concerning the circuit breaker current settings: Ib i Ir i Inc where Ib = maximum load current Ir = circuit breaker current setting Inc = current rating of the busbar trunking
c the electrodynamic withstand of the busbar trunking: The peak current limited by the circuit breaker must be less than the electrodynamic withstand capacity (or rated peak current) of the busbar trunking. Coordination tables The tables for coordinating Merlin Gerin
Multi 9, Compact, Compact CM and Masterpact circuit breakers with respect to Telemecanique Canalis busbar trunking give directly, for the different types of trunking and circuit breakers, the maximum shortcircuit current for which the trunking is protected.
Traditional circuit breaker selection method

The circuit breaker used to protect a distribution circuit is chosen according to two fundamental criteria: c the maximum load current Ib flowing in the supply circuit; c the prospective short-circuit current Isc at a point where the circuit breaker is to be installed. The circuit breaker is choosen such that: v In circuit breaker u Ib, v breaking capacity of the circuit breaker u Isc.
Installation example
E40700 E40701
Application for Compact NS range

CB1 = NS400H (Breaking capacity = 70 kA)
CB1 Ib = 360 A Isc = 65 kA
CB2 Ib = 140 A Isc = 65 kA
CB2 = NS160H (Breaking capacity = 70 kA)
E39613
Example Consider two 630 kVA/400 V transformer (Usc 4 %) supplying a main LV switchboard for which the prospective short-circuit current on the busbars is 44 kA. From the switchboard, a 30-metre long Canalis KVA63 transmission electrical busbar trunking system (630A) supplies a Canalis KSA63 trunking system (630A) for distribution with high-density tap-offs. A tap-off on the KSA63 trunking supplies a Canalis KSA16 trunking system. The short-circuit level are respectively: c 44 kA downstream of circuit-breaker CB1 and at the upstream connection of the KVA63 trunking. c 33 kA at the junction between the KVA63 transmission trunking and the KSA63 trunking for high-density tap-offs.
What circuit breakers should be chosen for CB1 and CB2 to protect the installation against short-circuits ?
CB1 44 kA NS630N (45 kA breaking capacity) 45 kA 45 kA 35 kA CB2 33 kA NS160N (35 kA breaking capacity)
prospective Isc circuit breakers Isc protection level for KVA63 trunking Isc protection level for KVA63 trunking Isc protection level for KSA16 trunking
630 kVA 400 V
630 kVA 400 V
prospective Isc 44 kA LV main swichboard
D1 Disconnector ? prospective Isc 44 kA prospective Isc 33 kA Canalis KSA 63 a 30-meter KVA63 transmission EBT system D2 Disconnector ?
Canalis KSA
310
Merlin Gerin
the different types of Telemecanique busbar trunking

Type of busbar trunking Busbar trunking for transmission and distribution with low-density tap-offs Busbar trunking for distribution with high-density tap-offs Busbar trunking for lighting distribution and management Low power Medium power KVA 200 to 800 A KVC 200 to 800 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V) KSA 100 to 800 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V) High power KTA 1000 to 4000 A KTC 1000 to 4000 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V) KHF 1000 to 4500 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V)
KN 40 to 100 A (380/415 V) KLE, KBA, KBB K System (380/415 V)
coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking Voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Multi 9 Isc max. in kA ms. 16/20 C60N16/20 C60H16/20 C60L16/20 C60N25 C60H25 C60L25 NC100LH25 C60N40 C60H40 C60L40 NC100LH40 C60N63 C60H63 C60L63 NC100LH63 NS100N (1) NS100H (1) NS100L (1) KLE-16/20 25 10 15 25 KBA-25 25 KBB-25 40 KBA-40 40 KBB-40 40 KN-04 63 KN-06 100 KN-10
10 15 25 50
10 15 25 50 10 15 25 50 10 15 25 50 10 15 25 50 10 15 15 50 25 25 25
25 25 25
25 25 25
(1) TM-D trip unit, rating 40 or 63 or 100 A and STR22SE rating 40 or 100 A
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.
Masterpact
NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1
100 25 25 25 20 20 20 17 17 17
KSA-10 160 25 70 90 36 70 70 36 55 55 30 30 30
KSA-16 250
KSA-25 400
KSA-40 500
KSA-50 630
KSA-63 800
KSA-80
36 70 150 36 70 150 45 45 45 30 30 30
45 70 150 45 70 150 26 26 30
45 70 150 30 30 40
45 70 150 40 40 55 40 40 55 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 40 40 40
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 32 32 32
45 70 150 50 50 80 50 50 80 50 50 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 50 50 50
Merlin Gerin
311
coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking (cont.)
voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. 200 NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1 KVA-20 315 35 70 100 35 35 35 KVA-31 400 KVA-40 500 KVA-50 630 KVA-63 800 KVA-80
45 70 150 45 70 150
45 70 150 45 70 150
45 70 150 45 70 150
Masterpact
45 70 150 45 70 150 40 40 70 40 40 70 33 33 33 33 33 33 40 40
50 60 110 50 60 110 40 40 40 40 40 40 55 55
Masterpact
NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1
KVC-20 200 35 70 100 35 35 35
KVC-31 315
KVC-40 400
KVC-63 630
KVC-80 800
45 70 150 45 70 150
45 70 150 45 70 150
45 70 150 45 70 150 40 40 70 40 40 70 36 36 36 36 36 36 40 40
50 60 110 50 60 110 40 40 40 40 40 40 55 55
Masterpact
C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1
KTA-10 1000 50 55 100 50 55 40 40 40 40 40 40
KTA-12 1200 50 70 150 50 70 40 40 40 50 50 50
KTA-16 1600
KTA-20 2000
KTA-25 2500
KTA-30 3000
KTA-40 4000
40 40 40 55 55 60 60 60 60 60
40 40 40 55 55 65 65 65 73 73
55 55
55 55
75 75 75 75
75 75 75 75
75 75 90
40 40 40
50 50 50
60 60 60 60 60
73 73 73 73 73
80 80 80 80
86 86 86 86
90 90 90
55 55
85 85 65 65 65
130 130 105 105 105
130 130 130
130 130 130
312
Merlin Gerin
voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1 KTC-10 1000 50 55 100 50 55 40 40 40 40 40 40 KTC-13 1350 50 70 150 50 70 40 40 40 50 50 50 KTC-16 1600 KTC-20 2000 KTC-25 2500 KTC-30 3000 KTC-40 4000 KTC-50 5000
Masterpact
40 40 40 55 55 60 60 60 60 60
40 40 40 55 55 65 65 65 73 73
55 55
55 55
75 75 75 75
75 75 75 75
75 75 90 90
95 95
40 40 40
50 50 50
60 60 60 60 60
73 73 73 73 73
82 82 82 82
82 82 82 82
90 90 90 90
95 95
55 55
85 85 65 65 65
130 130 105 105 105
130 130 130
130 130 130
130 130 130
Masterpact
C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN CMH M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1
KHF 1000 28 28 45 28 28 45 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
KHF KHF KHF KHF 1200/1450 2200/2500 3000/3400 4000/4500
50 50 80 50 50 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
70 85
70 85
40 55 55
55 55
65 75 75 75 75 90 90
75 75 75 75 100 100
75 75 100 100
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
38 38 38 38 38 38 38
90 90 90 90 90 90 90
100 100 100 100 120 120
100 100 125 125
35 35 35 28 28 28
50 50 50 42 42 42
130 130 130
130 130
Merlin Gerin
313
voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1 KSA-10 100 8 10 20 8 10 20 8 10 15 KSA-16 160 8 10 75 8 10 75 8 10 20 10 17 14 KSA-25 250 KSA-40 400 KSA-50 500 KSA-63 630 KSA-80 800
8 10 75 8 10 20 10 20 28
10 20 35 10 20 35 25 26 26
10 20 35 25 29 30
10 20 35 25 35 45 25 35 45 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Masterpact
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
20 20 35 25 40 60 25 40 60 25 40 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
Masterpact
NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1
KVA-20 200 8 10 20 10 20 20
KVA-31 315
KVA-40 400
KVA-50 500
KVA-63 630
KVA-80 800
10 20 75 10 20 35
10 20 75 10 20 35
10 20 75 10 20 35
10 20 75 10 20 35 33 33 50 33 33 50 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
25 40 60 25 40 60 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
314
Merlin Gerin
voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1 KVC-20 200 8 10 20 10 20 20 KVC-31 315 KVC-40 400 KVC-63 630 KVC-80 800
10 20 75 10 20 35
10 20 75 10 20 35
Masterpact
10 20 75 10 20 35 25 36 60 25 36 60 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
25 40 60 25 40 60 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Icc maxi en kA eff.
Masterpact
C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1
KTA-10 1000 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
KTA-12 1200 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 50 50 50
KTA-16 1600
KTA-20 2000
KTA-25 2500
KTA-30 3000
KTA-40 4000
40 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 65
40 40
55 55
65 65 75 75
75 75 75 75
75 75 85
40 40 40
50 50 50
60 60 60 60 60
73 73 73 73 73
80 80 80 80
85 85 85 85
85 85 85
40 40
50 50 50 50 50
65 65 65 65 65
65 65 65
65 65 65
Merlin Gerin
315
voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35 C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1 KTC-10 1000 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 KTC-13 1350 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 KTC-16 1600 KTC-20 2000 KTC-25 2500 KTC-30 3000 KTC-40 4000 KTC-50 5000
Masterpact
40 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 65
40 40
55 55
65 65 75 75
75 75 75 75
75 75 85 85
85 85
40 40 40
50 50 50
60 60 60 60 60
73 73 73 73 73
80 80 80 80
82 82 82 82
85 85 85 85
85 85
55 55
65 65 50 50 50
65 65 65 65 65
65 65 65
65 65 65
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35 C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.
Masterpact
C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN CMH M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1
KHF 1000 28 28 45 28 28 30 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
KHF KHF KHF KHF 1200/1450 2200/2500 3000/3400 4000/4500
28 40 60 28 40 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
50 50
50 50
65 75 75 75 75 85 85
75 75 75 75 85 85
75 75 85 85
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
38 38 38 38 38 38 38
85 85 85 85 85 85 85
85 85 85 85 85 85
85 85 85 85
28 28 28 28 28 28
38 38 38 38 38 38
65 65 65
65 65
316
Merlin Gerin
coordination between circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination
Circuit breaker selection taking coordination into account
The use of current-limiting circuit breakers makes it possible to implement coordination techniques. This improves circuit breaker performance in terms of breaking capacity and continuity of service. Coordination techniques are described and recognised by the following standards: c product standards IEC 947-1 and 947-2; c installation standards IEC 364, NF C15-100, etc.
E40702
E40703
Cascading The use of a current-limiting circuit breaker upstream to reinforce the breaking capacity of a downstream circuit breaker.
Principle
Cascading

Cascading
CB1
CB1 = NS400H
Reinforced break. cap. 70 kA
CB2 Isc = 65 kA
CB2 = NS160N (Breaking cap. = 35 kA)
CB2 breaking capacity

Cascading and reinforced discrimination
E40704
Discrimination In the event of an electrical fault on one outgoing circuit, discrimination is the ability of the electrical installation to maintain the continuity of electrical power supplied to the other circuits not concerned by the fault. As a general rule, cascading and discrimination techniques are applied independently. Schneider has developed an exclusive system to conciliate cascading and discrimination. This system ensures discrimination up to the reinforced breaking capacity of the association of circuit breakers CB1 and CB2.
Principle
Cascading and reinforced discrimination
E40702
CB1
CB1 = NS400H
Break. cap. renforced 70 kA

CB2
CB2 = NS160N (Break. cap. = 35 kA)
CB2 breaking capacity Discrimination ensured up to the reinforced breaking capacity of CB2
Merlin Gerin
317
coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination (cont.)
Cascading, reinforced discrimination and reinforced protection of busbar trunking systems (BTS) This technique is the direct application of cascading and discrimination techniques to the protection of busbar trunking systems. For various upstream circuit breakers and upstream busbar trunking systems, the tables below give directly: c the level of short-circuit protection of the busbar trunking; c the downstream circuit breaker and associated busbar trunking; c the cascading breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker; c the level of reinforced discrimination of the upstream and downstream circuit breakers; c the level of reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking. Application to a Canalis distributed distribution system: c reinforcement of the breaking capacity of the NS 160N (CB2) up to 70 kA; Source
E40705
CB1 = NS400H
KSA40 (400 A)
CB2 = NS160N
KSA16 (160 A)
70 kA
c discrimination between CB1 and CB2 ensured up to 70 kA; c protection of Canalis KSA 16 busbar trunking up to 70 kA.
Example of a table corresponding to the above diagram.
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 315 and 400 A

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking (kA) NS400N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 45 NS100N TMD/STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A NS400H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 70 NS100N TMD/STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A
NS400H NS400L
STR23SE/STR53UE STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA // KVC KSA / KVA KVC 315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A 70 150 NS100H NS100N TMD/STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 100 A 150 70 150 70 25 70 NS160H NS160N KSA KSA 160 A 160 A 150 70 150 70 70 70
45
45
70
70
45
45
70
70
45
45
70
70
318
Merlin Gerin
coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination
E39614
voltage: 380/415 V
Source
upstream circuit breaker
reinforced cascading and discrimination between the 2 circuit breakers
level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking
upstream busbar trunking
downstream circuit breaker
reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking
downstream busbar trunking

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C1251N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A C1251N STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25
50
50
45
40
50
50
50
50
50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 25
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking
C1251N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
C1251N STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
100 A KN 100 A
100 A KN 100 A
50
50
50
50
50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
Merlin Gerin
319
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1200 and 1350 A (cont.)
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C1251H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A C1251H STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
70
70
45
40
70
70
70
70
70
70 70
70 70
70 70
70 70
70 70
70 70
70 70
70 70
70 70
C1251H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
C1251H STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
100 A KN 100 A
100 A KN 100 A
70
70
70
70
70
70 50
70 50
70 50
70 50
70 50
320
Merlin Gerin
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1000 A

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C1001N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A C1001N STR45AE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking
50
50
45
40
50
50
50
50
50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
C1001N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
C1001N STR45AE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
100 A KN 100 A
100 A KN 100 A
50
50
50
50
50
50 50
50 50
50 50 C1001H STR45AE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55
50 50
50 50
C1001H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A
NS250N KSA 250 A
NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A
70
70
45
40
70
70
70
70
70
70 55
70 55
70 55
70 55
70 55
70 55
70 55
70 55
70 55
C1001H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
C1001H STR45UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
100 A KN 100 A
100 A KN 100 A
Merlin Gerin
70
70
70
70
70
70 50
70 50
70 50
70 50
70 50
321
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C801N STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A C801N STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A
50
50
35
50
50
50
35
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
C801N STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
C801N STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
100 A KN 100 A
100 A KN 100 A
50
50
50
50
50
50 50
50 50
50 50 C801H STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60
50 50
50 50
C801H STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A
NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A
NS250N KSA 250 A
NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A
70
70
35
70
70
70
35
70 60
70 60
70 60
70 60
70 60
70 60
70 60
C801H STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
C801H STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A
100 A KN 100 A
100 A KN 100 A
70
70
70
70
70
70 50
70 50
70 50
70 50
70 50
Merlin Gerin
322

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS630N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 45 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS630H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 70 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS630L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 150 NS100H NS160H TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250H KSA 250 A
45 45 45
45 45 45
70 70 70
70 70 70
70 70 70
150 150 70
150 150 70
150 150 70
NS630N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 45 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
NS630H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
NS630L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 150 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
45 45 45
45 45 45
70 70 50
70 70 50
70 70 50
150 150 50
150 150 50
150 150 50

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS400N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 45 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A NS400H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A NS400L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 150 NS100H TMD / STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160H KSA 160 A
Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 45 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 45 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS400N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 45
45 45 45
70 70 70 NS400H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 70
70 70 70
150 150 70 NS400L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 150
150 150 70
NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
Merlin Gerin
45 45 45
45 45 45
70 70 50
70 70 50
70 70 50
150 150 50
150 150 50
150 150 50
323
coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination (cont.)
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA-10 100 A NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA-10 100 A NS250L TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 150 NS100H TMD / STR22SE KSA-10 100 A
Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 36 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 36 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 36 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
36
36
70 70 NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
150 70 NS250L TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 150 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A
Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 36 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 36 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 36 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit (rating A) Downstream busbar trunking
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36 36
36 36
70 50
70 50
70 50
150 50
150 50
150 50
NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 C60N 16 KLE 16 A C60N 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A
NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 C60H 16 KLE 16 A C60H 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100LH 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A
25
36
40
40
50
70
25 25
36 36
40 40
40 40
50 50
70 50
NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 C60N 40 A KN 40 A C60N 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A
NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 C60H 40 A KN 40 A C60H 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A NC100LH 40 A KN 40 A NC100LH 63 A KN 63 A
25
36
36
40
30
50
50
70
70
25 25
36 36
36 36
40 40
30 30
50 50
50 50
70 50
70 50
Merlin Gerin
324

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit (rating A) Downstream busbar trunking NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 36 C60N 16 KLE 16 A C60N 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40A NS160H TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 70 C60H 16 KLE 16 A C60H 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100LH 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A
25
36
40
40
50
70
25 25
36 36
40 40
40 40
50 50
70 50
NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 36 C60N 40 A KN 40 A C60N 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A
NS160H TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 70 C60H 40 A KN 40 A C60H 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A NC100LH 40 A KN 40 A NC100LH 63 A KN 63 A
25
36
36
40
40
50
50
70
70
25 25
36 36
36 36
40 40
40 40
50 50
50 50
70 50
70 50
Merlin Gerin
325
326
Merlin Gerin
Compact 80 to 1250 A catalogue numbers

page Compact NS80H-MA complete device accessories Compact NSC100N complete device accessories Compact and Vigicompact NS100 to 250 complete device comprising installation and connection accessories Compact NS100 single-pole Compact and Vigicompact NS400 to 630 complete device installation and connection comprising accessories Compact and Vigicompact C801 to 1251 complete device installation and connection comprising accessories
328 328 329 329
330 334 336 337 341
342 344 345 346
350 351 352 353
source changeover catalogue numbers

page Compact NS100 to NS630 and C801 to C1251 358
Merlin Gerin
327
Compact: catalogue numbers
Compact NS80H-MA (70 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS80H-MA with built-in trip unit MA

Compact NS80H-MA fixed/FC rating MA1,5 MA2,5 MA6,3 MA12,5 MA25 MA50 MA80 3P 3t 28106 28105 28104 28103 28102 28101 28100
push to trip
accessories connection accessories

long terminal shields (1 pair) 3P 28034
auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD OF or SD low level
29450 29452
voltage releases AC 50/60 Hz
rotary handles
voltage (V) MX 28070 48 28071 110/130 28072 220/240 28073 380/415 28074 440/480 DC voltage (V) MX 28075 24 28076 48 28077 110/125 28078 250 MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 DC delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz direct rotary handle standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory
ON I O OFF
MN 28080 28081 28082 28083 28084 MN 28085 28086 28087 28088 29421 28088 29427 28050 28051 28054
extended rotary handle standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front
ON I O OFF
ON I
tripped
5...8
28052 28053
reset
O OFF
indication auxiliary 2 early make contacts 1 early-break contact wiring accessory for early-make contact (CAF)
28055 28056 29336 29370 29314 28040
miscellaneous
removable locking device for 3 padlocks 100 identification labels DIN rail plate
328
Merlin Gerin
Compact NSC100N
complete device Compact NSC100N with built-in MA trip unit

Compact NSC100N fixed/FC rating TM16D TM20D TM25D TM32D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM70D TM80D TM100D 3P 3t 28120 28121 28122 28123 28124 28125 28126 28127 28128 28129 4P 4t 28130 28131 28132 28133 28134 28135 28136 28137 28138 28139
Compact NSC100NA switch-disconnector

rating Compact NSC100NA fixed/FC 3P 28140 4P 28141
accessories Vigi module
Vigi module 0,03/3A bottom connection

T R
top connection
3P 4P 3P 4P
28000 28001 28002 28003
connection accessories
long terminal shields (1 pair) 3P 4P 28034 28035
auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD OF or SD low level
DC
voltage (V) 42 48 110/130 208 220/240 277 380/415 440/480 voltage (V) 24 48 125 250
MX 28069 28070 28071 28067 28072 28068 28073 28074 MX 28075 28076 28077 28078
MN
MN
rotary handles
direct rotary handles standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory
ON I O OFF
28050 28051 28054
extended rotary handles standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front
ON I O OFF
ON I
tripped
5...8
28052 28053
reset
O OFF
indication auxiliary 2 early make contacts 1 early-break contact wiring accessory for early-make contact (CAF)
28055 28056 29336 28039 28040 29314 29370
miscellaneous
Merlin Gerin
45mm standard front face DIN rail plate 100 labels removable locking device for 3 padlocks
329
Compact NS100N (25 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS160/250N (36 kA at 380/415 V)

complete device Compact NS100/160/250N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100N fixed/FC rating 3P 2t 29625 TM16D 29624 TM25D 29627 TM32D 29623 TM40D 29626 TM50D 29622 TM63D 29621 TM80D 29620 TM100D Compact NS160N fixed/FC rating 3P 2t 30623 TM80D 30622 TM100D 30621 TM125D 30620 TM160D Compact NS250N fixed/FC rating 3P 2t 31623 TM125D 31622 TM160D 31621 TM200D 31620 TM250D 3P 3t 29635 29634 29637 29633 29636 29632 29631 29630 4P 3t 29645 29644 29647 29643 29646 29642 29641 29640 4P 4t 29655 29654 29657 29653 29656 29652 29651 29650 4P 3t+rN
push to trip
Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im
29661 29660
3P 3t 30633 30632 30631 30630
4P 3t 30643 30642 30641 30640
4P 4t 30653 30652 30651 30650
4P 3t+rN 30663 30662 30661 30660
3P 3t 31633 31632 31631 31630
4P 3t 31643 31642 31641 31640
4P 4t 31653 31652 31651 31650
4P 3t+rN 31663 31662 31661 31660
Compact NS100/160/250N with electronic trip unit STR22SE

Compact NS100N rating 40 100 Compact NS160N rating 40 100 160 Compact NS250N rating 100 250 fixed/FC 3P 3t 29772 29770 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30773 30771 30770 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31772 31770 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31782 31780 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30783 30781 30780 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29782 29780
push to trip
STR
90 %Ir 105
22 DE
Hz test
50/60
Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6
alarm
Ir Im
330
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS100/160/250NA switch-disconnector Vigicompact NS100N (25 kA at 380/415 V) Vigicompact NS160/250N (36 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS100/160/250NA switch-disconnector
Compact NS100NA rating 2P 100 29619 Compact NS160NA rating 2P 160 30619
push to trip
fixed/FC 3P 29629 fixed/FC 3P 30629 fixed/FC 3P 31629 4P 31639 4P 30639 4P 29639
Compact NS250NA rating 2P 31619 250
Vigicompact NS100/160/250N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D

Vigicompact equiped of MH Vigi module (220 to 440 V) Vigicompact NS100N fixed/FC rating 3P 3t TM16D 29935 TM25D 29934 TM32D 29937 TM40D 29933 TM50D 29936 TM63D 29932 TM80D 29931 TM100D 29930 Vigicompact NS160N fixed/FC rating TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D Vigicompact NS250N rating TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 3P 3t 31933 31932 31931 31930 4P 3t 31943 31942 31941 31940 4P 4t 31953 31952 31951 31950 4P 3t+rN 31963 31962 31961 31960 4P 3t 29945 29944 29947 29943 29946 29942 29941 29940 4P 4t 29955 29954 29957 29953 29956 29952 29951 29950 4P 3t+rN
push to trip
29961 29960
3P 3t 30933 30932 30931 30930
4P 3t 30943 30942 30941 30940
4P 4t 30953 30952 30951 30950
4P 3t+rN 30963 30962 30961 30960
Vigicompact NS100/160/250N with electronic trip unit STR22SE

Vigicompact equiped of MH Vigi module (220 to 440 V) Vigicompact NS100N fixed/FC rating 3P 3t 40 29972 100 29970
push to trip
4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29982 29980
Vigicompact NS160N rating 40 100 160 Vigicompact NS250N rating 100 250
fixed/FC 3P 3t 30973 30971 30970 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31972 31970 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31982 31980 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30983 30981 30980
Merlin Gerin
331
Compact NS100/160/250H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS100/160/250H with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100H rating TM16D TM25D TM32D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160H rating TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D Compact NS250H rating TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 3P 3t 29675 29674 29677 29673 29676 29672 29671 29670 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30673 30672 30671 30670 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31673 31672 31671 31670 4P 3t 31683 31682 31681 31680 4P 4t 31693 31692 31691 31690 4P 3t+rN 31703 31702 31701 31700 4P 3t 30683 30682 30681 30680 4P 4t 30693 30692 30691 30690 4P 3t+rN 30703 30702 30701 30700 4P 3t 29685 29684 29687 29683 29686 29682 29681 29680 4P 4t 29695 29694 29697 29693 29696 29692 29691 29690 4P 3t+rN
push to trip
Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im
29701 29700
Compact NS100/160/250H with electronic trip unit STR22SE

Compact NS100H rating 40 100 Compact NS160H rating 40 100 160 Compact NS250H rating 100 250 fixed/FC 3P 3t 29792 29790 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30793 30791 30790 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31792 31790 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31802 31800 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30803 30801 30800 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29802 29800
push to trip
STR
90 %Ir 105
22 DE
Hz test
50/60
Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6
alarm
Ir Im
332
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS100/160/250L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS100/160/250L with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100L rating TM16D TM25D TM32D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160L rating TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D Compact NS250L rating TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 3P 3t 29715 29714 29717 29713 29716 29712 29711 29710 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30713 30712 30711 30710 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31713 31712 31711 31710 4P 3t 31723 31722 31721 31720 4P 4t 31733 31732 31731 31730 4P 3t+rN 31743 31742 31741 31740 4P 3t 30723 30722 30721 30720 4P 4t 30733 30732 30731 30730 4P 3t+rN 30743 30742 30741 30740 4P 3t 29725 29724 29727 29723 29726 29722 29721 29720 4P 4t 29735 29734 29737 29733 29736 29732 29731 29730 4P 3t+rN
push to trip
Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im
29741 29740
Compact NS100/160/250L with electronic trip unit STR22SE

Compact NS100L rating 40 100 Compact NS160L rating 40 100 160 Compact NS250L rating 100 250 fixed/FC 3P 3t 29812 29810 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30813 30811 30810 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31812 31810 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31822 31820 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30823 30821 30820 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29822 29820
push to trip
STR
90 %Ir 105
22 DE
Hz test
50/60
Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6
alarm
Ir Im
Merlin Gerin
333
Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L Vigicompact NS100/160/250N/H/L

comprising:
fixed/FC basic frame
NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L 2P (3P frame) 29000 3P 29003 29004 29005 30403 30404 30405 31403 31404 31405 4P 29008 29009 29010 30408 30409 30410 31408 31409 31410
30400
push to trip
31400
+ trip unit
STR
90 %Ir 105
Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 4 5 6 Ir Im
22 DE
Hz test
50/60
alarm
standard protection: trip unit TM-D rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 29025 29035 TM16D 29024 29034 TM25D 29027 29037 TM32D 29033 29023 TM40D 29036 29026 TM50D 29032 29022 TM63D 29031 29021 TM80D (1) 29030 TM100D (1) 29020 30423 30433 TM80D (2) 30432 TM100D (2) 30422 30421 30431 TM125D 30430 TM160D (3) 30420 31432 TM160D (4) 31422 31421 31431 TM200D 31430 31420 TM250D standard protection: electronic trip unit SE rating 3P 3t 29072 STR22SE - 40 A 30471 STR22SE - 80 A (2) 29070 STR22SE - 100 A 30470 STR22SE - 160 A 31470 STR22SE - 250 A type G protection: trip unit TM-G rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 29155 29145 TM16G 29154 29144 TM25G 29153 29143 TM40G 29152 29142 TM63G type G protection: electronic trip unit GE rating 3P 3t 29076 STR22GE - 40 A 29075 STR22GE - 100 A 30475 STR22GE - 160 A 31475 STR22GE - 250 A motor protection: trip unit MA rating 3P 3t 29125 MA2,5 29124 MA6,3 29123 MA12,5 29122 MA25 29121 MA50 29120 MA100 30500 MA150 31500 MA220 motor protection: electronic trip unit ME rating 3P 3t 29177 STR22ME - 10 A 29176 STR22ME - 12,5 A 29175 STR22ME - 20 A 29174 STR22ME - 25 A 29173 STR22ME - 40 A 29172 STR22ME - 50 A 29171 STR22ME - 80 A 29170 STR22ME - 100 A 30520 STR22ME - 150 A 31520 STR22ME - 220 A options: switch-disconnector NA 2P (3P frame) 29200 NA (NS100) NA (NS160/250) 30456
4P 3t 29045 29044 29047 29043 29046 29042 29041 29040 30443 30442 30441 30440 31442 31441 31440 4P 3t, 4t, 3d+Nr 29082 30481 29080 30480 31480
4P 4t 29055 29054 29057 29053 29056 29052 29051 29050 30453 30452 30451 30450 31452 31451 31450
4P 3t+Nr
29061 29060 30463 30462 30461 30460 31462 31461 31460
4P 4t 29165 29164 29163 29162 4P 3t, 4t, 3d+Nr 29086 29085 30485 31485 4P 3t
29130 30510 31510
SDTAM 110/240 V AC/CC SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC 4P 29202 30457
29424 29430
(1) for NS100 (2) for NS160/250 (3) for NS160 (4) for NS250
3P 29201 30456
334
Merlin Gerin
+ Vigi module
ME type for NS100/160 MH type for NS100/160 (220 to 440 V) MH type for NS250 (220 to 440 V) MH type for NS100/160 (440 to 550 V) MH type for NS250 (440 to 550 V) connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker 3P 29212 29210 31535 29215 31533 4P 29213 29211 31536 29216 31534 29214
Merlin Gerin
335
Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L Vigicompact NS100/160/250N/H/L

fixed/RC device = fixed/FC device + RC kit
short RC kit comprising: short RCs 3P 4P 3P 29239 kit 3P kit 4P short RCs long RCs short RCs long RCs 2x 1x 2x 2x 3P 29237 3x 4x 4P 29238 29235 29235 4P 29240 29235 29236 29235 29236
mixed RC kit comprising:
plug-in configuration = fixed/FC device + plug-in kit

kit for Compact comprising: base
push to trip
2P (3P frame) 29288 2P 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 2P 3P 4P
3P 29289 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 3x 4x 3P 29291
4P 29290 29265 29266 29267 29270 29321 29322 29268 29268 29268 4P 29292 29266 29267 29270 29321 29322 29269 29269 4P 29333 1x 1x 1x 1x 29306 29307 29308 29309 29311 29306 29307 29328
safety trip short terminal shields power connections
kit for Vigicompact comprising: base safety trip short terminal shields power connections insulation accessories long terminal shields kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter long terminal shields phase barriers kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter phase barriers 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 3x 4x 3P 29332
3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 29334 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) set of 6
1x 1x 1x
withdrawable configuration = fixed/FC device + withdrawable kit

kit for Compact comprising: plug-in kit 2P (3P frame) 29298 2P 3P 4P 2P/3P/4P 2P/3P/4P 3P 29301 plug-in kit fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 1x 1x 1x 1x 3P 29299 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4P 29300 29288 29289 29290 29282 29283 4P 29302 29291 29292 29282 29283
fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis kit for Vigicompact comprising:
336
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L
accessories connection accessories (Cu or Al)

rear connections 2 short 2 long bare cable connectors snap-on, for cable 1.5 to 29235 29236
95t ; 160 A 185t ; 250 A
voltage plug for 185t bare cable connector clips for bare-cable connector distribution terminals for six 35t cables with phase barriers "Polybloc" terminal block (for bare cable) 160 A (40 C) 6 cables S 10t 250 A (40 C) 9 cables S 10t
set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 set of 2 set of 10 set of 3 set of 4
29242 29243 29259 29260 29348 29241 29248 29249
7100 7101
terminal extensions right-angle terminal extensions straight terminal extensions spreaders supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for copper cable for cable 120t for cable 150t
set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 3P 4P
29261 29262 29263 29264 31563 31564
for cable 185t supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for aluminium cable for cable 150t for cable 185t
set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4
29252 29256 29253 29257 29254 29258
set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4
29504 29505 29506 29507
supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers terminal shields short (1 pair)
3P 4P 3P 4P
29321 29322 29323 29324
long (1 pair) Insulation kit U 600 V (long terminal shields + insulating screens) phase barriers
3P 4P set of 6
29326 29327 29329
2 insulating screens (fixed breaker)
3P 4P
29330 29331
. consult us
Merlin Gerin
337

auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD or SDE or SDV OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level SDE adapter for trip unit TM or MA voltage releases AC 50/60 Hz 29450 29452 29451
LV installation control and monitoring (Digipact)
voltage (V) MX 29384 24 29385 48 29386 110/130 29387 200/280 29388 380/440 29389 525/600 DC voltage (V) MX 29382 12 29390 24 29391 30 29392 48 29383 60 29393 125 29394 250 MN 48 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 48 V DC delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 V DC delay unit of 220/240 V 50/60 Hz motor mechanism modules AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MT100/160 29440 48/60 29433 110/130 29434 220/240 29435 380/440 DC voltage (V) MT100/160 29436 24/30 29437 48/60 29438 110/130 29439 250 motor mechanism accessories locking device with Ronis keylock communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers OF, SD and SDE communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS100/160/250 (the SDE adapter SDE for thermal-magnetic trip units is included)
2 1 manu/ auto
MN 29404 29405 29406 29407 29408 29409 MN 29402 29410 29411 29412 29403 29413 29414 29420 29412 29426 29422 29414 29427 MT250 31548 31540 31541 31542 MT250 31543 31544 31545 31546 29449
push
ON
push
OFF
29453
communicating "connected/disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS circuit breakers "connected /disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS100/250
29296
motor mechanism + communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers MT100/160 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 29441 for Compact NS100/160 MT250 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 31549 for Compact NS250
2 1 to manu/au
push
ON
push
OFF
indication and measurement modules
ammeter module rating (A) 3P 4P

A
100 29455 29456
160 30555 30556
250 31565 31566
ammeter module I max. rating (A) 3P current transformer module rating (A) 3P 4P insulation monitoring module 3P 4P
100 34849 100 29457 29458
160 34850 150 30557 30558
250 34851 250 31567 31568
29459 29460
voltage presence indicator 29325
338
Merlin Gerin
accessoires rotary handles

direct rotary handles standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory standard extended rotary handle standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front telescopic handle for withdrawable device
ON I O OFF
ON I O OFF ON I OFF
29337 29339 29341 29342 29338 29340 29343
accessories Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z indication 1 early-break switch auxiliary 2 early-make switches early-make wiring terminal toggle locking device for 3 padlocks removable fixed interlocking mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles keylock type Ronis (2 locks, 1 key) Profalux
ON I
pr of al ux
locking devices keylocks
O OFF
29344 41940 42888 29345 29346 29336 29370 29371 29347 29354 41950 42878
locks, interlocking
installation accessories
front-panel escutcheons toggle Vigi module rotary handle, motor mechanism module or extended escutcheon, IP40 Vigi module or ammeter IP405 toggle cover sealing accessories DIN rail adapter auxiliary connections 1 9-wire fixed connector (for base) 1 9-wire moving connector (for circuit breaker) 1 support for 2 moving connectors 9-wire manual auxiliary connector (fixed + moving) plug-in base accessories long insulated terminals set of 3 set of 4 2 IP4 shutters for base chassis accessories extended escutcheon toggle Vigi module locking devices (not included) 2 position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) parts of plug-in kit plug-in base FC/RC 2P 3P 4P set of 2 power connections for standard Vigi module safety trip for advanced opening parts of withdrawable kit fixed part (for base) 3P/4P moving part (for circuit breaker)
push to trip
push to trip
29315 29316 29317 29318 29319 29375 29305 29273 29274 29275 29272 29276 29277 29271 29284 29285 29286 29287 29265 29266 29267 29268 29269 29270 29282 29283
plug-in/withdrawable configuration accessories
Merlin Gerin
339
accessories spare parts

10 lever extensions screwbag 12 snap-in nuts (fixed/FC) M6 for NS100N/H/L M8 for NS160/250N/H/L 100 identification labels sheet-metal enclosure IP547 for Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250 Vigicompact NS250 insulating enclosure IP557 for Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250 Vigicompact NS250 Visu module NS100
29313 29312 29234 30554 29314 29463 29464 31571 31572 29465 29466 31573 31574 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 1 pole 3P 4P 3P 4P 29217 29218 29217 29218 31537 31538 29220 29221 29261 29262 29263 29264 31563 31564 29219 29222 29223 29224 29225 42906 42415 built-in 41940 42888 42417 43362
individual enclosures
Compact NS equipped with Visu module
NS160
push to trip
NS250
upline connection (Visu block) terminal
1 cable
right-angle terminal extensions straight terminal extensions spreaders upline + downline connection long rear connections terminal shields short long auxiliary connection auxiliary switch
test kits
OF or CAM advance on opening, depending on set-up earthing contact for neutral in OFF position locking of Visu module in OFF position by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock test kits mini test kit
portable test kit wiring kit (spare part)
34547 34546
340
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS100/160N/H single pole Compact NS250N single pole Compact NS100/160N/H two poles
complete device Compact NS100/160N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100N rating TM16D TM20D TM25D TM30D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160N rating TM125D TM160D Compact NS250N rating TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 29585 29588 29584 29587 29583 29586 29582 29581 29580 fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 30581 30580 fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 31582 31581 31580 2P 2t (Icu=85 kA at 220/240 V and 25 kA at 380/415 V) 29605 29608 29604 29607 29603 29606 29602 29601 29600
2P 2t (Icu=85 kA at 220/240 V and 25 kA at 380/415 V) 30601 30600
Compact NS100/160H with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D

Compact NS100H rating TM16D TM20D TM25D TM30D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160H rating TM125D TM160D fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=40 kA at 220/240 V) 29595 29598 29594 29597 29593 29596 29592 29591 29590 fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=40 kA at 220/240 V) 30590 30589 2P 2t (Icu=100 kA at 220/240 V and 70 kA at 380/415 V) 29615 29618 29614 29617 29613 29616 29612 29611 29610
2P 2t (Icu=100 kA at 220/240 V and 70 kA at 380/415 V) 30611 30610

rear connections 2 short 2 long bare cable connectors snap-on, for cable 1,5 to 95t ; 160 A snap-on, for cable 1,5 to 185t ; 250 A 29235 29236
set of 2 set of 2
29246 29247
pads right-angle terminal extensions straight terminal extensions set of 2 set of 2 29250 29251
locks installation accessories

Merlin Gerin
terminal shields short (1 pair) short (2 pairs) toggle locking device for 3 padlocks removable front-panel escutcheons with toggles
1P 2P
(2x)
29320 29320 29370 29315
341
Compact NS400/630N (45 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS400/630H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS400/630L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS400/630N with electronic trip unit
STR23SE
Compact NS400N fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400 A 3P 32719 32707 32693 32893 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32720 32708 32694 32894
Compact NS630N
fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch
STR53UE
push to trip
90 %Ir 105 alarm
STR
23 SE
Compact NS400N
fixed/FC
Io
.63
.9 .8 .88 .85 1 .8
Ir .93
.95 .98 1 x Io
4 3 2
Im5
6 8
Ir Im
10 1.5 Ir x
.5 x In
test
150 A 250 A 400 A
Compact NS630N
3P 32725 32713 32699 32899
4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32726 32714 32700 32900
Compact NS400/630H with electronic trip unit

STR23SE
Compact NS400H fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400 A 3P 32721 32709 32695 32895 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32722 32710 32696 32896
Compact NS630H
STR53UE
push to trip
90 %Ir 105 alarm
Compact NS400H
fixed/FC
STR
23 SE
Io
.63
.9 .8 .88 .85 1 .8
Ir .93
.95 .98 1 x Io
4 3 2
Im5
6 8
Ir Im
10 1.5 Ir x
.5 x In
test
150 A 250 A 400 A
Compact NS630H
3P 32727 32715 32701 32901
4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32728 32716 32702 32902
Compact NS400/630L with electronic trip unit

STR23SE
Compact NS400L fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400A 3P 32723 32711 32697 32897 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32724 32712 32698 32898
Compact NS630L
STR53UE
Compact NS400L
push to trip
fixed/FC
90 %Ir 105 alarm
STR
23 SE
Io
.63
.9 .8 .88 .85 1 .8
Ir .93
.95 .98 1 x Io
4 3 2
Im5
6 8
Ir Im
10 1.5 Ir x
.5 x In
150 A 250 A 400A
test
Compact NS630L
3P 32729 32717 32703 32903
4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32730 32718 32704 32904
Compact NS400/630H/L with electronic trip unit MA for motor protection

MA320
Compact NS400H Compact NS400L fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 32750 32751
MA500
Compact NS630H Compact NS630L fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32950 32951
342
Merlin Gerin
Compact NS400/630H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS400/630NA (switch-disconnector) Vigicompact NS400/630N (45 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS400/630H with trip unit MP for DC applications
MP1
Compact NS400H Compact NS630H fixed/FC fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32742 32942
MP2
Compact NS400H Compact NS630H fixed/FC fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32743 32943
MP3
Compact NS630H fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32944
Compact NS400/630NA switch-disconnector

Compact NS400NA fixed/FC Compact NS630NA fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32756 32956 4P 32757 32957
push to trip
Vigicompact NS400/630N
Vigicompact equiped of MB Vigi module (220 to 440 V)
STR23SE
Vigicompact NS400N fixed/FC Vigicompact NS630N fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32733 32933 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32734 32934
push to trip
Compact NS400N 1000 V (10 kA at 1150 V)

Compact equiped of insulation kit
STR23SP
Compact NS400N 1000 V fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400A 3P 32672 32671 32670
Merlin Gerin
343
Compact NS400/630N/H/L

mixed RC kit comprising: kit 3P
push to trip
3P 32477 short RCs long RCs short RCs long RCs 2x 1x 2x 2x
4P 32478 32475 32476 32475 32476
kit 4P
plug-in configuration = fixed/FC device + plug-in kit

kit for Compact comprising: base
push to trip
3P 32538 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 32540 base safety trip short terminal shields power connections 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 32588 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 32591 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) set of 6 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 3x 4x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 3x 4x
4P 32539 32516 32517 32520 32562 32563 32518 32518 4P 32541 32516 32517 32520 32562 32563 32519 32519 4P 32589 32584 32585 32586 32587 32592 32584 32585 32571
safety trip short terminal shields power connections
kit for Vigicompact comprising:
insulation accessories long terminal shields kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter long terminal shields phase barriers kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter phase barriers
withdrawable configuration = fixed/FC device + withdrawable kit

kit for Compact comprising: plug-in kit
push to trip
3P 32542 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P 32544 plug-in kit fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
4P 32543 32538 32539 32532 32533 4P 32545 32540 32541 32532 32533
fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis kit for Vigicompact comprising:
fixed/FC configuration 52.5 mm or 70 mm pitch = fixed FC configuration 45 mm pitch + spreaders

Pitch of all Compact and Vigicompact NS400/630/N/H/L is 45 mm. A set of spreaders is available for connection : fixed front connections or withdrawable with pitch of 52.5 or 70 mm. upline or downline clearance 52,5 mm 3P 4P 70 mm 3P 4P
push to trip
32490 32491 32492 32493
344
Merlin Gerin
comprising:
NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L
push to trip
3P 32403 32404 32405 32803 32804 32805
4P 32408 32409 32410 32808 32809 32810
+ trip unit
electronic trip unit STR23SE 3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32420 STR23SE electronic trip unit STR53UE(basic offer) 3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32424 STR53UE F electronic trip unit STR53UE(with options) 3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32425 STR53UE FT 32426 STR53UE FI 32427 STR53UE FTI options: electronic trip unit STR43ME STR43ME F 3P, 3t, 32430 options: 32431 options:
75
90
105
%Ir
STR
53 UE
60
I
4 3 2
6 8 10
Io
.63
.9 .8 .88 .85 1
Ir .93
.95 .98
.5 x In
tr
1 .8 et x Io curr.s 240 120
tm
Im5 4 6 3 8 2 10 Ir 1.5 up x pick.3 .3 .2

.1 0
12 1.5 up x In pick-
(s) .2
60 30
tr tm Ir Im I
.1
test
240 15 1.5 Ir (s) at
0 2t off I on
ZSI wiring COM wiring
32442 32441
SDTAM 110/240 V AC/DC SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC SDTAM 110/240 V AC/DC SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC COM wiring
29424 29430 29424 29430 32441 32434
STR43ME FI
Exchange battery option for STR53UE or STR43ME
+ Vigi module
type MB 220 440 V 440 550 V connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker 3P 32455 32453 4P 32456 32454 32457
NS 400 extension with 150 and 250 A ratings:

3P 150 A 32382 250 A 32392 NS400H 150 A 32383 250 A 32393 NS400L 150 A 32384 250 A 32394 All the above trip units lan be included in this offer. NS400N
push to trip
4P 32387 32397 32388 32398 32389 32399
Merlin Gerin
345

rear connections 2 short 2 long bare cable connectors for 1 cable from 35 to 300t 32475 32476
set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 set of 2
32479 32480 32481 32482 29348
for 2 cable from 85 to 240t Voltage plug for bare cable connector terminal extensions right-angle terminal extensions edgewise pads spreaders 52,5 mm 70 mm supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for copper cable for cable 240t for cable 300t supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for aluminium cable for cable 240t for cable 300t supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers terminal shields short, 45 mm (1 pair) long, 45 mm (1 pair)
set of set of set of set of 3P 4P 3P 4P
3 4 3 4
32484 32485 32486 32487 32490 32491 32492 32493
set of set of set of set of
3 4 3 4
32500 32501 32502 32503
set of set of set of set of
3 4 3 4
32504 32505 32506 32507
3P 4P 3P 4P
32562 32563 32564 32565
Insulation Kit U 600 V 45 mm pole distance for spreaders, 52,5 mm phase barriers
3P 4P 3P 4P set of 6
32580 32581 32582 32583 32570
2 insulating screens 52,5 mm pitch (fixed breaker) 70 mm pitch
3P 4P 3P 4P
32576 32577 32578 32579
346
Merlin Gerin
accessories electrical auxiliaries

auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD or SDE or SDV OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level 29450 29452
LV installation control and monitoring (Digipact)
voltage (V) MX 29384 24 29385 48 29386 110/130 29387 200/280 29388 380/480 29389 525/600 DC voltage (V) MX 29382 12 29390 24 29391 30 29392 48 29383 60 29393 125 29394 250 MN 48 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 48 V DC delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 V DC delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz motor mechanism modules AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MT400 32639 48/60 32640 110/130 32641 220/240 32642 380/415 32647 440/480 DC voltage (V) MT400 32643 24/30 32644 48/60 32645 110/130 32646 250 motor mechanism accessories locking device with Ronis/Profalux keylock (not included) operations counter communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers OF, SD and SDE communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS400/630
2 1 manu/ auto
MN 29404 29405 29406 29407 29408 29409 MN 29402 29410 29411 29412 29403 29413 29414 29420 29412 29426 29422 29414 29427 MT630 32839 32840 32841 32842 32847 MT630 32843 32844 32845 32846 32649 32648 32551
push
ON
push
OFF
communicating "connected/disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS circuit breakers "connected /disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS400/630
29296
indication and measurement modules
motor mechanism + communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers MT400 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 32652 for Compact NS400 MT630 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 32848 for Compact NS630 ammeter module rating (A) 400 630 3P 32855 32655 4P 32856 32656
2 1 manu/auto
push
ON
push
OFF
ammeter module I max. rating (A) 3P current transformer module rating (A) 3P 4P insulation monitoring module 3P 4P
400 34852 400 32657 32658
630 34853 600 32857 32858
32659 32660
voltage presence indicator 32566

Merlin Gerin
347
accessories rotary handles

direct rotary handle standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory extended rotary handle standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front telescopic handle for withdrawable device
ON I O OFF
ON I O OFF ON I OFF
32597 32599 32606 32602 32598 32600 32603
accessories Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z indication auxiliary 1 early-break switch 2 early-make switches toggle locking device for 3 padlocks removable fixed interlocking mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles keylock type Ronis (2 locks, 1 key) Profalux
ON I
pr of al ux
locking devices keylocks
O OFF
32604 41940 42888 32605 29346 29370 32631 29347 32614 41950 42878
locks, interlocking
templates for front panel cut-outs toggle Vigi module rotary handle, motor mechanism module or extended escutcheon, IP40 Vigi module or ammeter IP405
32556 29316 32558 29318
plug-in/withdrawable configuration accessories
toggle cover sealing accessories auxiliary connections 1 fixed withdrawable part with 9 wires (for base) 1 moving withdrawable part with 9 wires (for circuit breaker) 1 support for 3 moving connectors 9-wire manual auxiliary connector (fixed + moving) plug-in base accessories long insulated terminals set of 3 set of 4 2 IP4 shutters for base chassis accessories extended escutcheon toggle Vigi locking devices (not included) 2 position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) parts of plug-in kit plug-in base FC/RC 3P 4P set of 2 power connections for standard Vigi safety trip for advanced opening parts of withdrawable kit fixed part (for base) 3P/4P moving part (for circuit breaker)
push to trip
push to trip
32560 29375 29273 32523 32525 29272 32526 32527 32521 32534 29285 29286 29287 32516 32517 32518 32519 32520 32532 32533
348
Merlin Gerin
accessories spare parts individual enclosures

100 identification labels battery for STR43ME or STR53UE lever extension screwbag sheet-metal enclosure IP547 for Compact NS400 Compact NS630 and Vigicompact NS400/630
push to trip
29314 32434 32553 32552 32663 32664
insulating enclosure IP557 for Compact NS400 and NS630 Vigicompact NS400/630
push to trip
32665 32666
equipped with Visu module
Visu module 32459 3P 32460 4P 32823 NS630 (*) 3P 32824 4P (*) Earth fault protection provided by a Vigirex relay (not possible with a Vigi module). Utilisation limited to transformers 400 kVA / 410 V. upline connection (Visu block) 32462 bare cable 1 cable 3P 32463 connectors 4P 32468 2 cables 3P 32469 4P 44815 right-angle terminal extensions 3P (2x) 44815 4P (2x) 44841 spreaders 3P 44842 4P upline + downline connection 32461 long rear connections 1 pole 32464 terminal shields short 3P 32465 4P 32466 long 3P 32467 4P auxiliary connection 42906 auxiliary switches OF or CAM advance on opening, depending on set-up 47757 2 OF 44413 earthing contact for neutral in OFF position locking of Visu module in OFF position by 3 padlocks (not supplied) built-in 41940 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 42888 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z 42417 accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock test kits mini test kit 43362 NS400
push to trip
test kits
34547 34546
Merlin Gerin
349
Compact C801/1001/1251N (50 kA at 380/415 V) Compact C801/1001/1251H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact C801/1001L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact C801/1001/1251N with electronic trip unit
STR25DE (adjustable: 4 settings)
Compact C801N Compact C1001N Compact C1251N fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46600 46610 46620 4P 3t 46601 46611 46621 4P 4t 46602 46612 46622 4P 3t+rN 46603 46613 46623
STR35SE
STR45AE
Compact C801/1001/1251H with electronic trip unit

Compact C801H Compact C1001H Compact C1251H fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46605 46615 46625 4P 3t 46606 46616 46626 4P 4t 46607 46617 46627 4P 3t+rN 46608 46618 46628
STR35SE
STR45AE
Compact C801/1001L with electronic trip unit

Compact C801L Compact C1001L fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46690 46705 4P 3t 46691 46706 4P 4t 46692 46707 4P 3t+rN 46693 46708
STR45BE
Compact C801L Compact C1001L fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46740 46755 4P 3t 46741 46756 4P 4t 46742 46757 4P 3t+rN 46743 46758
Compact C801/1251NI (switch-disconnector)

Compact C801NI Compact C1251NI fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 46045 46048 4P 46046 46049
Compact C1251N DC with magnetic trip unit

Compact C1251N DC fixed/FC P21 P41 3P 46034 46036
350
Merlin Gerin

N/H flat or edgewise RC kit comprising: RCs short terminal shields 3P 46415 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 46417 46419 flat RCs edgewise RCs short terminal shields 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 6x 8x 6x 8x 2x 2x 6x 8x 2x 2x 4P 46416 46958 46958 46993 46992 4P 46418 46420 46916 46916 46913 46913 46993 46992
flat RC kit edgewise RC kit comprising:
withdrawable device = fixed/FC device + drawout kit

N/H flat pad kit edgewise pad kit mixed kit comprising: moving chassis fixed chassis short terminal shields plugs pads flat edgewise mixed 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 46429 46431 46433 moving chassis fixed chassis short terminal shields plugs pads flat edgewise mixed 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 6x 8x 3x 3x 4x 4x 3P 46423 46425 46427 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 6x 8x 3x 3x 4x 4x 4P 46424 46426 46428 46824 46825 46820 46821 46993 46992 46896 46896 46990 46990 46988 46988 46990 46988 46990 46988 4P 46430 46432 46434 46824 46825 46822 46823 46993 46992 46915 46915 46990 46990 46988 46988 46990 46988 46990 46988
flat pad kit edgewise pad kit mixed kit comprising:
Merlin Gerin
351
Compact C801/1001N/H/L Compact C1251N/H

comprising:
Compact C801N Compact C801H Compact C801L Compact C1001N Compact C1001H Compact C1001L Compact C1251N Compact C1251H Compact C1251N 1000V 3P 46101 46104 46119 46107 46110 46122 46113 46116 46031 46032 46033 4P 46102 46105 46120 46108 46111 46123 46114 46117
400 A 800 A 1250 A
+ electronic trip unit

standard protection (distribution)
Ir .9 .85 Ir .9 .85 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn Ir .9 .85 Ir .95 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .8 .95 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 1 .85 .95 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn Ir .9 .95 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 1 .85 .95 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn Ir .9 .95 1 .95 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95
.9 .85 .8
3P, 4P STR25DE N/H/L 46500 STR25DE fine adjustment N/H/L 46501 protection of generator powered circuits 3P, 4P 46506 STR35GE N/H/L selective protection 3P, 4P STR35SE N/H/L 46504 STR45AE N/H 46531 STR45AE RF N/H 46532 STR45AE TRF N/H 46533 STR45AE RFC N/H 46534 STR45AE TRFC N/H 46535 Compact L selective protection 3P, 4P 46527 STR45BE C L 46528 STR45BE RC L STR45BE TC L 46529 STR45BE TRC L 46530 motor protection 3P, 4P STR35ME N/H/L 46505 universal protection 3P, 4P 46512 STR55UE N/H/L 46516 STR55UE RF N/H/L 46517 STR55UE TRF N/H/L 46520 STR55UE FC N/H/L STR55UE RFC N/H/L 46522 STR55UE TFC N/H/L 46524 STR55UE TRFC N/H/L 46525 ZSI selective logic N/H/L 46485 summary of options C: (COM); communication R: charge monitoring F: front panel fault indication. Powered by 24 to 240 V AC or DC external source. T: Residual type earth fault protection
+ sensors for neutral protection or earth fault

neutral protection installation on neutral pole inside the circuit-breaker 500 A (reduced neutral) 46223 800 A 46220 1000 A 46221 1250 A 46222 "earth fault" protection Installation on outgoing neutral conductor protected outside the circuit-breaker 46248 800 A 46249 1000 A 1250 A 46250
352
Merlin Gerin

terminals for bare cable (with 1 terminal shield) 1 complete set (long terminal shields) for 3 cables 70t S 185 t 1 complete set (long terminal shields) for 4 cables 70t S 240 t connection pads for Compact N/H/L fixed/FC 3P 4P 3P 4P edgewise pads (1 piece) 46961 46965 46960 46994 46988
edgewise pads (1 piece) 46958 flat pads (1 piece) 46916 for fixed/RC Compact L* flat pads (1 piece) edgewise pads (1 piece) 46913 46990 for N/H/L* withdrawable chassis flat pads (1 piece) edgewise pads (1 piece) 46988 * these pads are included in the part number of the complete fixed/RC or withdrawable device additional pads for cables (for Compact equipped with edgewise pads) 46902 for 4 cables S 300 t fitted with crimped cable lugs (1 piece) for fixed/RC Compact N/H*
fixed/FC spreaders 1 upline or downline clearance sealable terminal shields short (1 piece) long (1 piece)
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
46864 46865 46993 46992 46999 46995 44900 44901 44827 46963 46837 46962 46967
auxiliary switch 1 OF + 1 SD 3 OF + 1 SD 1 CAM for rotary handle changeover micro-contact SDE contact voltage releases MX (shunt trip)
"plugged-in" position "withdrawn" position Compact T with remote control Compact TS with remote control AC 50/60 Hz or DC voltage (V) 24 48/60 110/130 220/300 380/480 voltage (V) 48 (50 Hz) 110/130 220/250 380/415 440 (60 Hz) voltage (V) 24/30 48 110/130 250 300
44910 44911 44912 44913 44914 44924 44925 44926 44932 44932 44923 44924 44925 44926 44932 44927 44926 29427 42942 42943 42944 42945 46894 42940 42941 46893 42946 46841 41928 43362
MN (undervoltage release)
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 V DC delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz auxiliary wire block moving part short wires N/H type 3 term. 6 term. long wire L type 3 term. 6 term. N/H/L type 10 term. fixed part all types 3 term. 6 term. 10 term. pack of 24 female clips disconnectable socket for auxiliary circuits socket (6 wires) with plunger extension for testing additional socket (6 wires) testing devices battery operated (battery not included)
34547 34546
Merlin Gerin
353

accessories motor mechanism modules
motor mechanism modules T801/1001/1251 AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) 110/127 220/240 380/415 440/480 DC voltage (V) 24 48/60 110/125 220/250 motor mechanism modules TS801/1001/1251 AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) 110/127 220/240 DC voltage (V) 48/60 110/125 specific accessories for remote controls locking device for Ronis key lock 1351.500 or Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z (lock not supplied, cannot be fitted on source changeover system) 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z direct rotary handles standard with black toggle wateright shield (CNOMO) 46928 46929 46930 46931 46917 46918 46919 46920
46876 46877 46880 46874 44876
41945 42900 46933 44940
rotary handles
extended rotary handles with door locking front door
short shaft (=46933+42882) long shaft (=46933+42884) rear door short shaft (=46933+42889) long shaft (=46933+42897) without door locking front door short shaft(=46933+45853) transformation accessories with extended rotary handle with door locking front door short shaft long shaft rear door short shaft long shaft without door locking front door short shaft shaft bracket for short shaft (always included on rotary handles with long shaft)
46935 46937 46871 46872 46938
42882 42884 42889 42897 45853 42868
354
Merlin Gerin
accessories locks, interlocking

locking by padlock and/or key lock of the toggle (in "OFF" position) by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 44936
of the rotary handle (circuit-breaker in "OFF" position) by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 1 key lock Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z withdrawable chassis locking by 3 padlocks (not supplied) locking device for 1 or 2 keylocks (not supplied) keylocks for locking in draw-out position (free key) 1 key lock Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351.500 (1 key only) Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z keylocks for locking in draw-in position (free key) 1 key lock Ronis 1351A Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z door interlock, connected position locking device racking interlock locking device mechanical interlocking (for fixed breakers with rotary handle) mechanical device
built-in 41940 42888 built-in 46833 41940 42888 41950 42878 41945 42900 46834 46835 46946
mechanical interlocking (for fixed breakers with rotary handle) 1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351.500 (1 key only) Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z door cut-out grommet for fixed breaker
41950 42878 44938
escutcheon with handle extension (IP 40), for fixed or withdrawable device without remote control IP40 door frame with inspection windows for fixed or withdrawable device with manual control IP40 door frame with inspection windows for fixed or withdrawable device with rotary handle accessories for C801/C1251N/H withdrawable multifunction chassis IP40 door frame for multifunction chassis
46977
46831
46832
46830
IP20 fine wire cover plug-in clip shutter on fixed chassis (1 piece) sealing accessories for trip unit (1 set) for cover (1 set)
39967 46987 46939 44937
circuit label-holder set of 10
42976
Merlin Gerin
355

accessories spare parts
cover 3P/4P 46997
extended toggle standard long for extended escutcheon (withdrawable device)
46998 46996
toggle for rotary handle visu module V801 to V1251 plug-in clip for withdrawable chassis (pair) watertight metal plate cabinet fixed Compact (IP557) C801/C1001/C1251N/H H x L x D: 1000 x 600 x 275 mm fixed Visucompact (IP307) C801/C1001/C1251N H x L x D: 1200 x 600 x 275 mm Visu module V801 with intermediate cover black red 46970 46971 47759 46991 46888 46889
separate cabinets without appliance Compact C equipped with Visu module
3P 4P without cover or accessories * 3P 4P V1001 et V1251 with intermediate cover 3P 4P without cover or accessories * 3P 4P * To assemble the Visu module separately from the Compact circuit-breaker (cablelength limited to 3 m). specific auxiliaries and accessories for the fixed Visucompact auxiliary switch for Visu module V801 V1251 OF or CAM advance on opening, depending on set-up 2 OF earthing contact for neutral in OFF position (compulsory if transformer neutral is earthed after the Visucompact) locking of Visu module in OFF position by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock terminal shield for Visucompact upline: phase separator 3P/4P downline: long terminal shields 3P 4P
46907 46908 46940 46941 46909 46910 46942 46943
42906 47757 46903
built-in 41940 42888 42417 47756 46999 46995
356
Merlin Gerin
source changeover catalogue numbers

page Compact NS100 to NS630 and C801 to C1251 358
357
Compact NS100 to NS630 Compact C801 to C1251

source changeover
manual source changeover
mechanical interlocking for toggle controlled circuit-breakers NS100...250 NS400...630 29354 32614 29347 46946
for rotary handled
circuit-breakers NS100...630 C801...1251
key lock interlocking for rotary handled or remote controlled circuit breakers 2 locks, 1 key Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 41950 42878
inverseur de source tlcommand

plate + IVE source /source "normal" "replacement" NS100...250 /NS100...250 composed of: 24/250 V DC (identical voltages) plate IVE (1) auxiliary switches 2 OF + 2 SDE back sockets option add: only long RC plug in base option add: plug in kit NS400...630 /NS100...630 composed of: plate IVE (1) auxiliary switches 2 OF + 2 SDE back sockets option add: only long RC plug in base option add: plug in kit adaptator kit for NS100...250 29351 29349 29356 4 x 29450 (2) (2) 32611 32609 29356 4 x 29450 (2) (2) 1 x 32618 46955 46949 46956 48/415 V AC 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 29350 29349 29352 4 x 29450 (2) (2) 32610 32609 29352 4 x 29450 (2)
(2) 1 x 32618 46954 C801...1251/C801...1251 46949 composed of: plate 46957 IVE (1) 2 x 44901 auxiliary switches 3 OF + 1 SD 2 x 46962 contact SDE for Compact with T remote control back sockets option (2) (2) control unit option 220/240 V AC 380/415 V AC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz ACP + control unit BA 29471 29470 composed of: plate ACP (1) 29363 29364 control unit BA (1) 29377 29376 ACP + control unit UA 29473 29472 composed of: plate ACP (1) 29364 29363 control unit UA (1) 29380 29378 ACP + control unit UA150 (communication option) 29475 29474 composed of: plate ACP (1) 29364 29363 control unit UA150 (1) 29379 29381 wiring cable between BA/UA and ACP/IVE 29368 29368 (1) the supply voltages BA/UA control unit, ACP plate, IVE and the remote control must be identical whatever the source changeover type. (2) see products pages.
GERIN MERLIN
multi 9
0 . OFF
GERIN
MERLIN
P25M
GERIN
MERLIN
multi 9
0 . OFF
660V AC3-IEC292-1
UN =
P25M
UR
0,5s
660V AC3-IEC292-1
UN
ON / OFF
0,5s
Test
ON / OFF
/O
/O
UN =
Test
fault
fault
stop
test
manu
GERIN
MERLIN
UN =
UR
UN
ON / OFF
ON / OFF
/O
UN =
/O
fault
fault
auto
stop
test
manu
STOP
r generato
connection accessories
downstream coupling accessories "normal" /"replacement" NS100...250 /NS100...250 NS400...630 /NS400...630 250 A 630 A 3P 4P 3P 4P 29358 29359 32619 32620
358
B US
Merlin Gerin
typical composition of remote controlled source changeover

5
1 4
Im 4 Ir 3 .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im
6 3
remote controlled source changeover 1 normal device N (1) + 1 replacement device R (2) + 2 remote controls (3) + 1 plate with interlocking (4) with IVE (5) and its wiring (8) + 2 plug-in kits (if plug-in version) + 1 adaptor kit for NS100...250 plug-in (if NS400...630 with NS100...250) + auxilary switches (6) 2 x (1 OF + 1 SDE) for Compact NS100...630 2 x (3 OF + 1 SD) for Compact C801...1251 + 1 downstream coupling accessory (7) for Compact NS100...630 (option) + long RC (if back connection)
9
GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 9
10
0 . OFF
GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 660V AC3-IEC292-1 9
0 . OFF
660V AC3-IEC292-1
GERIN
Test
MERLIN
N
Test
UN =
R N
UN
UR
0,5s
I /O UN = 1
ON / ON / OFF I /O fault fault OFF
0,5s
stop
test
manu
R N
11
GERIN MERLIN
N R
UR
UN =
UN ON / ON / OFF I /O fault fault auto OFF I /O UN = 1
stop
test r
STOP
manu
generato
12
R N
B U S
IVE voltages and remote controls are identical. associated control unit 1 source changeover without associated control unit + 1 ACP (9) with BA control unit (10) or + 1 ACP (9) with UA control unit (11) or + 1 ACP (9) with UA150 control unit (11) note: the cable (12) between ACP and BA/UA must be produced by the person doing the installation
IVE voltages + remote control + ACP + BA or UA are identical.
Merlin Gerin
359
protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250 (cont.)
electronic trip unit STR22SE and STR22GE
E24096
1 1 7 3 8 2
In=100A
.8 .7 .63 .5
Ir Im
x In
STR 22 SE
Io Ir
.9 1 .88 .85 .8
x Io
alarm
%Ir 90 105
3
Im
5 4 3 2
x Ir
.9
.93 .95 .98 1
6 7 8 10
4 5
test
Ir
Im
protection
c LT (long time) overload protection with adjustable Ir threshold (1), based on the actual rms values of the current, as per IEC 947-2, appendix F; c ST (short time) short-circuit protection: v with adjustable Im threshold (3); v with fixed time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, with fixed threshold (5). c on 4P circuit breakers, neutral protection is selected using a sealable 3-position setting: 4P 3d (neutral unprotected), 4P 3d +N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5 Ir), 4P 4d (neutral protection at Ir), where Ir is the trip unit current setting.
E21395
4P 4d
trip units for STR22SE Compact NS100 to NS250

rating (A) for circuit breaker
STR22GE
40 c c c 100 160 250(*) c c c c c c
In 20 to 70C (*) Compact NS100 N/H/L Compact NS160 N/H/L Compact NS250 N/H/L
40 c c c
80 c c
100 160 250(*) c c c c c c
overload protection (long-time)

tripping threshold(A) Ir tripping time (s) at 1.5 x Ir at 6 x Ir at 7.2 x Ir 4P 4d 4P 3d +N/2 4P 3d ajustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In 90...180 5...7.5 3.2...5.0 1 x Ir 0.5 x Ir no protection ajustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In 1215 -
neutral protection
short-circuit protection (short-time)

tripping threshold (A) Im accuracy maximum overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time adjustable (8 settings) 2...10 x Ir 15% fixed i 40 i 60 adjustable (8 settings) 2...10 x Ir 15% fixed i 40 i 60
time delay (ms)

tripping threshold (A) Im fixed u 11 x In fixed u 11 x In
(*) If the STR22SE or the STR22GE 250 A is used at high operating temperature, the setting must take into account the thermal limits of the circuit breaker: the overload protection setting cannot exceed 0.95 at 60C or 0.90 at 70C.
24
Merlin Gerin
other functions
Test Test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 0049) to check circuit breaker operation. Indications Load indication (LED) in front (7); c lit at 90% of Ir setting threshold; c flashing at 105% or more of Ir setting threshold.
Setting example What is the overload protection threshold of an NS250 equipped with trip unit STR22SE - 160 A rating where Io = 0.5 and Ir = 0.8? Answer: In x Io x Ir = 160 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 64 A.
E25979
Io
.8 .9 .7 .63 .5
x In
160 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 64 A
Ir
.9 1 .88 .85 .8
x Io
.93 .95 .98 1
Merlin Gerin
25
protection of LV distribution networks trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630
c for AC networks, Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers can be equipped with electronic trip units STR23SE or STR53UE. 4 circuit breaker ratings are available: v NS400: 150, 250 and 400 A, v NS630: 630 A; c for DC networks, the Compact NS400/630 are equipped with MP trip units (magnetic, non interchangeable). current setting (A) 60 STR23SE STR53UE STR23SE STR53UE MP standard protection with discrimination protection for generator-supplied networks, protection for long cable runs protection for DC networks
E23161
150
250
400
500
630
Trip units STR23SE and STR53UE Protection for all types of loads, from 60 to 630 A, is possible with only two catalogue numbers: c trip units STR23SE and STR53UE can be mounted on all Compact NS400 and NS630, types N, H or L. Trip unit STR53UE offers a greater number of protection settings and optional indication, measurement and communication functions; c trip units do not have a predefined rating. The tripping threshold depends only on the circuit breaker rating and the long time protection setting.
For example, trip unit STR23SE with maximum settings, has a tripping threshold of: v 250 A, if mounted on a Compact NS400 250 A rating, v 630 A, if mounted on a Compact NS630; c electronic trip units adapt to both 3P and 4P circuit breakers. 4P circuit breakers are equipped as standard with a sealable threeposition neutral protection setting: 3d (neutral unprotected), 4d (neutral protection at Ir), 3d + N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5 times Ir) where Ir is the trip unit current setting.
trip unit for Compact NS400 and NS630
STR23SE
150 c 250 c 400 c 630 c adjustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In no protection 1 x Ir 0.5 x Ir fixed 90...180 5...7.5 3.2...5.0
STR53UE
150 c 250 c 400 c 630 c adjustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In no protection 1 x Ir 0.5 x Ir adjustable 17...25 34...50 69...100 0.4...0.5 1.6...2 3.2...4 0.5...0.7 1.1...1.4 2.2...2.8
rating (A) In 20 to 70C for circuit breaker Compact NS400 N/H/L Compact NS630 N/H/L tripping Ir threshold (A) adjustable neutral protection tripping time (s) (min...max) 20 to 70C (*) 4P 3d 4P 4d 4P 3d + N/2 at 1.5 x Ir at 6 x Ir at 7.2 Ir
overload protection (long time)
138...200 6.4...8 4.4...5.5
277...400 12.8...16 8.8...11
short-circuit protection (short time)

tripping threshold (A) time delay (ms) Im or Isd accuracy max. overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time adjustable (8 settings) 2...10 x Ir 15% fixed i 40 i 60 fixed 11 x In adjustable (8 settings) 1.5...10 x Ir 15% adjustable (4 settings + constant "I2t = function") i 15 i 60 i 140 i 230 i 60 i 140 i 230 i 350 adjustable (8 settings) 1.5...11 x In

tripping threshold (A) Ii
other functions
indication of type of fault zone selective interlocking (ZSI) communication (COM) built-in ammeter (I) "earth-fault" protection (T) c (standard) c c c c
(*) If the STR23SE/STR53UE, are used at high operating temperature, the setting must take into account the thermal limits of the circuit breaker; the overload protection setting cannot exceed 0.95 at 60C and 0.90 at 70C for the Compact NS400, and 0.95 at 50C, 0.90 at 60C and 0.85 at 70C for the Compact NS630.
26
Merlin Gerin
E21003
electronic trip unit STR23SE

E24094
1 2
STR 23 SE
Io
.8 .9
alarm
90 105 %Ir
Ir
1 .88 .85 .8 .9 .93 .95 .98 1
x Io
Im
5 4 3 2
x Ir
6 7 8 10
Ir Im
.7 .63 .5
x In
3 4 5
+
test
Ir
Im
protection
c LT (long time) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual rms current as defined by IEC 947-2, appendix F: v adjustable threshold (1) using six lo base settings (0.5 to 1) and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging from (0.8 to 1), v non-adjustable tripping time (2); Indications Load indication (LED) in front (7): c goes on at: 90 % of Ir threshold; c flashes at: >105 % or more of Ir threshold.
c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection: v adjustable threshold Im (3), v fixed time delay (4), with or without constant I2t function; c I (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, fixed threshold (5).
other functions
Test Test connector in front (8), for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73) to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories.
E25979
setting example
What is the overload protection threshold of a Compact NS400 equipped with trip unit STR23SE where Io = 0.5 and Ir = 0.8 Answer: In x Io x Ir = 400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A The same trip unit with the same settings, mounted on an NS630 will have the following tripping threshold: In x Io x Ir = 630 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 250 A
Io
.8 .9
Ir
.9 .93 1 .88 .95 .98 .85 .8 1
x Io
.7 .63 .5
x In
400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A
Merlin Gerin
27
protection of LV distribution networks trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630 (cont.)
E33944
E21004
1 2 6 7 3
tr tsd
STR 53 UE
Io
.7 .6 .5 1 .8 .9 1
%Ir
>Ir
>Isd
>Ig
test
fault
Ir
.88 .85 .8 .9 .93 .95 .98 1
Isd
4 5 3 2 1.5 6 8 10
Ii
4 6 3 2 1.5 8 10 11
Ig
.5 .6 .4 .3 .2 .7 .8 1
P > Ir
A
> Im > Ih
x In
x Io
x Ir
.3 .3 .2 .1 0
x In
x In
.4 .4 .3 .2 .1
4
Ir Isd li
test
tr +
4 2 1
8 16
tsd (s).2
.1 16 0
on
tg (s) .3
.2 .1
on
In
I1
I2
I3
(s) @ 6 Ir
I2t
off
I2t
off
Ir
Isd
Ii
protection
c LT (long time) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual rms current, as defined by IEC 947-2, appendix F: v adjustable threshold (1) using six lo base settings (0.5 to 1), and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging from (0.8 to 1), v adjustable tripping time (2); Overload indications (%Ir) c LED goes on when the current exceeds 0.9Ir; c LED flashes when the current exceeds the long-time threshold Ir. Fault indications LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused tripping: c overload (LT protection) or abnormal component temperature (>Ir); c short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (>Isd); c earth fault (if earth fault protection option is present) (>Ig); c microprocessor malfunction (both (>Ir) and (>Isd) LEDs go on, plus the (>Ig) LED if the earth fault protection option is present). Battery powered. Spare batteries are supplied in an adapter box. When a fault
c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection: v adjustable threshold Isd (3), v adjustable time delay (4), with or without constant I2t function; c Ii (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, adjustable threshold (5).
other functions
occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault goes off after about 10 minutes to conserve battery power.The information is however stored in memory and the LED can be reilluminated by pressing the battery/LED test pushbutton (9). The LED automatically goes off and the memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset. Test c test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73) to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories; c test button (9) for (%Ir), (>Ir), (>Isd) and (>Ig) LEDs and battery. Self-monitoring The circuit breaker trips for: c microprocessor faults; c abnormal temperatures.
magnetic trip units MP

E26028
MP
Im(A)
3000 4400 5000 2500 3500 3800 5700 2000 4000
In Im
The MP are magnetic trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers (3P, type H), designed particularly for the protection of DC networks. These trip units are not interchangeable and the circuit breaker/trip unit set is supplied fully assembled. The electrical characteristics indicated on page 16 are identical and all circuit breaker enhancements (auxiliaries and accessories) are possible. 28
integrated trip units

for circuit breaker Compact NS400H Compact NS630H tripping threshold (A) Im
MP1
c c adjustable 800...1600
MP2
c c
MP3
c

1250...2500 2000...4000
Merlin Gerin
options for electronic trip unit STR53UE

"earth fault" protection (T)
type tripping threshold Ig accuracy maximum overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time residual current adjustable (8 settings) 0.2 to 1 x In 15% adjustable (4 settings + constant "I2t = function") 60 140 230 350 i 140 i 230 i 350 i 500
tripping time (ms)
ammeter (I)
E33945
A
In I1 I2 I3
A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of I1, I2, I3 and I neutral. LEDs indicate the phase for which the current is displayed. Ammeter display limits: c minimum current u 0,2 x In (lower currents are not displayed) ; c maximum current i 10 x In.
zone selective interlocking (ZSI)
A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a pilotwire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault: c if a given trip unit STR53UE detects the fault, it informs the upstream circuit breaker which applies the set time delay; c if the trip unit STR53UE does not detect the fault, the upstream circuit breaker trips after its shortest time delay. In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. In addition, the thermal stresses on the circuits are minimised and time discrimination is maintained throughout the installation. Transmission of data to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules. Transmitted data: c settings; c phase and neutral currents (rms values); c highest current of the three phases; c overload condition alarm; c I; c T; c I + T; c I + COM; c I + T + COM;
The trip unit STR53UE can only handle the downstream end of a zone selective interlocking function. Consequently, the zone selective interlocking option cannot be implemented between two Compact NS circuit breakers. Opto-electronic outputs The use of opto-transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the trip unit and the circuits wired by the user.
communication (COM)
c cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit, etc.).
possible combinations
c ZSI; c ZSI + I; c ZSI + T; c ZSI + I + T; c ZSI + I + COM; c ZSI + I + T + COM.
Merlin Gerin
29
protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250
Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers may be equipped with thermal-magnetic (TM) or electronic (STR22SE) trip units. All trip units may be installed on all circuit breakers (NS100, NS160 and NS250, types N, H and L). However a mechanical mismatch feature prevents installation of a trip unit on a circuit breaker with a lower rating.
tripping threshold (A)

E23160
13 TM-D
16
25
40
63
80
100
125
200
250
STR22SE TM-G STR22GE TM-D TM-G
standard protection
protection for generator-supplied networks, protection for long cables
protection for DC networks
protection of single-pole and two-pole Compact NS100 and NS160

The Compact NS100 and NS160 single-pole and two-pole circuit breakers are equiped with integrated thermal-magnetic trip units. rating (A) In for circuit breaker Compact NS100 N/H Compact NS160 N/H tripping threshold (A) tripping threshold (A) Ir 40C 16 c 20 c 25 c 30 c 40 c 50 c 63 c 80 c 100 125 160 c c fixed 16 20 fixed 190 300 c
overload protection (thermal)

25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

Im 300 300 500 500 500 640 800 1000 1250
22
Merlin Gerin
thermal magnetic trip unit TM

E19528
1
1 3
Ir
Im
10 9
5 6
TM 250 D 250A / 40C
.9
.8
7
Ir Im
0 Ir Im
x 250A
x 250A
protection
c adjustable-threshold thermal protection against overloads (1); c adjustable or fixed threshold (depending on ratings) magnetic protection against short-circuits (3).
trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250

rating (A) for circuit breaker In 40C Compact NS100 N/H/L Compact NS160 N/H/L Compact NS250 N/H/L Ir 4P 3d 4P 3d + N/2 4P 4d Im Compact NS100 Compact NS160/250
TM16D to TM250D
16 c c c 25 c c c 32 c c c 40 c c c 50 c c c 63 c c c 80 c c c 100 125 160 200 250 c c c c c c c c c
TM16G to TM63G
16 c c c 25 c c c 40 c c c 63 c c c
overload protection (thermal)

tripping threshold (A) neutral protection (A) adjustable 0.81 x In no protection 56 1 x Ir 56 63 0.5 x Ir 1 x Ir adjustable 0.81 x In no protection

tripping threshold (A) fixed adjustable fixed 190 300 400 500 500 500 640 800 63 80 190 300 400 500 500 500 1000 1250 1250 1250 510 x In 63 80 80 80 125 125
Merlin Gerin
23

Compact 80-1250

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Compact 80-1250

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Compact: presentation

c protection of motor starters

c protection of incoming devices of industrial control panel

c earth fault protection

ratings and breaking capacities

Ics = 100 % Icu

Ics = 100 % Icu

Ics = 100 % Icu

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

rated current (A)

ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms) at 380/415 V (IEC 947-2)

14. 15. 16.

System of add-on modules for Compact NS100N/H/L to NS250N/H/L.

4 sizes from 80 to 1250 A

Connection parts for Compact NS.

plug-in and withdrawable versions

Withdrawable Compact NS250N on a chassis.

interchangeable trip units

Compact NS100... 630

Thermal-magnetic trip unit TM.

Electronic trip unit STR22SE.

Compact C801... 1251

Electronic trip unit STR35SE.

Compact C1251H circuit breaker.

indication and measurement

Compact NS250L with ammeter module.

options for trip unit STR53UE

Compact NS trip unit STR53UE.

Digipact: electrical installation management

DC150 data concentrator

management internal Digipact bus

PM150 power meter

CLS150 indication and local control module

circuit breaker or other power-circuit actuator

Multi 9 control device and ATB 1S interface

UA150 automatic source-changeover controller

Auxiliary switch and MX release for Compact NS.

Compact NS250N with motor mechanism.

Vigi earth-fault protection module

Compact NS250H with Vigi earth-fault protection module.

LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Compact 80 to 1250 A functions and characteristics

Compact: functions and characteristics

circuit breakers for protection of low voltage distribution networks

12.5 12.5 12.5 60 100 160 250 400

Compact NS100 Vigicompact breaking N 25 capacity (kA rms) H 70 380/415 V L 150

C1001 50 70 150 page 36

for AC networks up to 1000 V :

Compact NS400 N 1000 V Compact C1251N 1000 V protection page 22

circuit breakers for motor protection

motor rating power (kW)

Compact NS80 breaking N capacity (kA rms) H 70 380/415 V L

NS100/160/250 25/36 70 150

circuit breakers for protection of industrial control panels

rated current (A)

NS160 NS250 NS400 35 65 42 65 60-600

NSJ400 NSJ600 35 65 100 35 65 100

circuit breakers and relays for earth fault protection

rated current (A)

NS100 N/H/L NS160 N/H/L NS250 N/H/L separate toroids

NS400 N/H/L NS630 N/H/L

100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100% 100% A A c c 15000 8000 4000 100 65 35